text:
Full text of "Bulletin of Wake Forest College"
See other formats
BULLETIN OF WAKE FOREST COLLEGE CATALOG ISSUE WINSTON-SALEM NORTH CAROLINA JANUARY 1967 FOR STUDENTS ENTERING IN ACADEMIC YEAR 1967-1968 CORRESPONDENCE Inquiries to the College should be addressed as indi- cated below: Admissions Director of Admissions Alumni Affairs Director of Development and Alumni Activities Athletics Director of Athletics Business Administration. . .Dean of School of Business Administration Catalogs Director of Admissions Financial Matters Treasurer General Policy of the College. President Gifts and Bequests President Graduate Studies Director of Graduate Stud- ies Housing — Men Director of Residences Women Dean of Women Law Dean of School of Law Medicine Director of Admissions Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Winston-Salem, N. C. 27103 Placement Director of Placement and Student Aid Public Relations and De- velopment Program President Scholarships Committee on Scholarships Student Affairs Dean of Students Summer Session Dean of Summer Session Transcripts Registrar All addresses, except Medicine, are: Wake Forest College, Reynolda Station Winston-Salem, N. C. 27106 Wait Chapel e Campus The Z. Smith Reynolds Library New Series January 1967 Vol. LXII, No. 1 BULLETIN OF Wake Forest College GENERAL CATALOG ISSUE ONE HUNDRED THIRTY-SECOND YEAR ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 1967-1968 The Bulletin of Wake Forest College is published six times annually at Winston- Salem, North Carolina, and includes announcements of the School of Arts and Sciences, Graduate Studies, Summer Session, Bowman Gray School of Medicine, and the School of Law Second-class postage paid at Winston-Salem, N. C. 1967 JANUARY APRIL JULY OCTOBER S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S 12 3 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1616 1718 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011 12 1314 15 16 1718 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12131415 161718 19 20 2122 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 12 3 4 6 8 7 8 91011 121314 15161718 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 FEBRUARY MAY AUGUST NOVEMBER S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S 12 3 4 6 6 7 8 91011 12131415 16 1718 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 1213 1415 16 1718 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 131415 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 12 3 4 6 6 7 8 91011 12131415161718 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 MARCH JUNE SEPTEMBER DECEMBER S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011 12131415 161718 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 6 6 7 8 910 11 12131415 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 6 6 7 8 9 1011 1213141516 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 6 8 7 8 9 10111213141516 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1968 JANUARY APRIL JULY OCTOBER S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15 16 1718 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1415 16 1718 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 FEBRUARY MAY AUGUST NOVEMBER ! S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 1213 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 12 3 4 6 6 7 8 910 11 1213 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 1213 1415 1617 1819 20 21 22 23 24 26 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213141516 1718 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 MARCH JUNE SEPTEMBER DECEMBER S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 1213 14 15 16 171819 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 1415 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 12 3 4 6 6 7 8 9 1011 121314 1516 1718 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 1213 14 15 1617 1819 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 , i COLLEGE CALENDAR Summer Session 1967 Registration First Term Classes begin First term ends Registration Second Term Classes begin Second term ends Fall Term 1967 9:00- Dormitories open for students 1 1 :00- Cafeteria open Orientation for freshmen and transfer students *Registration (1:00-5-00) Registration (8:00-5:00) Classes begin Last day for dropping a class without penalty I grades of last term become F Homecoming (Holiday) Mid-term reports due in Registrar's Office Thanksgiving recess Classes resumed Christmas Recess Classes resumed Examinations begin Reading Day Examinations end "Registration in the School of Law will be held Sept. 11-12. June 12 Monday June 13 Tuesday July 18 Tuesday July 20 Thursday July 21 Friday Aug. 25 Friday 1 Sept. 10 J Sunday 10 Sunday Sept. 10 Sunday 13 Wednesday Sept. 13 Wednesday 14 Thursday Sept. 15 Friday Oct. 2 Monday Oct. 16 Monday Nov. 4 Saturday Nov. 6 Monday Nov. 23 Thursday ( 26 Sunday S Nov. 27 Monday Dec. 17 Sunday { Jan. 2 Tuesday ) Jan. 3 Wednesday Jan. 15 Monday Jan. 18 Thursday Jan. 24 Wednesday Spring Term 1968 Jan. Jan. 29 30 Monday } Tuesday ) Registration (8:00-5:00) Registration (8:00-12:00) Jan. 31 Wednesday Classes begin Feb. 1 Thursday Founders' Day Convocation Feb. 14 Wednesday Last day for dropping a class without penalty Mar. 1 Wednesday I grades of last term become F Mar. 21 Thursday Mid-term reports due in Registrar's Office Mar. Mar. 24 31 Sunday { Sunday ) *Spring recess April 1 Monday Classes resumed April April 1 6 Monday ) Saturday ) Sophomores sign for confer- ence appointments April 4 Thursday Senior Testing Day April 17 Wednesday Last day for payment of reser- vation deposit for next school year April May 22 4 Monday ) Saturday ) Sophomore conferences with major advisers May 20 Monday Examinations begin May 23 Thursday Reading Day May 29 Wednesday Examinations end May 31 Friday 12:00 Last Senior grades due in Registrar's Office June 1 Saturday Alumni Day June 2 Sunday Baccalaureate Sermon June 3 Monday Graduation *Spring recess for students registered in Education 251 will coincide with the Easter recess of the Winston-Salem /Forsyth County Schools. CONTENTS Page Introductory 7 Administration and Instruction 9 The College and Its Equipment 31 Admission . ". 50 College Charges and Financial Arrangements. . . 54 Scholarships, Loan Funds and Student Employment 71 Activities 84 General Information 96 Requirements for Degrees 110 Courses in Arts and Sciences 126 School of Business Administration 242 Division of Graduate Studies , . 258 School of Law 259 Bowman Gray School of Medicine 266 Summer Session 271 Degrees Conferred 278 Summaries 290 Index 295 INTRODUCING THE COLLEGE Location Wake Forest College is located at Winston-Salem, North Carolina, just off North Carolina Highway 67 (which follows Reynolda Road at this point), on the western outskirts of the city. The College consists of the following divisions: the School of Arts and Sciences, the School of Law, the School of Business Adminis- tration, the Bowman Gray School of Medicine, and the Division of Graduate Studies. Recognition Wake Forest College is a member of the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools, the Southern Universities Conference, and the Association of Ameri- can Colleges. The College has chapters of the principal national social fraternities, professional fraternities and honor societies, including Phi Beta Kappa. The School of Law is a member of the Association of American Law Schools, and is on the approved list of the Council on Legal Education of the American Bar Association. The Bowman Gray School of Medicine, a four-year medical college, is a member of the Association of Ameri- can Medical Colleges, and is on the approved list of the Council on Medical Education of the American Medical Association. The School of Business Administration is a member of the American Association of Collegiate Schools of Business. Although Wake Forest was primarily a college for men for more than 100 years, women have been regu- larly admitted to all classes and to the professional schools since 1942. BOARD OF TRUSTEES Terms Expire December 31, 1967 Joseph Branch, Enfield Craig Hopkins, Albemarle Jesse P. Chapman, Jr., Asheville William Walton Kitchin, Clinton J. Edwin Collette, Winston-Salem Hubert F. Ledpord, Raleigh Walter E. Crissman, High Point William E. Poe, Charlotte B. Elmo Scoggin, Wake Forest Terms Expire December 31, 1968 Murchison Biggs, Lumberton John Dilday, Durham Henry L. Bridges, Raleigh G. Maurice Hill, Drexel Wade E. Brown, Boone J. Dewey Hobbs, Marion William J. Conrad, Winston-Salem Robert Holt, Greenville W. Boyd Owen, Waynesville Terms Expire December 31, 1969 R. Knolan Benfield, Morganton Lex Marsh, Charlotte Rexford R. Campbell, West Jefferson James W. Mason, Laurinburg Mrs. Leo Cahr, Burlington George W. Paschal, Jr., Raleigh J. Sam Holbrook, Statesville Leon L. Rice, Jr., Winston-Salem Joseph P. Smith, Gastonia Terms Expire December 31, 1970 Claude U. Broach, Charlotte C. C. Hope, Jr., Charlotte Marion J. Davis, Winston-Salem Claude A. McNeill, Jr., Elkin C. O. Greene, Lawndale James R. Nance, Fayetteville John C. Hamrick, Shelby Robert Philpott, Lexington James B. Turner, Jr., Raleigh Officers For One-Tear Term Beginning January 1, 1967 G. Maurice Hill, Drexel, President Lex Marsh, Charlotte, Vice-President Talcott W. Brewer, Box 267, Raleigh, Treasurer Emeritus John G. Williard, Box 7354, Winston-Salem, Acting Treasurer and Assistant Secretary James B. Cook, Jr., Box 7201, Winston-Salem, Secretary Norman A. Wiggins, Box 7206, Winston-Salem, General Counsel ♦ADMINISTRATION Harold Wayland Tribble (1950) President B.A., Richmond; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; M.A., Louisville; Ph.D., Edinburgh; D.D., Stetson; LL.D., Union University, Wake Forest, Richmond, Duke, North Carolina. Coy G. Carpenter (1926, 1936, 1963) Vice President for Medical Affairs and Professor of Pathology B.A. in Medicine, Wake Forest; M.D., Syracuse University School of Medicine. Edwin Graves Wilson (1946, 1951) Dean of the College and Professor of English B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard. Robert Allen Dyer (1956), Assistant Dean of the College and Associate Professor of Religion B.A., Louisiana State; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. Thomas M. Elmore (1962), Dean of Students and Assistant Professor of Educational and Counseling Psychology B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., George Peabody; Ph.D., Ohio State. Mark H. Reece (1956) Dean of Men B.S., Wake Fores*. Lula M. Leake (1964) Dean of Women B.A., Louisiana State; M.R.E., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. Gaines M. Rogers (1948), Dean of the School of Business Administration and Professor of Business Administration B.S., Clemson; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. Carroll W. Weathers (1950), Dean of the School of Law and Professor of Law B.A., LL.B., Wake Forest. Manson Meads (1947, 1963) Dean of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine and Professor of Medicine B.A., California; M.D., D.Sc, Temple. Robert L. Tuttle (1948), Associate Dean of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine and Associate Professor of Microbiology and Immunology B.S., New Hampshire; M.D., Rochester. * Date following name indicates year of appointment. More than one date indicates separate appointments. Administration Nash Herndon (1942, 1966) Associate Dean {Research Development) of the Bowman Gray School oj Medicine and Professor of Preventive Medicine and Medical Genetics A.B., Duke; M.D., Jefferson Medical College. Clyde Hardy (1941) Associate Dean {Administration) of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine B.A., Richmond. Percival Perry (1939, 1947), Dean of the Summer Session and Professor of History B.A., Wake Forest; M.A. Rutgers; Ph.D., Duke. Henry Smith Stroupe (1937) Director of the Division of Graduate Studies and Professor of History B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Duke. James B. Cook, Jr. (1944, 1947) Secretary of the Board of Trustees and Acting Business Manager B.S., Wake Forest; M.A., North Carolina; M.B.A., Harvard. Robert A. Newsome (1965) Assistant to the Business Manager B.B.A., Wake Forest; M.B.A., South Carolina John G. Williard (1958) Acting Treasurer and Assistant Secretary of the Board of Trustees B.S., North Carolina; C.P.A., North Carolina. Harry O. Parker (1947), Controller of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine of Wake Forest College B.S., University of North Carolina; C.P.A., North Carolina. Grady S. Patterson (1924) Registrar B.A., Wake Forest. Mrs. Margaret R. Perry (1947) Associate Registrar B.S., South Carolina. William G. Starling (1958) Director of Admissions B.B.A., Wake Forest. Mrs. Shirley P. Hamrick (1957) Associate Director of Admissions B.A., North Carolina. William M. Mackie, Jr. (1964) Assistant Director of Admissions B.S., Wake Forest Ross A. Griffith (1966) Admissions Counselor B.S., Wake Forest M. Henry Garrity (1964) Director of Development and Alumni Affairs B.A., Wake Forest. 10 Administration Craven E. Williams (1965) Assistant Director of Development and Alumni Affairs B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary. H. Donald Griffin, Jr. (1965) Assistant Director of Development and Director of the Deacon Club Foundation B.A., Wake Forest. Charles G. Furr (1966) Assistant Director of Development and Alumni Affairs B.A., Wofford; LL.B., Wake Forest. Russell H. Brantley, Jr. (1953) Director of Communications B.A., Wake Forest. Marvin A. Francis (1955) Director of Sports Publicity Leon H. Hollingsworth (1959) Chaplain B.A., D.D., Wake Forest. Edgar D. Christman (1956, 1961) Assistant to l/ie Chaplain and Director of the Baptist Student Union B.A., LL.B., Wake Forest; B.D., Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary; S.T.M., Union Theological Seminary. Paul L. Garrison (1962) Medical Director B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. Howard A. Jemison, Jr. (1964) Assistant Medical Director M.D., Bowman Gray. Mary Ann Hampton Taylor (1961), Assistant Medical Director and Assistant in Preventive Medicine B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. Merrill G. Berthrong (1964) Director of Libraries and Associate Professor of History B.A., Tufta; M.A., Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy; Ph.D., Pennsylvania Carlton P. West (1928) Librarian B.A., Boston University; M.A., Yale; B.S. in L.S., North Carolina. Mrs. Vivian Lunsford Wilson (1960) Law Librarian A.B., Coker; B.S. in L.S., George Peabody. Betty A. Withrow (1963) Librarian of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine B.A., Mary Washington; B.S. in L.S., George Peabody. John F. Reed (1963) Director of Placement A.B., Pennsylvania State; M.A., Washington and Jefferson. Charles M. Allen (1941) Director of Concerts and Lectures and Professor of Biology B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Duke. 11 Administration G. Eugene Hooks (1956), Director of Athletics and Associate Professot of Physical Education B.S., Wake Forest; M.Ed., North Carolina; Ed.D., George Peabody. Jesse I. Haddock (1952,1954) Assistant Director of Athletics B.S., Wake Forest. Richard T. Clay ( 1 956) Manager of the College Book Store B.B. A., Wake Forest. Harold S. Moore (1953) Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds B.M.E., Virginia. Royce R. Weatherly (1947) Assistant Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds Melvin Q\ Layton ( 1 95 1 ) Assistant Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds B.S., Wake Forest. Thomas P. Griffin (1956) Director of Residences Harry F. Smith (1954) Manager of Central Duplicating Service 12 Emeriti *Prof essors Emeriti Charles S. Black (1919-20; 1925-65) Professor Emeritus of Chemistry B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Virginia; Ph.D., Wisconsin. Ora C. Bradbury (1925-1961) Professor Emeritus of Biology B.S., Ottawa; M.A., Ph.D., Nebraska. Mrs. Ethel T. Crittenden (1915-1946) Librarian Emerita J. Allen Easley (1928-1963) Professor Emeritus of Religion B.A., D.D., Furman; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. Owen F. Herring (1946-1963) Prof essor Emeritus of Religion B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; D.D., Georgetown College. Lois Johnson (1942-1962) Dean of Women Emerita B.A., Meredith; M.A., North Carolina. Hubert A.Jones (1908-1959) Professor Emeritus of Mathematics B.A., M.A., LL.B., Wake Forest. Henry Broadus Jones (1924-1959) Prof essor Emeritus of English B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Chicago. Eugene I. Olive (1940-1961) Director Emeritus of Alumni Activities B.A., Wake Forest; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. Kenneth Tyson Raynor (1926-1961) Associate Professor Emeritus of Mathematics B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Duke. Albert C. Reid (1917-18; 1920-65) Professor Emeritus of Philosophy B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Cornell. * Dates following: names indicate period of service. 13 Faculty ♦Instruction Charles M. Allen (1941) Professor of Biology and Director of Concerts and Lectures (See Administration) Judson B. Allen (1962) Assistant Professor of English B.A., Baylor; M.A., Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins. Ralph D. Amen (1962) Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., M.A., Colorado State College; M.B.S., Ph.D., Colorado. John William Angell (1955) Professor of Religion B.A., Wake Forest; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; S.T.M., An- dover Newton Theological School; Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Semi- nary- Gold ie Anglin (1965) Instructor in German B.A., Wake Forest. Gene Anne Allred (1966) Instructor in Philosophy B.A., Mary Baldwin. Andrew Lewis Aycock (1928) Associate Prof essor of English B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Tulane. H. Wallace Baird (1963) Assistant Prof essor of Chemistry A.B., Berea; Ph.D., Wisconsin. t Eugene Pendleton Banks (1954) Prof essor of Sociology and Anthropology B.A., Furman; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard. James Pierce Barefield (1963) Instructor in History B.A., M.A., Rice. Richard Chambers Barnett (1961) Assistant Professor of History B.A., Wake Forest; M.Ed., Ph.D., North Carolina. Harold M. Barrow (1948) Professor of Physical Education A.B., Westminster; M.A., Missouri; P.E.D., Indiana. Robert Clarence Beck (1959) Associate Prof essor of Psychology B.A., Ph.D., Illinois. Richard Gordon Bell (1965) Associate Professor of Law B.A., Kentucky; LL.B., LL.M., Western Reserve. Martin J. Bennison (1966) Instructor in Speech B.A., Saint Vincent; M.A., Iowa Merrill G. Berthrong Associate Professor of History and Director of Libraries (See Administration.) * Names are arranged alphabetically. Date following name indicates year of appoint- ment. More than one date indicates separate appointments. t Absent on leave, 19G6-67. 14 Faculty James Carey Blalock ( 1 950) Associate Professor of Chemistry B.8., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Florida. Robert Lamar Bland (1964) Instructor in English B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., North Carolina. Robert W. Brehme (1959) Associate Professor of Physics B.S., Roanoke; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina. F. Dale Bridgewater (1966) Instructor in German B.A., Wake Forest. Dalma Adolph Brown (1941) Associate Professor of English B.A., M.A., North Carolina. David B. Broyles (1966) Instructor in Political Science B.A., Chicago; B.A., Florida; M.A., UCLA. George MgLeod Bryan (1956) Professor of Religion B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Ph.D., Yale. Shasta M. Bryant (1966) Associate Professor of Spanish A.B., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. Julian G. Burroughs, Jr. (1958) Associate Professor of Speech B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan. Ruth F. Campbell (1962) Associate Professor of Spanish B.A., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.A., North Carolina; Ph.D., Duke. John A. Carter, Jr. (1961) Associate Professor of English B.A., Virginia; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton. Dorothy Casey (1949) Instructor in Physical Education B.9., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.A., North Carolina. Davtd W. Catron (1963), Assistant Professor of Psychology and Assistant Director of the Center for Psychological Services B.A., Furman; Ph.D., Peabody. Forrest W. Clonts (1922, 1925) Professor of History B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ohio State. Elton C. Cocke (1938) Professor of Biology B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Virginia. Leon P. Cook, Jr. (1957) Associate Professor of Accounting, School of Business Administration B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute; M.S., Tennessee; C.P.A., Arkansas. Marjorie Crisp (1947) Assistant Professor of Physical Education B.S., Appalachian State Teachers College; M.A., George Peabody. John Edward Davis, Jr. (1956) Associate Professor of Biology B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. 15 Faculty Glenn A. Dawson (1966) Instructor in Physical Education B.S., Lenoir Rhyne; M.A.T., North Carolina. Marcel E. Delgado (1947) Instructor in Spanish B.A., Carson-Newman; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. Charles H. Dickens (1965) Assistant Professor of Education B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., Duke. John F. Dimmick (1961) Associate Professor of Biology B.S., M.S., Western Illinois; Ph.D., Illinois. Hugh William Divine (1954) Professor of Law B.S., Georgia State College for Men; M.A., Louisiana State; J. D., Emory; LL.M., 8.J.D., Michigan. N. Taylor Dodson (1957) Professor of Physical Education B.S., M.A., North Carolina; Dir. P.E., P.E.D., Indiana. Justus C. Drake (1946) Assistant Prof essor of English B.A., M.A., Wake Forest. Robert H. Dufort (1961) Associate Prof essor of Psychology B.A., Ph.D., Duke. Robert Allen Dyer Associate Professor of Religion and Assistant Dean (See Administration.) John R. Earle (1963), Assistant Professor of Sociology and Anthropology B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. Cronje B. Earp (1940) Professor of Classical Languages and Literature B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia. David R. Eckroth (1966) Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.A., Franklin and Marshall; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton. Leo Ellison, Jr. (1957) Instructor in Physical Education; Swimming Coach B.S., M.S., Northwestern State College. Thomas M. Elmore Assistant Professor of Educational and Counseling Psychology and Dean of Students (See Administration. ) Gerald W. Esch (1965) Assistant Professor of Biology B.S., Colorado College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Oklahoma. David K. Evans (1966) Assistant Professor of Sociology and Anthropology B.S., Tulane; Ph.D., California. Vergilius Ture Anselm Ferm (1965) Visiting Professor of Philosophy B.A., Augustana; B.D., Augustana Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Yale. Jack D. Fleer (1964) Assistant Professor of Political Science A.B., Oklahoma Baptist; M.S., Florida State; Ph.D., North Carolina. 16 Faculty Walter S. Flory (1963) Babcock Professor of Botany; Director of Reynolda Gardens B.A., Bridgewater; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia; Sc.D., Bridgewater. Edgar Estes Folk (1936) Professor of English B.A., Wake Forest; M.S., Columbia; Ph.D., George Peabody. Doyle Richard Fosso (1964) Assistant Professor of English A.B., Harvard; M.A., Michigan; Ph.D., Harvard. Ralph S. Fraser (1962) Associate Professor of German B.A., Boston; M.A., Syracuse; Ph.D., Illinois. Gail Garrison (1966) Instructor in French B.A., Millsaps; M.A., North Carolina Roland L. Gay (1933) Associate Professor of Mathematics B.S., Wake Forest; M.S., North Carolina State. Ivey C. Gentry (1949) Professor of Mathematics B.S., Wake Forest; B.S., New York University; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. Christopher Giles, Jr. (1951) Assistant Professor of Music B.S., Florida Southern; M.A., George Peabody. Balkrishna Govind Gokhale ( 1 960) Professor of History and Asian Studies B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Bombay. Ted W. Goodman (1966) Instructor in Mathematics B.S., Appalachian; M.A., Wake Forest. Thomas Frank Gossett (1967) Professor of English B.A., M.A., Southern Methodist; Ph.D., Minnesota. Thomas Alexander Gray (1966) Instructor in English B.A., Roberts Wesleyan; M.A., New Mexico State. George J. Griffin (1948) Professor of Religion B.A., Wake Forest; Th.B., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; B.D., Yale; Ph.D., Edinburgh. Paul M. Gross, Jr. (1959) Associate Professor of Chemistry B.S., Duke; Ph.D., Brown. William H. Gulley (1966) Associate Professor of Sociology and Anthropology B.A., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. J. Richard Guthrie, Jr. (1966) Instructor in French A.B., William and Mary; M.A., Middlebury. David Warren Had ley (1966) Instructor in History B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Harvard. ' Appointment effective Spring 1967. a 17 Faculty William Morice Hagen (1966) B.A., Davidson; M.A., North Carolina. Keith E. Hamilton (1966) B.S. and M.Ed., Bowling Green. Emmett Willard Hamrick (1952) A.B., North Carolina; Ph.D., Duke. Phillip J. Hamrick, Jr. (1956) B.S., Morris Harvey; Ph.D., Duke. Susan P. Harbin B.A., M.A., Wake Forest. Instructor in English Instructor in Physical Education; Track Coach Professor of Religion Professor of Chemistry Instructor in Psychology Carl V. Harris ( 1 956) Associate Professor of Classical Languages and Literature B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., S.T.M., Yale; Ph.D., Duke. Ysbrand Haven (1965) Candidate, Doctorandtis, Doctor, Groningen. Professor of Physics Ralph Cyrus Heath (1954) Professor of Marketing, School of Business Administration A.B., Princeton; M.B.A., D.B.A., Indiana. Dale Hein (1965) Assistant Prof essor of Biology B.S., Oregon State; M.S., Ph.D., Iowa State University. Robert Meredith Helm (1940) B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. J. Edwin Hendricks (1961) B.A., Furman, M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. ♦Marcus B. Hester (1963) B.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Vanderbilt. Robert P. Higgins (1961) B.A., M.A., Colorado; Ph.D., Duke. Professor of Philosophy Associate Professor of History Assistant Professor of Philosophy Associate Professor of Biology David Allen Hills (1960) Associate Professor of Psychology and Director of the Center for Psychological Services A.B., Kansas; M.A., Ph.D., Iowa. Hugh K. Himan (1965) Assistant Professor of Economics, School of Business Administration B.A., M.A., Miami; Ph.D., Illinois. Ida Masters Hollo well (1965) A.B., Greensboro College; M.A., North Carolina. Instructor in English Herbert Horowitz Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., Brooklyn; M.S., New School for Social Research; M.A., Ph.D., Wisconsin. •Absent on leave, 1966-67. 18 Faculty Fredric T. Howard ( 1 966) Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.A., M.A., Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Duke. Calvin R. Huber (1962) Assistant Professor of Music B.M., M.M., Wisconsin; Ph.D., North Carolina Delmer P. Hylton (1949) Professor of Accounting, School of Business Administration B.S., M.B.A., Indiana University; C.P.A., Indiana. Hiram V. Jenkins (1966) Instructor in French B.A., Wake Forest; M.A.T., North Carolina. J. Robert Johnson, Jr. (1957) Associate Professor of Mathematics B.8., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. O. Kenneth Karr (1966) Assistant Professor of Physical Education; Freshman Football Coach B.S., Illinois Normal; M.S., Ph.D., Illinois. Alonzo W. Kenion (1956) Associate Professor of English A.B., M.A., Ph.D., Duke. Harry Lee King, Jr. (1960) Associate Professor of Spanish B.A., Richmond; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. Robert Krisko (1966) Instructor in Sociology and Anthropology B.A., Kansas. Henry Conrad Lauerman (1963) Professor of Law B.8., U.S. Naval Academy; LL.B., LL.M., Georgetown; LL.M., Duke. Robert E. Lee (1946) Professor of Law B.S., LL.B., Wake Forest; M.A., in Public Law, Columbia; LL.M., S.J.D., Duke. Oscar J. Lewis ( 1 956) Associate Professor of Accounting, School of Business Administration B.A., Baylor; M.B.A., Mississippi; C.P.A., Tennessee. Robert W. Lovett (1962) Instructor in English B.A., Oglethorpe; M.A., Emory. J. Lawrence McCollough (1963) Instructor in Philosophy B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Emory. Eldon McDonald (1965) Sergeant First Class, U. S. Army; Assistant in Military Science James C. McDonald (1960) Associate Professor of Biology B.A., Washington University, St. Louis; M.A., Ph.D., Missouri. Thane McDonald (1941) Professor of Music B.M., M.M., Michigan; Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia. James G. McDowell (1965) Assistant Professor of History B.A., Colgate, Ph.D., Johns Hopkins. 19 Faculty Ronald W. Martin (1966) Instructor in Physical Education B.S., M.Ed., Toledo. J. Gaylord May (1961) Associate Professor of Mathematics B.S., Wofford; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. W. Graham May (1961) Associate Professor of Mathematics B.S., Wofford; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. Reinhold Meier (1966) Visiting Lecturer in German Matura, Humanistisches Gymnasium, Innsbruck; Ph.D., University of Salzburg. Jasper L. Memory, Jr. (1929) Professor of Education B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Columbia. Harry B. Miller (1947) Prof essor of Chemistry B.S., Ph.D., North Carolina. Carlton T. Mitchell (1961) Associate Professor of Religion B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Yale; S.T.M., Union Theological Seminary, New York; Ph.D., New York University. Carl C. Moses (1964) Associate Professor of Political Science A.B., William and Mary; M.A. Ph.D., North Carolina. ♦Thomas E. Mullen (1957) Associate Professor of History B.A., Rollins; M.A., Ph.D., Emory University. John W. No well (1945) Professor of Chemistry B.S., Wake Forest; Ph.D., North Carolina. James C. O'Flaherty (1947) Professor of German B.A., Georgetown College; M.A., Kentucky; Ph.D., Chicago. Aulsey Thomas Olive (1961) Associate Professor of Biology B.S., Wake Forest; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State. Jeanne Owen (1956) Professor of Business Law, School of Business Administration B.S., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.C.S., Indiana; J.D., North Carolina. Harold Dawes Parcell (1935) Professor of French B.A., North Carolina; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard. John Ernest Parker, Jr. (1950) Professor of Romance Languages and Education B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Syracuse. Clarence H. Patrick (1946) Professor of Sociology and Anthropology B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Andover Newton; Ph.D., Duke. Carlos A. Perez (1965) Instructor in Spanish B.A., Wake Forest. Jerry L. Perkins (1964), Captain, Infantry, U. S. Army; Assistant Professor of Military Science B.B.A., Wake Forest College. ' Absent on leave, 1966-67. 20 Faculty Percival Perry Professor of History and Dean of the Summer Session (See Administration.) Elizabeth Phillips (1957) Associate Prof essor of English A.B., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.A., State University of Iowa; Ph.D. Pennsylvania. Lee Harris Potter (1965) Associate Professor of English B.A., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. Herman J. Preseren (1953) Professor of Education B.S., State Teachers College, California, Pennsylvania; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia; Ph.D., North Carolina. Keith W. Prichard (1961) Associate Professor of Education B.S., Indiana; M.A., Columbia; Ed.D., Harvard. Keith F. Purcell (1965) Assistant Professor of Chemistry A.B., Central College; Ph.D., Illinois. Mrs. Beulah Lassiter Raynor (1946) Instructor in English B.A., East Carolina Teachers College; M.A., Wake Forest. Jon M. Reinhardt (1964) Instructor in Political Science B.A., Birmingham-Southern; M.A., Tulane. Claud Henry Richards, Jr. (1952) Professor of Political Science B.A., Texas Christian; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. Mrs. Mary Frances McFeeters Robinson (1952), Associate Professor of French B.A., Wilson College; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse. Paul S. Robinson (1952) Associate Professor of Music B.A., Westminster College; Mus.B., Curtis Institute of Music; M.Sac. Mus., D.Sac. Mus. School of Sacred Music, Union Theological Seminary. Eva Rodtwitt (1966) Visiting Lecturer in French Cand. Philol., Oslo. Gaines M. Rogers Professor of Finance and Dean of the School of Business Administration (See Administration.) Daniel T. Rucker (1966) Master Sergeant, U. S. Army; Assistant in Military Science Wilmer D. Sanders (1954, 1964) Associate Professor of German B.A., Muhlenberg; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana. John W. Sawyer (1956) Professor of Mathematics A.B., M.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Missouri. Donald O. Schoonmaker (1965) Assistant Professor of Political Science B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton. 21 Faculty Howard D. Schwartz (1965) Instructor in Sociology and Anthropology B.A., MacMurray; M.A., Boston University. Karl Myron Scott (1955), Professor of Management, School of Business Administration B.A., Arkansas; M.S., Iowa State College; Ph.D., Illinois. Richard D. Sears (1964) Instructor in Political Science A.B., Clark; M.A., Indiana. Ben M. Seelbinder (1959) Professor of Mathematics B.S., Mississippi Delta State College; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. Paul L. Sechtman (1966) Captain, Armor, U. S. Army; Assistant Professor of Military Science B.A., Virginia Military Institute. Thomas D. Shafer (1966) Sergeant Major, U. S. Army; Assistant in Military Science Bynum Gillette Shaw (1965) Lecturer in Journalism B.A., Wake Forest. Howard William Shields (1958) Professor of Physic* B.S., North Carolina; M.S., Pennsylvania State; Ph.D., Duke. Franklin R. Shirley (1948) Professor of Speech B.A., Georgetown College; M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., Florida. Sandra I. Shockley (1964) Instructor in Physical Education B.S., Radford College; M.S., Tennessee Richard Lee Shoemaker (1950) Professor of Romance Languages B.A., Colgate; M.A., Syracuse; Ph. D., Virginia. Robert N. Shorter (1958) Assistant Professor of English B.A., Union College; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. James E. Sizemore (1953) Professor of Law B.S., East Tennessee State; LL.B., Wake Forest, LL.M., New York University. Mrs. Judy Jo Worle y Small ( 1 966) Instructor in English B.A., Duke; M.A., Pennsylvania. David L. Smiley (1950) Professor of History B.A., M.A., Baylor; Ph.D., Wisconsin. J. Howell Smith (1965) Instructor in History B.A., Baylor; M.A., Tulane. Henry Lawrence Snuggs (1945) Professor of English B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. Henry Smith Stroupe Professor of History and Director of the Division of Graduate Studies (See Administration.) 22 Faculty Robert L. Sullivan (1962) Assistant Professor 0/ Biology B.A., Delaware; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State. Samuel A. Syme, Jr. (1965) Assistant Professor oj Education A.B., Washington and Lee; A.M., Ed.D., Duke. Charles H. Talbert (1963) Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., Howard; B.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Vanderbilt. John H. Taylor (1966) Master Sergeant, U. S. Army; Assistant in Military Science Harold C. Tedford (1965) Assistant Professor of Speech B.A., Ouachita; M.A., Arkansas; Ph.D., Louisiana State. Stanton K. Tefft (1964) Assistant Professor of Sociology and Anthropology B.A., Michigan State; M.S., Wisconsin; Ph.D., Minnesota. Mrs. Anne S. Tellett (1956) Associate Professor of Romance Languages B.A., Carson- Newman; M.A., Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Northwestern University. Lowell R. Tillett (1956) Associate Prof essor of History B.A., Carson-Newman; M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., North Carolina. Robert G. Topp (1966) Major, Infantry, U. S. Army; Assistant Professor of Military Science B.A., Mississippi; M.A., Western State College. *Phyllis Lou Treble (1963) Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., Meredith; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, Columbia. C. Wayne Tucker (1966) Instructor in Latin B.A., Randolph-Macon; M.A., Virginia. Hugh J. Turner, Jr. (1966) Colonel, Artillery, U. S. Army; Professor of Military Science B.S., U.S. Military Academy; M.A., Boston. Thomas J. Turner (1952) Professor of Physics B.S., North Carolina; M.S., Clemson; Ph.D., Virginia. Dan Otto Via, Jr. (1956) Associate Professor of Religion B.S., Davidson; B.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Duke. Marcellus E. Waddill (1962) Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.A., Hampden-Sydney; M.A., Ph.D., Pittsburgh. J. Van Wagstaff (1964), Assistant Professor of Economics, School of Business Administration B.A., Randolph-Macon; M.B.A., Rutgers; Ph.D., Virginia. Clarence Walhout (1964) Assistant Professor of English A.B., Calvin; M.A., Michigan; Ph.D., Northwestern. * Absent on leave, 1966-67. 23 Faculty Carroll W. Weathers Professor of Law and Dean of the School of Law (See Administration.) James A. Webster, Jr. (1951, 1954) Professor of Law B.8., LL.B., Wake Forest. Judith Ann Weller (1966) Assistant Professor of History B.A. Randolph-Macon Woman's College; M.A., McGill; Ph.D., Columbia. Ervin L. White (1966) Major, Artillery, U. S. Army; Assistant Professor of Military Science B.S.A., Florida. Norman A. Wiggins (1956) Professor of Law B.A., LL.B., Wake Forest; LL.M., J.S.D., Columbia. William R. Wilkes (1965) Assistant Professor of Physics A.B., De Pauw; M.S., Illinois George P. Williams, Jr. (1958) Professor of Physics B.S., Richmond; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina. John Edwin Williams ( 1 959) Professor of Psychology B.A., Richmond; M.A., Ph.D., Iowa. Edwin Graves Wilson Professor of English and Dean of the College (See Administration.) James W. Wilson (1964) Instructor in Classical Languages B.A., Geneva; M.A., North Carolina. John J. Woodmansee (1965) Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., Westminster; M.A., Denver; Ph.D., Colorado. Raymond L. Wyatt (1956) Associate Professor of Biology B.8., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. Wilfred Buck Yearns, Jr. (1945) Professor of History B.A., Duke; M.A., Georgia; Ph.D., North Carolina. Richard L. Zuber (1962) Associate Professor of History B.S., Appalachian; M.A., Emory; Ph.D., Duke. 24 PART TIME STAFF MEMBERS *Htin Aung (1965) Visiting Scholar in Asian Studies B.A., Rangoon; LL.B., LL.M., London: B.A., LL.B., Queens' College, Cambridge; M. Litt., PhD., LL.D., Trinity College, Dublin; LL.D., Rangoon, Johns Hop- kins, Vidyodaya University of Ceylon. Alfred T. Brauer (1965) Visiting Professor of Mathematics Ph.D., Berlin. Frederick L. Bronner (1966) Visiting Professor of History B.S., Union College; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard. Thomas Diener (1960) Visiting Teacher of Oboe and Bassoon B.M.E., Murray State. J. Allen Easley (1928) Professor of Religion B.A., Furman; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; D.D., Furman. Mrs. Marjorie Felmet (1964) Visiting Teacher of Piano A.B., North Carolina; M.A., Eastman School of Music. Ramesh Shankar Gupte (1966) Visiting Lecturer in Asian Studies B.A., M.A., Bombay; Ph.D., Marathwada. Mrs. Lucille S. Harris (1957) Instructor in Piano B.A., B.M., Meredith. Mrs. Ethel Lashmit Kalter (1960) Artist in Residence, Voice Certificate, Westminster Choir College. Stanley Lewis Visiting Teacher of Flute B.M., M.M., Peabody Conservatory. Mrs. Thomas Eugene Rackley (1966) Instructor in Latin B.A., Colby; M.A., Wisconsin. William Roumillat Visiting Teacher of Oboe and Clarinet B.A., North Carolina. 1 Absent on leave, Fall 1966. 25 COACHING STAFF G. Eugene Hooks (1956) Director of Athletics B.S., Wake Forest; M.Ed., North Carolina; Ed.D., George Peabody. Jesse I. Haddock (1954) Assistant Director of Athletics and Golf Coach B.S., Wake Forest. William L. Tate (1963) B.S., Illinois. John W. McCloskey (1966) B.S., M.S., Pennsylvania. Jack T. Stallings (1958) Football Coach Basketball Coach Administrative Asst.; Baseball Coach B.S., Wake Forest; M.Ed., North Carolina. Keith Hamilton (1966) Track Coach; Instructor in Physical Education B.S., M.S., Bowling Green State University. Leo Ellison, Jr. (1957) B.S., M.S., Northwestern State College. Joseph A. Madden (1964) B.S., Maryland. Richard B. Anderson (1964) B.S., Illinois. William H. Davis (1964) B.S., Illinois. Robert C. Lord (1966) Swimming Coach; Instructor in Physical Education Assistant Football Coach Assistant Football Coach Assistant Football Coach Assistant Football Coach B.S., Colorado State College; M.S., Springfield College. Assistant Football Coach William Beattie Feathers (1961) B.S., Tennessee. O. Kenneth Karr (1964) Ph.D., Illinois. Joseph S. Popp, Jr. (1965) B.A., Catawba. Neil Johnston (1966) B.S., Ohio State. William A. Packer B.A., Wake Forest. James H. Leighton, Jr. (1962) A.B., Presbyterian College. Lewis Martin (1958) Freshman Football Coach; Asst. Professor Physical Education Assistant Football Coach Assistant Basketball Coach; Freshman Baseball Coach Assistant Basketball Coach Tennis Coach Trainer 26 STAFFS OF THE LIBRARIES Merrill G. Berthrong, B.A., M.A, Ph.D., Director of Libraries The Z. Smith Reynolds Library (General Library) Carlton P. West, A.B., A.M., B.S. in L.S. Librarian Mrs. Anne M. Nicholson, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Catalog Librarian Minnie S. Kallam, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Reference Librarian Mrs. Dorothy M. Rowley, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Periodicals Librarian Mrs. Mary H. Day, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Circulation Librarian Minnie M. Huggins, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Documents Librarian John R. Woodard, Jr., B.A. Director of the Baptist Collection Mrs. Bessie W. Hollingsworth, B.S., M.A., Director of the Reclassifi- cation Project Mrs. Elaine E. Salmon, A.B., M.S., Acquisitions Librarian Richard J. Murdoch, B.A., M.S., in L.S., Rare Books Librarian James M. Nicholson, M.A., M.S. in L.S., Assistant Catalog Librarian Mrs. Margaret V. Shoemaker, B.S., A.B. in L.S., Assistant Catalog Librarian Library of the School of Law Mrs. Vivian L. Wilson, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Librarian Library of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine Betty A. Withrow, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Librarian Ann Dwiggins, M.S. in L.S., M.S. in M.E., Public Services Librarian 27 COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY 1967-68 Effective September 1, 1967 The terms of members, except where otherwise shown, expire on August 31 of the year indicated. Each committee selects its own chairman except where the chairman is designated. All members of a committee vote except as otherwise indicated. Absences Non-voting. Dean of the College, Registrar, Dean of Women. Voting. 1970 Crisp, 1969 King, 1968 Wagstaff. Admissions Non-voting. Dean of the College, Registrar, Dean of Women, Director of Admissions. Voting. 1970 Aycock, M. F. Robinson; 1969 Earle, Wagstaff; 1968 Mitchell, Seelbinder. Advisory Council to Lower Division Johnson, Chairman; Amen, Angell, Aycock, Baird, Barefield, Barnett, Blalock, Brehme, Burroughs, Campbell, Catron, Cook; Davis, Dimmick, Dodson, Earle, Elmore, Fleer, Fosso, Fraser, E. W. Hamrick, Harris, Hendricks, Hester, Higgins, Himan, Lewis? Lovett, McDowell, J. G. May, W. G. May, Mitchell, Olive, Owen, Parker, Prichard, Raynor, M. F. Robinson, P. S. Robinson, Sanders, Scott, Sullivan, Tefft, Trible, Wagstaff, Walhout, G. P. Williams, Wyatt, Zuber. Athletics Administrative: Dean of the College, Treasurer, Faculty Chairman Sawyer; 1970 Angell, Himan; 1969 Preseren, Yearns; 1968 Johnson, G. P. Williams. Buildings and Grounds Administrative Officials: J. B. Cook, Moore, Patterson, Wilson; 1972 C. M. Allen, 1971 Angell, 1970 Beck, 1969 Hylton, 1968 O'Flaherty. Calendar Dean of the College, Registrar, Dean of Women. Curriculum Dean of the College, Chairman; President, Dean of the School of Business Administration, Registrar, and the chairman of each depart- 28 Committees ment of the School of Arts and Sciences as follows: Biology, Chem- istry, Classical Languages, Education, English, German, History, Mathematics, Military Science, Music, Philosophy, Physical Edu- cation, Physics, Political Science, Psychology, Religion, Romance Languages, Sociology and Anthropology, Speech. Executive Non-voting. President, Dean of Women. Voting. Dean of the College, Chairman; Dean of the School of Business Administration, and the following faculty members: 1970 Flory, Patrick; 1969 Parker, L. R. Tillett; 1968 Griffin, Shields. Graduate Council Director of Graduate Studies, Chairman; Dean of the College; 1971 G. P. Williams, Jr.; 1970 Beck; 1969 Phillips; 1968 Olive, Strittmatter; 1967 Gentry, Sulkin. Honors Dean of the College, Chairman; 1971 Waddill, 1970 Via, 1969 A. S. Tillett, 1968 Banks. Library Librarian and the following faculty members: 1970 Barrow, Dufort, Harris, Hester, Moses, P. S. Robinson, Shields, Talbert; 1969 Amen, Baird, Burroughs, Kenion, Sanders, Trible, Wagstaff; 1968 Earle, Parcell, Preseren, Sawyer, Yearns. Men's Judicial Board 1970 Brown, Potter; 1969 Banks, Gentry; 1968 Burroughs, Talbert; six students elected by student body. Nominations 1970 Owen, J. E. Williams; 1969 Perry, Richards; 1968 Griffin, G. P. Williams. Orientation Dean of the College, Chairman; Dean of Women, President of the Student Government or his designated representative. Publications Dean, Business Manager, Director of Communications, Faculty advisers of Old Gold and Black, Howler and Student; 1970 Bryan, 1969 Shorter, 1968 Shoemaker. 29 Committees ROTC Board Co-ordinator Helm, Professor of Military Science, and the following faculty members: 1970 Heath, 1969 Cook, 1968 Earle. Schedule Non-voting. Dean of the College, Registrar. Voting. 1972 Hendricks, 1971 Heath, 1970 J. G. May, 1969 Yearns, 1968 Olive. Scholarships and Student Aid Dean of the College, Dean of Women, Director of Admissions, and the following faculty members: 1970 E. W. Hamrick, Seelbinder; 1969 Phillips, Talbert; 1968 Gross, Heath. Student Affairs Non-voting. President, Dean of the College, Dean of Women, Chaplain, Director of Concerts and Lectures. Voting. 1970 Barnett, Higgins, Prichard; 1969 Kenion, J. G. May, A. S. Tillett; 1968 Bryan, Drake, Olive. Teacher Education Memory, Stroupe, Wilson; 1970 Barrow, Carter; 1969 Brown, Gentry; 1968 Amen, W. G. May. Faculty Marshals 1970 Huber, 1969 Davis. Faculty Council President of the College, Chairman; Dean of the College, Dean of the School of Law, Dean of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Dean of the School of Business Administration, and the following, whose terms expire on December 31 of the year indicated: Representatives of the School of Arts and Sciences: 1969 Helm, Miller; 1968 Dodson, Hills; 1967 Blalock, Parcell. Representatives of the School of Law: 1968 Bell, 1967 Lauerman. Representatives of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine: 1 968 Bradshaw, 1967 R. W. Prichard. Representatives of the School of Business Administration: 1969 Owen, 1968 Lewis. 30 THE COLLEGE AND ITS EQUIPMENT Historical Sketch Historical Background. The history of the founding of Wake Forest College is inseparable from the his- tory of the formation of the Baptist State Convention. One of the two main purposes which led to the organi- zation of the convention in 1830 was to establish an edu- cational institution that would give training under Christian influences and provide educated ministers and laymen. Immediately after the formation of the Baptist State Convention, Dr. Samuel Wait, serving as agent for the Convention, began an intensive four-year educational campaign among the Baptists of the State. Two years later, in 1832, the Convention purchased from Dr. Calvin Jones a 600-acre farm sixteen miles north of Raleigh, to be used as a site for the proposed school. Wake Forest Institute. Under the authorization of a charter granted by the State Legislature in December 1833, the school was opened as Wake Forest Institute on February 3, 1834, with Dr. Wait as principal. Al- though the primary purpose was to give collegiate in- struction in the arts and sciences, for five years the Wake Forest Institute operated as a manual labor school, attracting liberal patronage from the large planters of the State, who wished their sons to receive practical training in agriculture, along with education in the liberal arts. In 1836 the enrollment had increased from the original 16 to 141. The College. The manual labor feature was aban- doned at the close of the year 1838, and the institution was rechartered in December 1838 as Wake Forest College. With teachers who were graduates of Columbia 31 Historical Sketch College, Brown University, and Dartmouth College, and with a liberal arts curriculum that was standard for the time, Wake Forest College conferred the degree of Bachelor of Arts upon four young men in June 1839. From 1839 to 1894 the College operated exclusively as a college of liberal arts; the School of Law was estab- lished in June 1894, the School of Medicine in May 1902, the School of Business Administration in 1948, the Division of Evening Classes in 1957,* and the Division of Graduate Studies in 1961. In 1942 the College be- came co-educational. The College has given instruction to many thousands of students and has sent them out into varied fields of service. Among these have been a large number of minis- ters, missionaries, lawyers, physicians, educators, writers, scientists, businessmen, farmers, and influential leaders in governmental affairs. From the beginning the College has made marked contributions to Christianity, to cul- ture, and to a higher type of citizenship generally, in accordance with the original purpose of the founders of the institution. In 1946 the Trustees of the College and the Baptist State Convention accepted an offer made by the Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation to give the College $350,000 annually in perpetuity for operation of the school on condition that it be moved to Winston- Salem and that other friends of the College provide a campus site and buildings. This decision was made three years after the College had undertaken an En- largement Program to provide much needed buildings and other physical facilities on the old campus. Mr. Charles H. Babcock and his wife, the late Mary Reynolds Babcock, contributed a part of the beautiful Reynolda Estate for the new campus. Ground-breaking * This Division was discontinued June 30, 1964. 32 Historical Sketch ceremonies were held on October 15, 1951, with the President of the United States delivering the principal address. The following spring actual construction began. Accompanying the construction was intensive fund- raising. In 1955 the Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation increased its annual payments to the College to $500,000. The actual move from Wake Forest to Winston-Salem took place in May and June of 1956. The Bowman Gray School of Medicine of the College had been moved to Winston-Salem in 1941 when it received the resources of the Bowman Gray Foundation. Summer school opened on the new campus on June 18, 1956, the fall term on September 11 and formal dedication exercises were held on October 18. The old campus and buildings at Wake Forest were sold to the Southern Baptist Convention for use of the Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary which now occupies the campus. Administration and Instruction. The College is governed by a Board of Trustees which is elected by the North Carolina Baptist Convention. The Board has thirty-six members who serve four-year terms, with nine being chosen each year at the annual convention. During its history of 132 years the College has been headed by a total of ten presidents, the administrations of four of these (Dr. Washington Manly Wingate, Dr. Charles E. Taylor, Dr. William Louis Poteat and Dr. Thurman D. Kitchin) covering a total of 88 years. The complete list of presidents,* with the dates of their administrations, follows : Samuel Wait, D.D 1834-45 William Hooper, D.D., LL.D 1845-49 John Brown White, M.A 1849-54 • During the years 1882-84, William Bailey Royall, B.A., M.A., D.D. (Professor of Greek), served as chairman of the Faculty. 3 33 Historical Sketch Washington Manly Wingate, D.D 1854-79 Thomas Henderson Pritchard, D.D 1879-82 Charles Elisha Taylor, D.D., LL.D 1884-1905 William Louis Poteat, LL.D., Litt.D 1905-27 Francis Pendleton Gaines, Ph.D., Litt.D., LL.D 1927-30 Thurman D. Kitchin, M.D., LL.D., F.A.C.P. . 1930-50 Harold Wayland Tribble, M.A., Th.M., Th.D., Ph.D., D.D., LL.D 1950- The growth and progress of the College are due in no small degree to the leadership of its presidents * and to the faculty of instruction, many of whom have rendered distinguished service for 30 years or more. These in- clude: Dr. William Bailey Royall, professor of Greek, 62 years: Dr. William Louis Poteat, Biology, 55 years; Dr. Benjamin F. Sledd, English, 50 years; Prof. Edgar W. Timberlake, Law, 50 years; Dr. J. Hendren Gorrell, Modern Languages, 45 years; Dr. Hubert McNeill Poteat, Latin, 44 years; Dr. Needham Y. Gulley, Law, 44 years; Dr. George W. Paschal, Classical Languages, 43 years; and Dr. W. R. Cullom, Religion, 42 years. Dr. D. B. Bryan served as Professor of Education for 36 years and Dean of the College for 34 years. Mr. Elliott B. Earnshaw served as Bursar for 45 years. Of the present faculty, sixteen have served more than thirty years, including the following who became emeriti after serving thirty-five years or more: Prof. Hubert A. Jones taught Mathematics for 51 years; Dr. Henry Broadus Jones, English, 35 years; Dr. Ora C. Bradbury, Biology, 36 years; Dr. J. Allen Easley, Religion, 35 years; Prof. Kenneth T. Raynor, Mathematics, 35 years; Dr. A. C. Reid, Philosophy, 46 years; and Dr. Charles S. Black, Chemistry, 41 years. Mrs. Ethel Taylor Crittenden retired in 1946 after 31 years as Librarian. In a word, • Those interested in more specific information are referred to the three-volume History of Wake Forest College by Dr. George W. Paschal. 34 Religious Program the College has enlisted and retained throughout their teaching careers men who have devoted themselves to the College and to its ideals of culture and Christian leadership. Purposes and Objectives As an institution founded by the Baptist State Con- vention of North Carolina, Wake Forest College seeks to shape its goals, policies, and practices by Christian ideals. It seeks to help its students become mature, well-in- formed and responsible persons. It seeks to introduce its students to the cultural heritage of our times, through a broad study of the humanities, the natural and social sciences and mathematics, and through a concentration in at least one academic discipline. It seeks to develop in its students the ability to think honesdy and clearly, to use the English language correctly, and to use at least one foreign language effectively. It seeks to assist its students in building a system of values which takes full account of the things of the spirit as well as things material that they may become constructive and use- ful members of society. Finally, it seeks to aid its stu- dents in achieving for themselves a vital and relevant faith. These purposes underlie the College's total academic program. Through them the College seeks to prepare its students for careers in teaching, the ministry, law, medicine, business, research, and other professions. Religious Program Wake Forest College is, by heritage and by choice, a Christian College, affiliated with the Baptist State Convention of North Carolina. The College recognizes that to call itself Christian is to declare a purpose and express an ideal more than it is to claim an accom- plishment. Nevertheless, it will never let its failure to 35 Religious Program achieve perfection in this ideal be any other than a challenge to intensify its effort. Traditionally, the student body has been cosmopoli- tan, not only in terms of the communities and states from which the students come, but also in terms of back- ground, outlook and religious affiliation. Wake Forest believes in individual freedom, not as a right, but as a responsibility . . . freedom to be and, more important, to become. Attendance at Wake Forest is a privilege, not a right. The College's traditions and principles, accepted by each student in his act of voluntary registra- tion, evolve from the core of this concept of freedom and responsibility that are indivisible. Therefore, it is presumed that the student who elects to come to Wake Forest does so with the intent of being, in fact and spirit, a cooperating member of this community. Wake Forest attempts to maintain a wholesome Christian atmosphere in which students are given every encouragement to develop their spiritual lives to the highest possible potential. Wait Chapel, named for the first President who led the students in prayers and devotions twice daily from the beginning of the life of the College, is the center of the campus both physically and symbolically. It is a beautiful and inspiring testi- mony to the place of religion in the well-balanced life. Its beautiful sanctuary is the scene for twice-weekly chapel programs which are under the direction of the Chaplain of the College, assisted by a committee of students who are selected for the task by their fellow students. These programs provide worship opportunities for students and faculty, the presentation of great ideas within the context of spiritual values and, in a very real sense, constitute one way in which the College keeps constantly before itself and its constituency its own proclamation of faith in and commitment to the 36 Religious Program Christian Gospel. While students are in no sense re- quired to embrace the ideas and beliefs which may be presented in these Chapel programs, attendance is required of all students and their respectful and courteous attention is expected. In keeping with a tradition dating back to 1835, there is a Baptist Church on the campus which meets in regular services each Sunday in the Chapel. This church provides all the ministries and services common to Baptist Churches and, though not officially con- nected with the College, offers a most cordial welcome to faculty and students alike. In addition, every en- couragement is given to students to avail themselves of the ministries and opportunities provided by the churches of Winston-Salem. Academically, the College has a Department of Re- ligion, full information concerning which may be found elsewhere in this catalogue. A minimum of six hours in Religion is required of all students for graduation. The Chaplain of the College seeks to interpret the place of religion in culture and society and, particularly, the significance of Christian Education. He seeks to minister to students and faculty in all ways. In ad- dition, he serves the College in helping to develop ef- fective communication with its constituency. The Chaplain's office also encourages students to translate their worship into effective Christian living. A rich pro- gram of activities is offered to challenge their interests and meet their needs. These activities are developed both in terms of campus-wide emphases, such as Re- ligion in Life Week, and in terms of group organizations and programs. Students of various faiths and denomina- tions are organized and assisted by their own chaplains or advisers. The Chaplain seeks to coordinate these 37 Endowment groups and encourage them both individually and collectively to promote a vital religious experience. In short, Wake Forest College believes that because men may they must "... increase in wisdom and stature and in favor with God and man!" and its con- stantly developing efforts in the area of religion are designed to encourage and assist this growth. Endowment In 1865 the endowment fund of Wake Forest Col- lege was $11,700, the remnant from the wreck of war. In 1876, through the efforts of Dr. C. E. Taylor and Mr. James S. Purefoy, about $20,000 was added to the endowment. By January 1, 1884, Dr. Taylor had in- creased the endowment to $100,000 and had raised up a generous friend of the College in Mr. Jabez A. Bostwick, of New York City. In 1885 Mr. Bostwick created the Bostwick Loan Fund by a gift of $12,000 and in 1886 made a further gift of $50,000. In 1891 Dr. Taylor raised, by subscription and still another gift of Mr. Bostwick, the sum of $40,000. Under the terms of the will of Mr. Bostwick, dating from February 1, 1892, the endowment was increased, in 1923, by stock valued at about $1,500,000. From 1906 to 1910 Pro- fessor J. B. Carlyle undertook to raise $150,000. Of this sum $117,798.56 was realized, of which the Gen- eral Education Board of New York contributed a fourth. More than $100,000 was added by receipts from the Seventy-five Million Campaign and the pro rata contribution of the General Education Board. On November 20, 1925, Mr. B. N. Duke, of New York City, made a generous donation to the endowment of 1,000 shares of Duke Power Company stock valued at $150,- 000. On August 3, 1939, the resources of the Bowman Gray Foundation were awarded to Wake Forest Col- 38 Endowment lege, to be used exclusively by the School of Medicine. The Chair of the Bible, known as the Albritton Chair of the Bible, is provided by a gift of $25,000.00 con- tributed in 1919 by the children of the Reverend John T. Albritton and $25,000.00 by the Eastern Baptist Association. On December 21, 1946, eighteen-thirty-fifths of the income from the James A. Gray Trust Fund was made available to the School of Medicine for the general furtherance of teaching and research. The total endowment funds now controlled by the College amount to approximately $12,352,500 (book value as of June 30, 1966). The Trustees of The Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation, Inc., and The Trustees of Wake Forest College entered into a contract on November 16, 1946, whereby the Foundation made available to the College income of the Foundation up to $350,000 per year in perpetuity, this sum being increased to $500,000 in 1955. The in- come so received was applied to the costs of construction on the new campus prior to the time of removal in 1956 and thereafter to the cost of operations. The College holds a beneficial interest of one-fourth of the income of the Mary K. Fassett Trust Fund established by Dr. Burton W. Fassett of Durham, N. C. this interest to increase when the principal of the fund reaches a specified amount. The College holds a beneficial interest of 41% of the income of the Lucy Teague Fassett Memorial Trust Fund, also established by Dr. Fassett, this interest to increase when the principal of the fund reaches a speci- fied amount. Under the terms of the will of Colonel George Foster Hankins of Lexington, North Carolina, who died in 1954, The George Foster Hankins Foundation was 39 Buildings and Grounds established, to be managed and controlled by The Trustees of Wake Forest College. The income of the Foundation is to be used for scholarships and loan funds in aid of worthy and deserving students displaying promise and ability who might be denied a college education because of lack of means, with preference in the award of scholarships and loans to be given to applicants from Davidson County, North Carolina. The assets of the Foundation on June 30, 1966, at book value amounted to approximately $1,320,000. The Ford Foundation in 1956 made two gifts to the endowment of the College, the income from these gifts to be used for the support of faculty salaries. The sum of $680,500 was allocated for salaries in the School of Arts and Sciences and $1,600,000 for salaries in the Bowman Gray School of Medicine. Babcock Professorship of Botany The Babcock Professorship of Botany is endowed by the Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation through a grant made in 1958 and an additional gift received in 1965. Under the provisions of this grant, Dr. Walter S. Flory is serving as Babcock Professor of Botany. Buildings and Grounds The physical equipment of the College includes about 320 acres of land and 17 buildings. There are, in ad- dition, a president's home, ten faculty apartment build- ings housing seventy-two separate families, and two buildings containing fifty-six apartments for married students. Construction on the campus was begun in 1952 and it was occupied for the first time beginning with the summer session of 1956. The buildings are of modified Georgian architecture, constructed of Old Virginia brick and trimmed in granite and limestone. 40 Buildings Situated on beautifully landscaped hills, the campus is one of the most attractive in the South. The Reynolda Gardens annex, consisting of 148 acres and including Reynolda Woods and Reynolda Village, as well as Reynolda Gardens, is adjacent to the campus on the south. This tract includes a formal garden, green- houses, parking areas, a lake, and a wooded area with trails. The formal garden features one of the finest col- lections of Japanese cherry trees in the United States. This area of natural beauty was a gift to the College from the Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation through transfers made in 1958, 1961, and 1963. In 1965 the College received as a gift from the Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation a tract of land lying just west of the campus, comprising 34 acres, on which a plant of the Western Electric Company is located. This gift, accompanied by a cash sum of money, is valued at $3,500,000 and is to be used for the support of the Library and the Chair of Botany. Academic Buildings Wait Chapel. Located at the head of the campus plaza is Wait Chapel, so designated in memory of the first President of Wake Forest College, Samuel Wait. Its spire towers two hundred and thirty feet into the air and its auditorium has a seating capacity of twenty- five hundred. A four-manual pipe organ and choir space for one hundred members are a part of the equip- ment. Wait Chapel faces toward the south, overlooking the plaza, with Reynolda Hall in the foreground and four large dormitories for men at right and left. Wingate Hall. Attached to Wait Chapel on the northern end is a four-story building for the Department of Religion and for educational purposes of a campus church. This part of the building has been named in 41 Buildings honor of Washington Manly Wingate, President of Wake Forest College, 1854-1879. In addition to class- rooms and offices for professors, there is the Paul Price Davis Meditation Chapel, equipped with pews and other facilities, for the use of small groups. There is also in the basement an assembly room accommodating about three hundred people and equipped with stage and dressing rooms. Reynolda Hall. Located at the southern end of the plaza area and facing Wait Chapel is Reynolda Hall, administration and student center. A wing on the west end accommodates administrative offices of the College; a wing of similar size on the east end fur- nishes facilities for student organizations and activities. On the ground floor, facing south, is the cafeteria, equipped for seating at one time one thousand people and for serving four lines. Behind the cafeteria are kitchens, refrigeration units, and storage rooms. On the floor above are lounges and conference rooms. On the third floor are a large banquet room and space which will be used temporarily for classrooms and offices for professors. A fourth floor contains a number of class- rooms. The £. Smith Reynolds Library. Situated at the center of the academic campus, this building contains space for eight tiers of book stacks, with a capacity for about one million volumes. Surrounding the book stacks are four floors of rooms for reading, reference, and various other uses of a modern library. Salem Hall. Directly west of the Library, this three- story building contains laboratories, classrooms, and offices, as well as a large lecture room and ample storage space, for the departments of chemistry and physics. 42 Buildings Winston Hall. This three-story building, just west of Salem Hall, was completed and occupied in September 1961. It provides classrooms, laboratories, faculty of- fices, seminar rooms, and a small auditorium for the departments of biology and psychology. The W. N. Reynolds Gymnasium. Located just east of Reynold a Hall, this building is equipped with classrooms for instruction in physical education, courts for basketball and other indoor sports, a swimming pool, offices for members of the faculty of the Department of Physical Education and of the Department of Athletics. Here also, is housed the Department of Military Science. No provision is made in this building for large spectator facilities, since the near-by Memorial Coliseum will be used for intercollegiate basketball games and other indoor sports. On either side of the Gymnasium are sports fields and courts for tennis, handball, and volley- ball. Law Building. At the opposite end of the campus from Winston Hall is located the building for the School of Law. It is a four-story structure, containing classrooms, offices, a moot court, an assembly room, a library, a seminar room, a law review room, and a student lounge. General Classroom Building. Southeast of the Library, this is the first of two large classroom buildings to ac- commodate the social sciences and the humanities. It is a four-story building, containing classrooms, faculty offices, seminar and lecture rooms, a small projection theater, the philosophy library, and a main lecture room seating 200. 43 Buildings Residence Buildings Dormitories for Men. Bordering the plaza area on the east and the west are four quadrangles of dormitories for men, with accommodations for fifteen hundred students. The dormitories are named in honor of Charles Elisha Taylor, William Louis Poteat, and Thurman Delna Kitchin, former Presidents of Wake Forest College, and Egbert Lawrence Davis, a benefactor of the College. Each quadrangle contains three main floors with open galleries overlooking the quadrangles. From these gal- leries are entrances to the suites of rooms each of which is occupied by a small group of students. Connecting the Poteat and Taylor Dormitories with the Chapel entrance are two wings, equipped to accommodate about one hundred students each. One of these wings is Efird Hall, in honor of Mr. J. B. Efird of Charlotte, and another, Huffman Hall, in honor of Mr. Frank Huffman of Morgan ton. Facing the plaza are a post office, a bank, a drug store, a book store, and a number of shops, all housed in these dormitories. Dormitories for Women. At the southern end of the campus, facing Reynolda Hall, are three dormitories for women accommodating six hundred eight students, that on the east being named in honor of Mr. Jabez A. Bostwick, one of the chief benefactors of the College, that in the center being named Lois Johnson Dormitory in honor of Miss Lois Johnson, first Dean of Women of Wake Forest College, and that on the west being named Mary Reynolds Babcock Dormitory, in honor of the late Mrs. Charles H. Babcock, a chief benefactor of the College. Both double and single rooms are available for stu- dents. A kitchen is located in each building, and a launderette is provided on each floor of each building. 44 Libraries A large lounge is located on the first floor of each build- ing. The Power Plant, connected by tunnels with all buildings on the campus, is located on a lower level northwest of the athletic fields. Attractive and modern in design, it is equipped with two massive boilers that furnish heat and hot water for all buildings, including the faculty apartments, and is the basis of the air-con- ditioning system installed in Wait Chapel, Reynolda Hall, the Z. Smith Reynolds Library, Winston Hall, Salem Hall, the Law Building, and the Gymnasium. The Maintenance Building. Located in close proximity to the power plant to the south is the maintenance building for the purpose of making repairs and con- structing many things essential to the operation of the various departments of the College. Libraries In its several libraries the College holds a total of 332,726 volumes. These are distributed as follows: the Z. Smith Reynolds Library (general), 252,001; the Library of the School of Law, 34,628; and the Library of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine, 46,097. In- cluded in the above holdings are 33,564 volumes of United States Government documents, received prin- cipally by virtue of the status of the Z. Smith Reynolds Library as an official depository. A rapidly growing microtext collection is maintained, although its items have been counted in the above totals as if they were the equivalent volumes. At present there are approximately 6,875 reels of microfilm including runs of local, national, and foreign newspapers; 32,778 microcards; and 52,890 items of microprint, including Cobbett's Parliamentary Debates, the Hansard Debates, the British Sessional Papers. 45 Libraries House of Commons, and the Journals. House of Commons. Because of expanded resources and a broadened pro- gram of acquisition the libraries of Wake Forest Col- lege now hold membership in the Association of South- eastern Research Libraries. The volumes which constitute the Z. Smith Reynolds Library have been chosen mainly to develop a collection which will provide adequate support for a satisfactory liberal arts curriculum and a limited, although defi- nitely expanding, graduate program. Some emphasis has naturally been placed on the accumulation of materials for the study of North Carolina and the Southeastern region. Because of the relationship be- tween the College and the Baptist denomination, a Baptist Collection, now comprising more than 6,000 items and including files of Baptist serials as well as individual church records, is maintained. In 1965 the Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation of Winston-Salem donated to the College properties and other assets with a total value of about $3,500,000, the income from which has been assigned to the expansion of library resources. It is expected that this will be applied more particularly to the enrichment of the book stock as a stronger support for graduate studies. Initially, a part of this added income is being used for certain needed improvements in the Z. Smith Reynolds Library building and in library services. Two additional stack levels have been finished and shelving installed. With the twenty-two additional carrels also provided, the Z. Smith Reynolds Library building now has five stack levels in service and 101 carrels available. On the ground floor two student reading lounges have been comfortably furnished. In these lounges the art collection of the College Union is also 46 Libraries displayed. More spacious quarters for the Periodicals Department have been arranged; and the room formerly occupied by this department has been allotted to the Baptist Collection, hitherto without a room of its own. Despite expenditures for physical improvements, a considerable sum will remain for the purchase of books and periodicals, a sum which will increase in later years when building changes have been completed. Also in 1965 certain changes in procedure were inaugurated. An open-stack policy was established, enabling students to examine books in the stacks at will. Xerox copying service at a nominal cost has been in- troduced. On the assumptions that better arrangement of books will be achieved and more rapid book processing realized, a beginning has been made toward the re- classification of the entire collection from the schedules of the Dewey Decimal to those of the Library of Congress Classification. Both institutional and personal gifts have, from time to time, enriched the library collections of the College. A grant from the Carnegie Corporation made possible the acquisition of about 2,500 photographs and many books on painting, sculpture, and architecture. The late Mr. Tracy McGregor, through an arrangement shared by the College, provided means for the purchase of valuable editions of works relating to the colonial and early national periods of American history. A group of more than a thousand bookplates was donated by Mrs. Clara T. Evans of New York City. The late Dr. B. W. Spilman financed and encouraged the collection of titles by Wake Forest alumni. The late Dr. Charles Lee Smith of Raleigh, bibliophile and alumnus, bequeathed his personal library, contain- ing about 7,000 items rich in first editions, to the Col- 47 Libraries lege. Funds from a bequest of his brother, the late Oscar T. Smith of Baltimore, have made possible the purchase of additional items of a like nature. The Paschal Collection was established Christmas 1950 by George W. Paschal, Jr., 1927, Raleigh surgeon, in recognition of the interest in the Library manifested by his father, George Washington Paschal, and also in memory of his father's twin brother, Robert Lee Paschal. The Collection is regularly enlarged and, although heterogeneous in nature, primarily contains material relating to the humanities. The aim of the founder of the Collection is to add to the working efficiency of the Library. While this collection is principally supported by the donor, it has also received and welcomes contri- butions from interested friends. A special bookplate is used for items acquired for the Collection. To assemble the more important editions of the works of Edmund Spenser, together with significant back- ground titles, a sum has been contributed by Dr. Charles G. Smith of Baylor University in honor of his wife, Cornelia Marschall Smith. A fund established by the late Dr. Herman Harrell Home is applied to the purchase of general titles of significance to undergradu- ate instruction. The Library of the School of Law contains 34,628 volumes, including not only the reports, statutes, and digests required by the American Association of Law Schools but also the leading textbooks, encyclopedias, and periodicals. The Library of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine is a collection of 46,097 volumes containing books, periodicals, and monographs necessary to instruction and research in medical theory and practice. More than 1,600 current periodicals, both domestic and foreign, are received. 48 Art Museum The Spilman Philosophy Seminar houses a carefully selected group of books for the use of advanced students in philosophy. Although not supported by Library funds but based upon an endowment given by the late Dr. B. W. Spilman and upon the A. C. Reid Philosophy Fund, it forms a valuable part of the book resources of the College. Library holdings of current issues and bound volumes of periodicals in chemistry and physics are shelved in Salem Hall for convenience of laboratory research in these areas. The Library of the Military Science Department, which is located on the ground floor of the Gymnasium, has available for student use over 2,000 books and periodicals. In addition to major military conflicts involving the United States, the material covers such subjects as communism, the "Cold War," counter- insurgency and anti-guerilla warfare, as well as foreign policy, nuclear warfare, and space activities. Art Museum The Museum of Art is made up mainly of the T. J. Simmons Collection, presented to the College by the late Dr. Thomas Jackson Simmons of Gainesville, Ga., and formally opened to the public on June 2, 1941. Including some additions, there are about sixty paint- ings, thirty-five etchings and lithographs, five pieces of sculpture, and several other art objects in the collection. The Museum was enriched in 1957 by three paint- ings from the Hammer Galleries given by Mr. Arnold Kirkeby, and in 1960 by two paintings given by Mr. Clark Hartwell and three by Mrs. April Ruth Akston. Nearly all of the paintings are hung in public areas of various buildings on the campus. 49 ADMISSION A candidate for admission to Wake Forest College must furnish testimonials of good moral character, must present evidences of educational achievement represented by graduation from an accredited public high school or an accredited private secondary school, and must present a score (senior year preferred) on the Scholastic Aptitude (Morning) Test of the College En- trance Examination Board. The record of the work done by the applicant in high school or in a private secondary school and the recommendations of the school official must be sent direct to the Director of Admissions of Wake Forest College by an official of the school, and the test scores must be sent from the test center. They may not be submitted by the applicant. Information about the times and places at which the College Board test may be taken and an application for taking the test may be secured from the high school or from College Entrance Examination Board, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey. Careful consideration will be given to the applicant's academic records, scores on tests, and evidences of character, purpose in life, and general fitness for college life at Wake Forest College. The College reserves the right to reject any application without explanation. A student who wishes to be considered for transfer from another college must be a graduate of a standard junior college or must furnish a certificate of honorable dismissal stating that the applicant is eligible in all re- spects to re-enter the college last attended, and have an overall average of at least C on all college work attempted.* The applicant should fill out and return as early as practical the student's part of the application, and should • Please see academic requirements for graduation, especially for one who has at- tended more than one college before applying for admission to Wake Forest College. 50 Admission then give to the high school principal, superintendent, or other appropriate school official the other parts to be completed and sent to the Director of Admissions of Wake Forest College for the attention of the Committee on Admissions. An application fee of $10.00 to cover the cost of processing the application is required. This should accompany the application and will not be applied to later charges or refunded, in the event of failure to be admitted or of cancellation of the application. If possible, the completed application should be sent at least eight months prior to the date on which the ap- plicant hopes to enroll in Wake Forest College, but not before September 15 of the applicant's senior year in high school. Except in case of emergency, the final date for making application for the spring semester is Jan- uary 15; for the fall semester, August 15. The minimum prescribed requirements for admission to all degrees are as follows: English 4 units One Foreign Language 2 units History (Social Studies) 2 units Mathematics: Algebra 1 ^ or 2 units Geometry 1 unit Electives to bring the total to 16 units A student who is admitted from another college be- fore fully meeting the minimum prescribed require- ments outlined above for entering freshmen must re- move the entrance conditions during the first year at Wake Forest. When an applicant has received notice of acceptance for admission or re-admission to Wake Forest College, an admission deposit of $50.00 must be sent to the Director of Admissions of Wake Forest College not later than three weeks after the notice of acceptance is mailed. 51 Early Decision Plan (Make checks payable to Wake Forest College.) Failure to pay this deposit within three weeks will be considered as indicating that the applicant does not intend to enter Wake Forest College. This deposit will be credited toward the applicant's college fees. It will be refunded, if the application for admission or re-admission is cancelled by the applicant and a written request for refund is received by the Director of Admissions of Wake Forest College not later than June 1 for the fall semester or November 1 for the spring semester. Re- funds will not be made after these dates. If a student is accepted for admission or re-admission after June 1 for the fall semester or after November 1 for the spring semester, the admission deposit is due within two weeks of the date of acceptance. Deposits made after June 1 and November 1 are not refundable. No deposit is required of a student who expects to enroll for the summer session only. The Early Decision Plan This plan is available to well qualified high school students who at the close of their junior years have definitely decided that their first choice college is Wake Forest. An Early Decision Agreement is required with each application. The application for early decision must be filed by October 1 of the applicant's senior year in high school. It must include the high school record through the junior year, scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board and scores on three achievement tests (the Writing Sample is not acceptable): (1) English Composition, (2) Mathematics or foreign language, (3) one to be chosen by the ap- plicant. Preferably, these tests should be taken in March or May of the junior year. 52 Advanced Standing In early November, the Committee on Admissions will make decisions on completed applications. If an ap- plicant is accepted, the required deposit must be paid not later than January 1 . Those not admitted by early decision will be asked to submit a senior year Scholastic Aptitude Test score and the first semester's grades of their senior year, or they will be advised to apply elsewhere. Advanced Placement Wake Forest College recognizes college-level work done in high school by giving credit and placement on the basis of Advanced Placement Examinations of the College Entrance Examination Board and such pertinent supplementary information as may be available. Exceptionally qualified applicants for advanced stand- ing may receive exemption from some basic courses with credit on the authorization of the department con- cerned. For the purposes of computing quality point ratios, etc., credit gained by advanced standing exami- nation is treated as credit transferred to Wake Forest College from another college. Admission to Advanced Standing Courses satisfactorily completed in other accredited colleges are accepted under the regulations that have been adopted by the faculty for the approval of such courses. In general, however, no credit is allowed for courses not found in the curriculum of Wake Forest College. All credits allowed for advanced standing are held in suspense until the candidate has spent one term in residence. The minimum residence requirement for a baccalaureate degree is two academic years — the senior year and one other. 53 COLLEGE CHARGES AND FINANCIAL ARRANGEMENTS (Veterans: See statement on page 109) General Statement. Statements in this Bulletin con- cerning expenses are not to be regarded as forming an irrevocable contract between the student and the Col- lege. The College reserves the right to change without notice the cost of instruction at any time within the student's term of residence. Payment of Account. Charges are due in full not later than the date of registration and deferment after that date is not permitted. Charges may be paid either at that time or may be prepaid before the student's ar- rival on the campus. Information concerning prepay- ment will be mailed to all students prior to the be- ginning of each semester. Those who cannot pay in accordance with the fore- going terms or who find it necessary to finance college charges on an installment basis may write to the Business Manager for information concerning the Wake Forest Tuition Payment Plan, which carries a small deferred payment fee. Information concerning college tuition financing plans may also be obtained from First- Citizens Bank and Trust Company, Charlotte, North Carolina, The Tuition Plan, Inc., 575 Madison Avenue, New York, N. Y. 10022, or Education Funds Inc., 10 Dorrance Street, Providence, Rhode Island. Student Responsibility for Accounts. Each student is re- sponsible for the settlement of his own account. Begin- ning on page 56 statements of charges are listed. The student is expected to meet the schedules of payment therefor and to settle promptly all bills rendered. The College expects students to pay tuition and other charges no later than the date of registration, or to 54 Charges arrange financing of charges as explained in the preced- ing section. Faculty regulations require that a student's College account must be settled in full before he is entitled to receive his grades, a transcript of his record, a diploma, or to register for the succeeding semester. Withdrawal. Students withdrawing must follow the procedure set forth on page 101 and must present their identification cards to the Business Manager before any claim for refund may be considered. No refund of dormitory room rent is made. Refund of tuition and activity fee is made according to the following table: Percentage of Total Tuition Number of Weeks and Activity Fee Attendance* to be Refunded 1 Total tuition less $50 2 85% 3 70% 4 55% 5 40% 6 25% 7 10% Bank Accounts and Check-Cashing. Students will greatly facilitate their financial arrangements by opening a checking account with the Wake Forest office of the Wachovia Bank and Trust Company, located on the campus, since the College cannot undertake to cash checks. Checks and money orders presented in payment of accounts should be made payable to WAKE FOREST COLLEGE. A cafeteria is located in Reynolda Hall. Meals may be purchased individually or under an optional board plan. A student obtaining meals individually may ex- * Counting from the first day of registration and fractions of a week to count as a full week. 55 Charges pect to pay about $400-$450 for the school year. A.R.A. Slater School and College Services, which operates the College food service, offers a contractual board plan arrangement whereby a student may cut his food ex- pense at college by one-third. This is a prepayment plan to insure the student a well rounded diet of his own choosing. Both cafeteria and table service are available on this plan with a free choice of menu. For further details write to A.R.A. Slater School and College Services, Box 7393, Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27106. Books and supplies are available at the College Book Store, located on the campus. The estimated cost is $75-$ 100 for the school year, depending on the courses for which the student is enrolled. Laundry is arranged for privately. A laundry oper- ated by a Winston-Salem firm is located in Charles E. Taylor Dormitory. School of Arts and Sciences and School of Business Administration Charges for the Regular School Tear All charges are due and payable at registration. MEN Per Semester Per Tear Tuition 1 $500 $1,000 Activity Fee 2 75 150 Dormitory Room Rental (double room each) 130 260 $705 $1,410 Other Room Rentals (per semester) : Single Room $ 1 55 Double Room Occupied as Single . . 180 Triple Room (each) 95 1 Part-time students (those enrolled for less than 12 semester hours) pay a flat charge of $40.00 per semester hour in lieu of tuition. Part-time students are not entitled to claim the designated scholarships listed on page 77 nor are they entitled to admission to athletic contests, receipt of publications or infirmary privileges, as are full-time students. 2 The activity fee is not charged to part-time students. 56 Charges Women Per Semester Per Tear Tuition 1 $500 $1,000 Activity Fee 2 75 150 Dormitory Room Rental (double room each) 140 280 $715 $1,430 Other Room Rentals (per semester) : Single Room $165 Double Room Occupied as Single . . 190 Deduct admission deposit or reservation deposit ($50.00 each) from above charges, if such deposits are paid. See Pages 52, 61. The activity fee covers the cost of such items as would normally require the payment of a fee, namely, li- braries, laboratories, admission to all intercollegiate athletic contests at Wake Forest College (when student activity book is presented), and to certain student activities, including religious and dramatic organi- zations, the College Union, cost of student publications, consisting of the yearbook, The Howler, and the sub- scription price of $2.50 annually for the student news- paper, Old Gold & Black. It further provides for the attendance of the College physician and nurses in the College hospital for temporary emergencies. Charges j or the Summer Session A bulletin of the Summer Session is published in March of each year and may be obtained by writing Dean of the Summer Session, Box 7293, Wake Forest College, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27106. This bulletin should be consulted for detailed information concerning charges and courses. 1 Part-time students (those enrolled for less than 12 semester hours) pay a flat charge of $40.00 per semester hour in lieu of tuition. Part-time students are not entitled to claim the designated scholarships listed on page 77 nor are they entitled to admission to athletic contests, receipt of publications or infirmary privileges, as are full-time students. 2 The activity fee is not charged to part-time students. 57 Charges All charges are due and payable at registration. First Second Session Session Total Summer School Fee 1 $ 75 . 00* $ 75 . 00* $ 1 50 . 00 Dormitory Room Rental 30.00 30.00 60.00 TOTAL $105.00 $105.00 $210.00 School of Law Charges for the Regular School Tear The Bulletin of the School of Law should be consulted for detailed information. A copy may be obtained by addressing the Dean of the School of Law, Box 7206, Wake Forest College, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27106. All charges are due and payable at registration. Fall Spring Total Semester Semester for Tear Tuition 3 $375.00 $375.00 $750.00 Dormitory Room Rental (men) 130. 00 4 130. 00 4 260.00 Student Bar Association Dues 4.00 4.00 8.00 $509.00 $509.00 $1,018.00 Deduct admission deposit or reservation deposit from above charge, if such deposits are paid. See pages 52, 263. Students in the School of Law have the same priv- ileges as those described on page 57 for undergraduate students who pay the activity fee. 1 Part-time students (those enrolled for 3 semester hours or less) pay a flat charge of SI 2.50 per semester hour plus a $5.00 registration fee. 2 No scholarships are available in the summer session, except that the charge to public school teachers is $45.00 per session when duly authorized by the Dean of the Summer Session. * Part-time students (those enrolled for 7 semester hours or less) pay a flat charge of $187.50. 4 $155.00 for single room and $180.00 for double room occupied as single room. $95.00 for each ocoupant of a triple room. 58 Charges Charges for the Summer Session The summer term in the School of Law consists of one nine- week session. Tuition 1 $187.50 Dormitory Room Rental 40 . 00 TOTAL $227.50 Bowman Gray School of Medicine The Bulletin of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine should be consulted for information as to expenses. Re- quests therefor should be addressed to the Dean of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine of Wake Forest College, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27103. Division of Graduate Studies The Bulletin of the Division of Graduate Studies should be consulted for information as to expenses. Re- quests therefor should be addressed to the Director of Graduate Studies, Wake Forest College, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27106. Other College Charges Information concerning the charges listed below will be found immediately following the table. * Admission Application Fee $10.00 *Admission Deposit 50.00 Applied Music. (Amounts shown are per semester) : One hour lesson per week. . . .$80.00 One half hour lesson per week 50.00 1 Part-time students (those enrolled for 3 semester hours or less) pay a flat charge of $81.25. * Not required in the Summer Session. 59 Charges Class instruction (maximum fee per student) $30.00 Practice studio (with piano) rental per semester (one hour daily) 6.00 Practice studio (with piano) rental per semester (two hours daily) 10.00 Organ practice per semester (one hour daily) 10.00 Organ practice per semester (two hours daily) 14.00 Other instrument rental per semester 5.00 Dormitory Damage and Repairs As charged by Director of Residences Graduation Fee (Arts and Sci- ences, Business Administra- tion, Law) 15.00 Graduation Fee (Graduate Studies) 25.00 Hospital Bed and Board Charge 6.00 daily Key Deposit 3.00 each Library Fines As charged by Library *Reservation Deposit 50.00 Room Change Fees: Authorized Changes 5.00 Unauthorized Changes 20.00 ROTC Deposit 20.00 Special Examination 2.50 Student Apartment Rental 60.00 monthly Traffic Fines: Vehicle Registration Fee 10.00 Unregistered Vehicle 10.00 per violation Illegal Parking 2.00 per violation * Not required in the Summer Session. 60 Charges Trailer Park Rental: Per Semester $30.00 Per Summer Term. 10.00 Transcripts (first copy is free) ... 1 .00 each Admission Application Fee. Required with each appli- cation for admission to the School of Arts and Sciences to cover costs of processing. Non-refundable. Admission Deposit. Required of each student entering for the first time, or re-entering after a period of non- attendance, the School of Arts and Sciences and the School of Law. Must be sent to the Director of Admis- sions (or to the Business Manager, in the case of law stu- dents) within three weeks after acceptance for admission or re-admission. The deposit is credited to the student's college charges for the semester for which he has been accepted for admission. It is refunded if the Director of Admissions (or the Dean of the School of Law in the case of law students) is notified in writing prior to June 1 for the fall semester and November 1 for the spring semester, of cancellation of plans to enter. No officer of the College has authority to modify these refund dates. Applied Music. Required in addition to tuition of students enrolling for individual or class study in ap- plied music as described in the offering of the Depart- ment of Music (p. 191). Payable in the Business Man- ager's office not later than November 1 and March 1, respectively, for the fall and spring semesters. Dormitory Damages and Repairs. The student is charged for damage to his room or college property in accordance with Dormitory Rule 4 appearing on page 66. These charges may be appealed to the Board of Dormitory Damage Appeals if the student feels they are not merited. 61 Charges Graduation Fee. Required of all students who are candidates for degrees, whether or not they are present for the graduation exercises, and must be paid prior to the date of graduation. Covers the cost of diploma, academic costume, and other expenses pertaining to graduation. Hospital Bed and Board Charge. Charged to students when confined to the College Hospital. An additional charge is made for special surgeon or special nurse, when their services are required, and for special and expensive drugs. The provision for hospital service and the attendance of a physician applies to the student only and cannot be extended to members of his family. Key Deposit. Required for each key issued to a dormi- tory room or student apartment. Refunded when key is returned to the Director of Residences. Library Fines. Charges for overdue and lost books and for violation of other Library regulations. Payable in the Library. Reservation Deposit. Students enrolled in the spring semester who expect to return for the next regular ses- sion beginning in September are required to pay a reser- vation deposit at a date set by the Business Manager. It is credited to the student's college charges and will be refunded under the same conditions specified for the admission deposit, except that refunds will be made if requested prior to June 30. An undergraduate student who fails to pay the $50 reservation deposit at the required time (see calendar on page 3) during the spring semester shall not be eligible to register for the next fall semester. Room Change Fees. A charge of $5.00 is incurred for authorized room changes made after October 1 in the 62 Charges fall semester, after February 15 in the spring semester, and after the first week of each summer session. An authorized room change is one which has been made with the permission of the Director of Residences or the Dean of Women, as appropriate. A fine of $20.00 is in- curred for any unauthorized change. ROTC Deposit. Required of each student enrolled in ROTC before equipment may be issued to him. Refunded at the end of the school year or upon with- drawal from the course, less any loss or damage, fair wear and tear excepted. If loss or damage exceeds $20.00 the deposit is forfeited, and the student is re- sponsible for the excess over $20.00. Special Examination. Required for each special ex- amination taken to remove a course condition. Student Apartment Rental. Required to be paid monthly in accordance with written lease executed for the apart- ment between the student and the Director of Residences acting on behalf of the College. Traffic Fines. Assessed against students violating parking regulations, copies of which are obtainable from the Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds. May be appealed to the Board of Traffic Appeals. Trailer Park Rental. Required to be paid in accord- ance with written lease executed for college trailer park space between the student and the Director of Resi- dences acting on behalf of the College. Transcripts. The first copy of a student's record is issued for him without charge. Requests for subsequent copies should be made to the Registrar by the owner of the record, and should be accompanied by a remit- tance of one dollar for each copy desired. 63 Housing Food Services Three types of food services are offered to the students of Wake Forest College — cafeteria, grill, and table service. The cafeteria menus feature a multiple choice planned and supervised by a trained home economist. The grill with its soda shop operates until 10:30 p.m. in the evening and is a favorite spot for students to gather. The Magnolia Room is the table service dining room giving the students a quiet place to enjoy eating and offering a menu with greater variety, as well as foods prepared to order. The average student spends from $1.65-$2.00 per day for food, exclusive of soda shop purchases, but a board plan is available (page 55). Housing All unmarried undergraduate students who do not live in Winston-Salem or near Winston-Salem with their parents must live on the campus unless given permission in writing to the contrary by the Dean of Men or the Dean of Women. Student Apartments and Trailer Park An apartment building containing fifty-six apart- ments is located on the northwest edge of the campus. A trailer park containing fifty-five spaces is located on the east side of the campus. The apartment and trailer park are available for married couples, who must actu- ally reside therein. Application for apartment and trailer space must be made to the Director of Residences, who maintains a waiting list. Assignment is made in order of priority of application, and a lease is executed by the student and the College. Apartment and trailer space is available only to bona fide students of Wake Forest College. 64 Dormitory Rules Rooms — Men The rent is $130.00 per semester per student due and payable at registration and may not be deferred. The rental for a single room is $155.00 per semester and for a double room occupied as a single room $180.00 per semester. When three persons occupy the room, the charge is $95.00 per occupant. Room rental is not refunded upon withdrawal. See below for the rules governing the use of dormi- tory rooms. Rooms — Women Married women students are not ordinarily permitted to live in the dormitories. Single women students in the professional schools may live in quarters approved by the Dean of Women. The assignment of rooms to women students is made by the Dean of Women after admission requirements have been completed. Notification of assignments is generally made in the summer preceding the opening of the session in September. The rent is $140.00 per semester per student, due and payable at registration, and may not be deferred. The rental lor a single room is $165.00 per semester and for a double room occupied as a single room $190.00 per semester. Room rental is not refunded upon with- drawal. See below for the rules governing the use of dormi- tory rooms. Dormitory Rules The following rules apply to the use of dormitory rooms: 1. The period for which rooms are rented is one semester; however, any student remaining in the same room for the second semester will not need to sign a 65 Dormitory Rules new room contract as the contract provides for auto- matic renewal to cover the room assignment for the second semester. The College reserves the right to change or cancel room assignments in the interest of order, health, discipline, or other urgent reasons. Each student, in accepting his/her assignment, agrees to abide by the room contract, the Constitution of the Student Body, and the dormitory regulations printed on the reverse side of the contract, and to permit, in his presence, duly authorized personnel to inspect his room and any effects in such room. In the student's absence, such inspection of the room and its effects may be carried out by at least two duly authorized College employees. Authorized personnel may enter rooms at any time to check for cleanliness or to make necessary repairs, or when it appears to the College that the safety of the students is endangered or where property damage is involved. 2. All payments for room rent are made at registra- tion. Room rental is not refunded upon withdrawal. The occupant may not sublet the room to another student. 3. A woman student may exchange her room only with the advance written approval of the Dean of Women. A non -fraternity man may exchange his room only with the advance written approval of the Director of Residences. A fraternity man living in a fraternity section must follow the procedure outlined in the fraternity contract. A charge of $5.00 will be incurred for authorized room changes made after October 1 in the fall semester and after February 15 in the spring semester. (A charge of $5.00 will be incurred for all authorized changes made after the first week of summer school.) 66 Dormitory Rules A fine of $20.00 will be incurred for an exchange made otherwise. 4. The student will be charged for any damages which occur to his room or furnishings, for any damages on a pro rata basis which may occur to his suite, and for all damages caused by his neglect, misuse, or abuse of any part of the college property. Any student may appeal his dormitory damage charge to the Board of Dormitory Damage Appeals. 5. College furniture or furnishings are not to be moved from the room in which they have been placed by the College. 6. All residents must secure keys for dormitory rooms at the Office of the Director of Residences. All issues and exchanges must be made at the office. The use or pos- session of an unauthorized key is forbidden. A deposit of $3.00 is required for a key, and this may be recovered by returning the key to the Director of Residences when leaving college. All keys must be returned, even though the student plans to occupy the same room for the summer session or for the ensuing fall semester. Failure to return a room key under these circumstances leaves the student liable for any damages which may occur to the room or suite. 7. The dormitories will open at 9:00 a.m. on the first day of the fall semester. The dormitories will be closed at noon on the first day of the Christmas holidays and will reopen at noon on the last day of the Christmas holidays. The dormitories will close at noon on the day after Commencement Day. Dormitories will be open at 2:00 p.m. on the day prior to the opening of the summer session and will close at 6 p. m. on the day the summer session ends. During Commencement Week, students not graduating are expected to leave for home within 67 Regulations twenty-four hours after their last examination unless they obtain special permission from the Director of Residences or the Dean of Women, as appropriate, to remain longer. Occupancy of a room otherwise may be permitted only in an extreme emergency and must have the written approval of the Director of Residences or the Dean of Women, as appropriate, for which a charge of $1.00 will be made for each day or fraction thereof. 8. The College assumes no liability for loss or damage to personal property. Regulations 1. Only bona fide students of Wake Forest College may reside in the dormitories. 2. The College furnishes the principal articles of furniture. One additional small chest, table or chair may be allowed. Rugs are not allowed. Lamps and curtains or draperies (installed according to College regulations) are permissible. Furnishings are not to be used for other than the intended purpose and beds are not to be disassembled. Each student will supply his own linen (for single beds), desk lamp and bulbs, and wastebaskets. 3. Curtains, draperies, pictures, pennants and clip- pings must be hung from the picture molding and not tacked or pasted on walls or woodwork. 4. Trunks and heavy luggage should be stored in trunk rooms. 5. No electrical or other type of equipment may be kept or used in a room which will in any way damage the room or its furnishings or which will interfere with the normal operation of lights, outlets, etc., which operate on the same circuit. No window fans or air 68 Regulations conditioning units may be installed without the written permission of the Director of Residences. No cooking or refrigerating equipment or electric irons may be kept or used in a room. 6. It is forbidden to possess or use on the campus of this College any intoxicating liquors, wines or beer or any fire crackers or other explosives. Contraband will be confiscated. Any form of gambling is forbidden. Animals or fowl are not allowed in the dormitories. 7. Firearms are prohibited in the dormitories or on the campus except for instructional purposes connected with the ROTC unit. 8. Playing football, baseball, softball, golf, or any other sport is forbidden in the dormitory areas and must be confined to designated areas. 9. Women are not permitted in the dormitory section of men's dormitories. 10. The use of dormitory rooms as sales offices or storerooms, or the solicitation of sales or gifts within the buildings or grounds, is prohibited without per- mission of the Dean of Men or Dean of Women. 11. No aerials of any type may be installed on any College buildings without the prior written permission of the Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds. 12. Students are expected to cooperate with the campus guards and to identify themselves upon the request of a guard. Failure to do so will be construed as misconduct. 13. Each student is expected to display his name in the cardholder on the door. 14. Application for repairs should be made to the Housekeepers or at the office of the Director of Resi- dences. 69 Regulations 15. Any student who moves from any dormitory room relinquishes all rights to any further use of the room. 16. Students are expected to refrain at all times from making excessive noise, either in person or by radios, record players or other instruments capable of causing noise. Students shall not in any way interfere with the comfort or rights of other students. 17. Students who fail to comply with these regula- tions may forfeit their right to live in the dormitory. 70 SCHOLARSHIPS, LOAN FUNDS AND STUDENT EMPLOYMENT By regulation of the Board of Trustees, all scholar- ships must be approved by the Committee on Scholar- ships and Student Aid. The Committee requires that applications for scholarships be made on forms obtain- able by addressing the Committee at Box 7305, Winston- Salem, N. C. 27106. Scholarships supported by funds of the College are not granted to students enrolled in the professional schools of law and medicine. Only one scholarship supported by College funds may be granted to any one person. To receive consideration for a scholarship the ap- plicant must either be a registered, fulltime student in Wake Forest College or have been accepted for admission. Need is a factor in the award of virtually all scholar- ships, and each applicant must file a financial statement as part of his application for the scholarship. The Committee reserves the right to revoke any scholarship for unworthy achievement. No scholarship is automatically renewable. Ap- plication must be made each year. Applicants should submit applications sufficiently early so that final action will have been taken before the beginning of the school year. Special regulations govern the use of the Ministerial Aid Fund. Scholarships The Alpha Phi Omega Scholarship. Established by the Kappa Theta Chapter of Alpha Phi Omega, National Service Fraternity, this scholarship is available to a male freshmen student who has been active in boy scouting 71 Scholarships and presents evidence of need and an excellent high school record. A minimum of $200. 00 is available. Junius Calvin Brown Scholarship. Donated by Mr. Junius Calvin Brown of Madison, North Carolina, in honor of his wife, Eliza Pratt Brown, the fund shall be used to assist needy, worthy, and deserving students from North Carolina, with preference being given to students from the town of Madison and Rockingham County. The maximum value is $1,200. Burlington Industries Scholarship. Donated by Bur- lington Industries Foundation, this scholarship is avail- able to one who has junior standing, has done all previous work at Wake Forest and has an average of 3.0 or better. Leadership, scholarship, and need are considered in making the award. The value of the scholarship is $1,000.00, with half of this amount available in each of the junior and senior years. The J. G. Carroll Memorial Athletic Scholarship. A fund donated in memory of Professor J. G. Carroll, former Associate Professor of Mathematics. The award will be made to some deserving athlete who is not on a regular athletic scholarship. The value of this scholar- ship is approximately $100. College Scholarships. These scholarships, in the amounts of $100 to $1,000 each, are available to freshmen and upperclassmen presenting satisfactory academic records and evidence of need. The Lecausey P. and hula H. Freeman Scholarship- Donated by Mr. and Mrs. G. H. Singleton, Raleigh, North Carolina, in memory of the parents of Mrs- Singleton. One scholarship is available to a student who may be a freshman, sophomore, or junior, and whose home is within the West Chowan Baptist Associ- 72 Scholarships ation of North Carolina with preference to Bertie County students, on the basis of need and ability. If no qualified applicant appears from the West Chowan Association, then residents of the Roanoke Association may be considered. The scholarship is renewable on the basis of need and ability for all school years except the senior year. The value of this scholarship is approxi- mately $200. James W. Gill Scholarship. Donated by Mrs. Ruth R. Gill in memory of her husband, James W. Gill. The fund provides a scholarship for a deserving student, with preference to students from Montgomery and Prince George's Counties, Maryland. The value of this scholarship is approximately $600. George Foster Hankins Scholarships — Freshmen. These scholarships were made possible by the late Colonel George Foster Hankins of Lexington, N. C. Applicants must be residents of North Carolina or children of Wake Forest alumni residing in other states. Preference will be given to residents of Davidson County, North Caro- lina. Only high school seniors are eligible to compete and must request the necessary application forms before December 1 of their senior year. The value of these scholarships will range up to $1,500. George Foster Hankins Scholarships — Upperclassmen. Up- perclassmen are eligible for Hankins Scholarships. However, they must have been enrolled in Wake Forest College for at least one semester before they may apply as upperclassmen. Applications must be on file with the Scholarships Committee no later than May 1 of each year for the following school year, and preference will be given to applicants from Davidson County, North Carolina. The amount of the award will vary according to the student's need as determined from 73 Scholarships the financial statement required to be submitted with his application. Frank P. Hobgood Scholarship. This scholarship, do- nated by Mrs. Kate H. Hobgood of Reidsville, North Carolina, in memory of her husband, is available to those who qualify on "the basis of character, purpose, intelligence, and need, with preference being given to those who plan to enter the ministry, do religious work, become teachers, or become lawyers, the preference being in the order named." Applicants must be legal residents of the city of Reidsville or live within 10 miles of that city and must be recommended by the deacons of the First Baptist Church of Reidsville. The value of this scholarship is $500. Junior College Scholarships. One scholarship is available each year to a graduate of each of the junior colleges of the North Carolina Baptist State Convention, in the amount of $150. The recipient must rank in the upper one-fourth of the junior college graduating class. Awarded only on the recommendation of the president of the junior college. Thurman D. Kitchin Scholarship. Donated by the Interfraternity Council in memory of the late Thur- man D. Kitchin, President of Wake Forest College from 1930 to 1950, it is available to a male freshman student presenting a high school record of superior grade and evidence of need. The value of this scholar- ship is approximately $300. Music Scholarships. These awards, with renewal pro- visions, are available annually to qualified orchestral string players wishing to matriculate at Wake Forest College. These grants are made jointly by the Winston- Salem Symphony Association and Wake Forest Col- lege. Grants are awarded on the basis of audition. Re- 74 Scholarships cipients agree as a condition of acceptance to perform with the Winston-Salem symphony and the Wake Forest College Little Symphony. There are 6 awards, each valued at $600. Nor fleet Scholarship. Donated by Mr. Eustace Norfleet of Wilmington, North Carolina, in memory of his parents, John A. and Mary Pope Norfleet, five scholar- ships are available in the amount of $200 each to "deserving and promising students desiring to attend Wake Forest College and needing financial assistance." Dorothea van Deusen Opdyke Fund. This fund is a bequest left to the Southern Baptist Convention by Mrs. Ida Reed Opdyke of Jamestown, New York, as a memorial to her daughter, Dorothea van Deusen Opdyke, and is to be used for the education of mountain people. Awards are made by the Opdyke Scholarship Committee of the Southern Baptist Convention upon the recommendation of the College. Ordinarily, two scholarships in the amount of $150 each are available each school year. Benjamin Wingate Par ham Scholarship. This fund was donated by Mrs. Kate J. Parham of Oxford, North Carolina, in memory of her husband. One full scholar- ship shall be awarded in each school year on the basis of both ability and need. It may be renewed for succeeding years. Thomas F. Pettus Scholarships. Administered by the North Carolina Baptist Foundation, Inc., under the the terms of the will of the late Thomas F. Pettus of Wilson County, North Carolina, this fund makes two or more scholarships available each year in memory of Mr. Pettus. These scholarships are to be awarded by the college on the basis of merit and need with pref- erence to North Carolina Baptist students. 75 Scholarships William Louis Poteat Scholarships. Five scholarships will be awarded annually to the graduates of the Baptist junior colleges in North Carolina. Applicants must re- quest the necessary application forms before December 15 of their sophomore year. Each scholarship will range up to $500 depending on need as determined from a financial statement submitted by each applicant with the application. It may be renewed for the senior year. Oliver D. and Caroline E. Revell Memorial Scholarship Fund. Created under the will of the late Oliver D. Revell of Buncombe County, North Carolina, this fund makes available $100 per year to one person preparing for the ministry or full-time religious work. Kate B. Reynolds Memorial Scholarships. Donated in memory of the late Mrs. Kate B. Reynolds. Applicants must be residents of Forsyth County, North Carolina, who without financial aid would be unable to obtain education beyond high school. Preference will be given to men. Four scholarships of $500 each are awarded. A. M. Pullen and Company Scholarship. The A. M. Pullen and Company, Certified Public Accountants, grants to an outstanding upper division accounting major an annual tuition scholarship of $600. The recipient, to be designated by the Dean of the School of Business, is selected on the basis of merit, financial need, and interest in public accounting. ROTC Scholarships. Two and four-year scholarships are available to selected ROTC students who are strongly motivated toward a career in the Army. Each scholarship pays for tuition, books, laboratory expenses and classroom material and, in addition, pays $50.00 a month for the duration of the award, except during camp at the end of the junior year when pay is at the rate of $151.95 per month. For further information 76 Scholarships write to the Professor of Military Science, Wake Forest College, Winston-Salem, N. C. The Saddye Stephenson Sykes Scholarship. Donated by Dr. Charles L. Sykes and Dr. Ralph J. Sykes in memory of their mother, Mrs. Saddye Stephenson Sykes, one scholarship will be awarded each year on the basis of Christian character, academic proficiency, and financial need. Preference will be given to freshmen from the State of North Carolina. It may be renewable each year. The value of this scholarship is approximately $400. Western Electric Scholarship. Donated by the Western Electric Fund, this scholarship may be awarded to an undergraduate on the basis of leadership, scholastic attainment, and financial need. Value, up to $800. Jesse A. Williams Scholarships. Created under the will of the late Jesse A. Williams of Union County, North Carolina, this fund provides scholarships in amounts of up to $1,200 per year. Preference will be given to deserving students of Union County. Charles Littell Wilson Scholarship. Created under the will of Mrs. Jennie Mayes Wilson in memory of her husband, the late Charles Littell Wilson, this fund makes available one freshman scholarship each year ranging from $200 to $600. Designated Scholarships for: Ministerial Students. Granted on the following con- ditions: (1) Written recommendation or license to preach authorized by the applicant's own church body and (2) signature by the applicant of an agreement to' pay the amount of the scholarship, with interest, in the event that he does not serve five years in the ministry within twelve years from the last date of attendance at 77 Loan Funds Wake Forest, subject to cancellation in the event of death. Value, up to $300.00. Children of Ministers. Awards to those whose fathers make their living chiefly by the ministry. Value, up to $150.00. Rehabilitation Students. Awarded to physically handi- capped students who have (1) secured the necessary letter of approval from the North Carolina Division of Vocational Rehabilitation, Raleigh, and (2) filed ap- plication for the scholarship. Value, up to $300.00. Students' Wives. Awarded to wives of students in Wake Forest College for not more than four school years or the equivalent. Becomes void if the husband ceases to be enrolled. Value, up to $150.00. Loan Funds James E. and Mary %. Bryan Foundation Student Loan Plan. Established by Mary Z. Bryan, in 1953, as a me- morial to her husband and administered by the Col- lege Foundation, Inc., in Raleigh. North Carolina stu- dents may borrow up to $1,000.00 per academic year. Bushnell Baptist Church Loan Fund. Established in 1945 with funds supplied by the Bushnell Baptist Church of Fontana Dam, North Carolina, for needy students. Council Fund. Established in 1935 by Mr. C. T. Council of Durham, North Carolina, for the aid of senior students. James W. Denmark Loan Fund. This fund was origi- nated by the late James William Denmark of Dudley, North Carolina, in 1875, and is available to qualified students after at least one semester's work in the College. 78 Loan Funds Preference is given to students from North Carolina. The amount available does not exceed $800 each year and $2,400 during the entire period of enrollment. Olivia Dunn Student Loan Fund. Established under the will of Miss Birdie Dunn of Wake County, North Carolina, in memory of her mother, to be used as a loan fund for worthy students. Duplin County Loan Fund. This loan fund was donated in 1942 by friends of the College who wish to remain anonymous and is limited to students from Duplin County, North Carolina. Elliott B. Earnshaw Loan Fund. Established by the Board of Trustees of Wake Forest College as a memorial to the late E. B. Earnshaw, Bursar of Wake Forest College. Friendly Student Loan Fund. The fund was established in 1948 by Miss Nell E. Stinson of Raleigh, North Carolina, in memory of her sister, Mary Belle Stinson Michael, for the benefit of worthy students who need financial aid. Not more than $100.00 is available to any one student in the same school year. Grover Carroll Loan Fund. Donated by Lt. Col. and Mrs. Robert C. Wells in memory of the late James Grover Carroll, Associate Professor of Mathematics at Wake Forest College, the sum of $1,000 is available, the principal and interest of which may be loaned at 4% interest to worthy students who would otherwise be unable to completely finance a college education. George Foster Hankins Loan Fund. Established under the will of the late Colonel George Foster Hankins of Lexington, North Carolina, with preference to be given to applicants from Davidson County, North Carolina. 79 Loan Funds Harris Memorial Loan Fund. Established by the late J. P. Harris of Bethel, North Carolina, in memory of his first wife, Lucy Shearon Harris, and his second wife, Lucy Jones Harris, for students who have demon- strated ability to apply educational advantages to the rendition of enriched and greater Christian service in life and whose circumstances require financial as- sistance in order to prevent disruption in their educa- tional program. Preference is given first to seniors, thereafter to juniors, sophomores, and freshmen in that order. The sum of not to exceed $250 is available to any one student, at interest not to exceed % of the maximum legal rate. Thomas M. Hunter, Jr., Memorial Scholarship. Estab- lished in 1948 by Mr. and Mrs. Thomas M. Hunter of Fayetteville, North Carolina, as a loan scholarship in memory of their son. The loan scholarship is available for students enrolled in the Bowman Gray School of Medicine of Wake Forest College who are preparing to become medical missionaries. Edna Tyner Langston Fund. This fund, established in 1942 by Dr. Henry J. Langston of Danville, Virginia, in memory of his wife, is available to a student agreed upon by the donor and the college. The National Defense Student Loan Program. This fund, created under the National Defense Education Act of 1958, makes available loans up to $1,000 per year for students in need of financial assistance. The law further provides that special consideration in the selection of loan recipients be given to all students with a superior academic background. North Carolina Bankers Student Loan Plan. Established by the North Carolina Bankers Association, in 1962, at 80 Loan Funds the request of Governor Terry Sanford and adminis- tered by the College Foundation, Inc., in Raleigh. North Carolina students may borrow up to $500.00 per academic year. Watts Norton Loan Fund. Established in 1949 by Mr. L. Watts Norton of Durham, North Carolina. For the benefit of worthy young people attending the School of Religion who need financial assistance. The Powers Fund. This fund was endowed by Dr. Frank P. Powers of Raleigh, North Carolina, in 1944 as a memorial to his parents, Frank P. and Effie Reade Powers, and is for the benefit of needy students, with preference given to orphans. Grover and Addy Raby Loan Fund. Established in 1945 by Dr. J. G. Raby of Tarboro, North Carolina, in memory of his parents. Preference is given to applicants from the First Baptist Church of Tarboro. James F. Slate Loan Fund. Established in 1908 by the late J. F. Slate of Stokes County, North Carolina, and is available for ministerial students who have been licensed to preach. Ministerial Aid Fund The Ministerial Aid Fund was established in 1897 through a bequest from the estate of the late J. A. Melke and has been added to from time to time. Funds are available to ministerial students on either a loan or a grant basis. Written application must be made to the Committee on Scholarships and Student Aid on form obtainable from that committee. Awards are made on the basis of merit and need, and particularly in the case of grants, academic achievement. Five annual 6 81 Spanish Exchange Scholarship grants in the amount of $200 each are regularly available, in addition to such others as the Committee may award. German Exchange Scholarship In 1959 a student exchange program was established between Wake Forest College and the Free University of Berlin. At present one scholarship is available to an eligible Wake Forest College student. It provides (1) 400 German marks a month for ten months at the Free University of Berlin; (2) remission of all registration and insurance fees; (3) 100 German marks a semester for the purchase of books necessary in the pursuance of studies at the university; (4) payment of transportation costs from the German border or a European port to Berlin and return. Candidates must have had at least two years of German at the college level or equivalent and must have acquired junior standing by the end of the semester in which they apply. Candidates may major in any of the fields offered at Wake Forest College with the permission of the chairman of the department in question. Spanish Exchange Scholarship In 1964 a student exchange program was established between Wake Forest College and the University of the Andes, at Bogota, Colombia. At present the scholar- ships available to eligible Wake Forest College students are: two scholarships of one semester's study each; or, one scholarship of two consecutive semesters. It is left to the discretion of Wake Forest College whether one or two students are selected annually to study during any given academic year at the University of the Andes. The schol- arships provide: (1) remission of tuition and fees; (2) board and lodging; (3) textbooks. Candidates must have had at least two years of Spanish at the college level or 82 Student Employment the equivalent. Candidates may pursue studies in any of the fields offered at Wake Forest College with the per- mission of the department in question. Church Choir Work Grants These work grants are given by Wake Forest College and Wake Forest Baptist Church in order to encourage outstanding students to participate in the Church Choir program. They are awarded on the basis of talent, reliability, and interest in the Church. The selection of recipients is made upon the joint recommendation of the Music Committee of the Church and the Depart- ment of Music of the College. There are 15 awards, each valued at $300. Student Employment The Placement Office will assist students to locate either on- or off-campus part-time employment. Full- time students may be authorized to work a maximum of 20 hours per week. Students desiring to avail them- selves of this service should visit the Placement Office (Room 118 Reynolda Hall) and fill out an application form. This office also is a source of summer-job place- ment for any student. Wives of college students who are interested in on- campus work should contact the College Business Office (Room 107 Reynolda Hall). Those desiring off-campus employment may fill out application forms in the Place- ment Office. This office does no actual hiring, but refers applicants to firms and organizations with known job vacancies. See page number 108 for additional functions of the Placement Office. 83 ACTIVITIES Student Government The two chief agencies of student government are the Student Legislature and the Student Honor Council. The Student Legislature is composed of thirty-six representatives of the four classes, the vice-president of the student body serving as Speaker. It is the duty of the Student Legislature to perform all acts necessary in the exercise of its powers as the legislative branch of student government. The Legislature also sets up stu- dent committees to work parallel with faculty committees on matters concerning students. The Student Honor Council, which tries violators of the Honor System, is composed of sixteen members from the senior, junior, and sophomore classes. The Honor System The Honor System is an expression of the concern of Wake Forest College that its students shall be domi- nated by ideals of honor and integrity. The Honor System is an integral part of the Student Government of the College as adopted by the students and approved by the Administration. The essence of the Honor Sys- tem is that each student's word can be trusted implicitly and that any violation of a student's word is an offense against the whole student community. The Honor Sys- tem binds the student in such matters as the following: he must neither give nor receive aid upon any exami- nation, quiz or other pledge work; he must have com- plete respect for the property rights of others; he must not give false testimony or pass a worthless check know- ing it to be such; he must report to the Honor Council any violation of the Honor System that comes under his observation. 84 Men's Judicial Board A student accused of violating the Honor System will be given a hearing before the Honor Council. If he is found guilty of cheating, he may be suspended from the College. Such student shall be re-admitted to the College only on the approval of the Faculty or its Executive Committee, and during the period of suspension his record shall not be subject to transfer to another college without a notation of his suspension. The penalty for stealing, giving false testimony, or knowingly passing a worthless check may also be suspension. The penalty for failing to report to the Honor Council all violations of the Honor System which may come to a student's knowledge shall be in the discretion of the Honor Council. Any student who has been convicted of violation of the Honor Code is ineligible to represent the College in any manner whatsoever until the period of his punish- ment, be it suspension, probation, or any other form, is completed and the student is returned to good stand- ing. Students in enforcing the Honor System are protect- ing the integrity of their student community and their own individual rights and reputation. They thereby enjoy the confidence of one another, the Faculty, the Administration and the public. Men's Judicial Board The Men's Judicial Board, a student-faculty com- mittee, rules on violations of the conduct regulations listed in Statute II of the Constitution of the Student Body (see the student handbook) and those conduct regulations established by the faculty which are included in this catalog. A student who violates one of these regu- lations or who behaves in such a way as to bring reproach 85 Debate Tournaments upon himself or upon the College is subject to what- ever penalty the Board deems appropriate. Senior Orations On the second Monday in April the faculty selects four members of the senior class as speakers for com- mencement day. The nominations are made by the Student Affairs Committee of the faculty after con- sultation with the Department of Speech. The speakers selected are required to present their commencement ad- dresses, limited to one thousand words, to the com- mittee for approval before May 16. Forensic Activities Wake Forest has always stressed participation in debating and allied speech activities, and the College holds membership in a number of state and national speech organizations, including Delta Sigma Rho- Tau Kappa Alpha, national honorary forensic fra- ternity. Representatives of the College engage in state, regional, and national tournaments, and take part in debates, oratorical contests, and many other forms of competitive speaking. All undergraduate students in good standing are eligible to participate in forensics and to represent the College in intercollegiate competition. Debate and Speech Tournaments A. North Carolina High School Speech Festival In the spring of each year, the College sponsors a speech festival, to which are invited the high schools of North Carolina. Trophies, medals, and certificates are given to the winning schools, and awards are made to individuals in debate, oral interpretation, 86 College Theater radio announcing, extemporaneous speaking, ora- tory, after-dinner speaking and drama. B. Novice Tournament In the fall of each year the College sponsors a debate tournament to which are invited novice de- baters from the colleges and universities of the Southeastern United States. Awards are given to the winning schools at the end of the tournament. The tournament is open to college students who have never previously participated in intercollegiate de- bating. C. Intercollegiate Tournament During the school year, the College sponsors a national debate tournament to which are invited colleges and universities which excel in debate. Trophies are given to the winning schools. Speech Institute High school students are invited to participate in the Summer Speech Institute, which is held for four weeks during the regular summer session, and which is open to students from all states. Specialized training in debate, public speaking, theatre, and radio is offered, and stu- dents are given an opportunity to debate the National Forensic League query in advance of the regular debate season. College Theater The Wake Forest College Theater presents four major productions annually. One of these productions is presented during the Magnolia Festival. Any student enrolled in the College is eligible to try out for the casts or to become affiliated with the production staffs. The Wake Forest Chapter of the National Collegiate 87 Medals Players, honorary dramatic fraternity, was formed in the Spring of 1963. Eligibility for membership is deter- mined by a student's scholastic average and an ac- cumulation of points acquired through participation in College Theatre activities. Readers' Theater The theater program recently expanded its scope to provide an opportunity for more students to participate on another level. The Readers' Theater presents pro- grams with selections from prose and poetry and rarely performed dramas. It is an opportunity for students to expand literary and artistic horizons as either partic- ipants or members of an audience. College Radio Station— WFDD-FM The college radio station presents approximately thirty hours of programs every week during the school year. Programs include music, news, sports, lectures, discussions, interviews, and dramas. The station pro- vides an opportunity for students to learn all phases of radio production while actually participating as an- nouncers, interviewers, directors, newscasters, sports- casters, actors, and writers. Participation is open to all students. Several financial assistantships are available each year for qualified stu- dents. Publications The Student, a literary magazine, Old Gold and Black, a weekly newspaper, and The Howler, the College annual, are published by the students. Medals The A. D. Ward Medal is awarded annually to the senior making the best address on commencement day. 88 Medals The Lura Baker Paden Medal, established in 1922 by Dean S. Paden (B.A., 1918), is awarded annually to the senior who has obtained the highest average grade on the courses taken by him in the School of Business Administration . The J. B. Cur r in Medal is awarded annually for the best oration on the general topic of Christ in Modern Life. The Carolina Award is presented to the major in Biology who writes the best paper on a subject selected by the National Biology Society. Given by the Carolina Biological Supply Company of Elon College, N. C. The Biology Research Award is presented to the major in Biology who does the best piece of original research during the year. Given by the Beta Rho Chapter of Beta Beta Beta of Wake Forest College. The Poteat Award is presented to the student in Biology 111-112 who is adjudged the most outstanding, and plans to major in the department. Given by the Will Cor- poration of Georgia, and sponsored by Beta Beta Beta. The Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key is presented to the graduating senior in the School of Business Administra- tion who has earned the highest average during the seven semesters prior to the semester in which graduation occurs. The Alpha Kappa Psi Scholarship Key is awarded an- nually during the graduation exercises to the graduating senior in the School of Business Administration who has the highest average for the first three years. The A. M. Pullen and Company Medal is presented each year during commencement to the graduating ac- counting major who has reached the highest achieve- ment in accounting studies. 89 Fraternities The North Carolina Association of Certified Public Account- ants Medal is awarded each spring to the outstanding senior accounting major. The Wall Street Journal Medal and one year's sub- scription to the Journal are received each year by the graduating senior who has been most outstanding in finance courses. Delta Kappa Nu's Business Woman Student Award is presented annually during the graduation exercises to the most outstanding senior business woman who is seeking a B.B.A. degree or a B.A. degree in Economics. Medals and awards offered by the Department of Military Science are listed on pages 179-182. Fraternities The following social fraternities have been established : Alpha Sigma Phi, Delta Sigma Phi, Kappa Alpha, Kappa Sigma, Lambda Chi Alpha, Pi Kappa Alpha, Sigma Chi, Sigma Phi Epsilon, Sigma Pi, Theta Chi. The Interfraternity Council, under the supervision of the Faculty Committee on Student Affairs, is the gov- erning body of the social fraternities. The Council en- deavors to maintain a high standard of conduct and scholarship. The Council offers a cup to the fraternity whose members made the highest class grades. By order of the faculty, students who are on probation for any reason may not be initiated into any fraternity until the end of their probationary period. The following professional fraternities have been established: Alpha Kappa Psi (business), Delta Sigma Pi (business), Phi Alpha Delta (law), Phi Delta Phi (law), Phi Epsilon Kappa (physical education). There is also a chapter of Alpha Phi Omega, national service fraternity. 90 Honor Societies Honor Societies The following honor societies have been established: Alpha Epsilon Delta (pre-medicine), Beta Beta Beta (biology), Delta Kappa Alpha (ministry), Delta Phi Alpha (German), Delta Sigma Rho-Tau Kappa Alpha (forensic), Eta Sigma Phi (classics), Gamma Sigma Epsilon (chemistry), Kappa Mu Epsilon (mathe- matics), National Collegiate Players (dramatics), Per- shing Rifles (military), Phi Alpha Theta (history), Phi Sigma Iota (Romance languages), Pi Gamma Mu (social science), Rho Tau Sigma (radio), Scabbard and Blade (military), Phi Beta Kappa, Omicron Delta Kap- pa, and Tassels. There is also a Wake Forest College Student Section of the American Institute of Physics. Phi Beta Kappa, an honor society founded at the College of William and Mary in 1776 and having chapters in many American colleges and universities, each year invites to membership a limited number of students who have displayed personal qualities of high character and who particularly have distinguished them- selves in fields of liberal scholarship. Omicron Delta Kappa, an intercollegiate honor society which has as its purpose the recognition and encouragement "of intelligent, democratic leadership among college men," elects semiannually on the basis of character and eminence in one or more of the following five phases of campus life: "scholarship; athletics; student government, social and religious activities; publications; and forensic, dramatic, musical and other cultural activities." Tassels is a local honor society for women, with standards and purposes similar to those of Omicron Delta Kappa. Its membership is made up of women students who have shown qualities of scholarship, character, and leadership in some phase of college life. 91 The College Union Recreational Activities Recognizing the importance of physical recreation in maintaining the well-being of students, the College provides extensive athletic and recreational facilities and a faculty of trained supervisors to direct activities in these fields. Each student is given the opportunity to develop his individual interest and skill in physical edu- cation and recreational classes. In addition to these classes, the Department of Physical Education under- takes a broad intramural sports program consisting of tournaments and organized club activities. In order to provide for a recreational program for all students, the College maintains athletic fields, tennis courts, and a combination athletic, physical education and recreation building which includes a swimming pool, handball and squash racquet courts, rhythm studio, arts and crafts room, recreational area, corrective rooms, a gymnastic and wrestling room, and four separate gymnasiums including a women's gym, a varsity basket- ball gym, and two men's intramural gyms. The College Union The College Union at Wake Forest College is a union of all the students. Its purpose is to coordinate, increase and develop social, recreational, and educational ac- tivities available to Wake Forest College students, both on and off campus. Realizing that such a program would require financial support, the students have voted to assess themselves $5.00 a student each semester to underwrite the cost of the program. The program of the College Union can best be pre- sented by listing its eight committees: (1) Lecture Com- mittee, (2) Recreation Committee, (3) Small Socials Committee, (4) Major Functions Committee, (5) Pub- 92 Automobile Regulations licity Committee, (6) Movies Committee, (7) Travel Committee, (8) Music and Arts Committee. Intercollegiate Athletics The Director of Athletics has general supervision of intercollegiate athletic activities. The College is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association and the Atlantic Coast Conference. Rules and Regulations of the N.C.A.A. and of the Conference apply to all intercollegiate sports and eligi- bility of players. The eligibility of all candidates accompanying the team as representatives of the College in intercollegiate contests must be certified to the Director of Athletics by the Dean of the College, the Registrar, and the Faculty Chairman of Athletics. Any student may be declared ineligible at any time by the faculty or by its Executive Committee because of poor work or improper spirit. An athletic team may not be absent from the Col- lege for a total of more than ten weekdays during any term. Freshman teams are allowed only five absences in any one term. No student is allowed to represent the College on more than one intercollegiate team or club in any semester without special permission from the faculty or from its Executive Committee. Automobile Regulations * Having an automobile on the campus is a privilege which must be earned rather than a right which under certain circumstances is taken away. Only after a stu- dent has demonstrated his ability to maintain an ac- * These regulations are intended to apply to all motor vehicles, including motor- oycles and motor scootera. 93 Automobile Regulations ceptable academic average is he allowed to have an automobile, and only when his over-all status is satis- factory is he allowed to retain this privilege. It is his responsibility, moreover, to abide by these regulations without notification of his status by the administration. During his first two semesters in college a freshman male student living in a dormitory is not allowed to have an automobile. After the freshman year, a male student may have the use of an automobile during any semester at the beginning of which he has an over-all C average. No woman student except a junior or a senior with a cumulative G average, as determined on a semester basis, and otherwise in good standing is allowed to have an automobile, and she must make appropriate ar- rangements for it with the Dean of Women. During the summer session any student enrolled, re- gardless of classification, may have an automobile so long as he complies with registration, traffic, and park- ing regulations. A student automatically loses the privilege of having an automobile at any time that he is placed on social or conduct probation. A student prevented by College regulations from hav- ing an automobile is not allowed to maintain or operate a motor vehicle in Forsyth County or vicinity. Storing or otherwise keeping a motor vehicle in other places in this area for occasional use is a violation of this regu- lation. Registering an automobile on behalf of another student who is not qualified to register a car in his own name is a violation of this regulation. Otherwise aiding or abetting in the violation of this regulation is a viola- tion of the regulation. In the fall a first semester freshman or an ineligible upperclassman who arrives on the campus with an 94 Automobile Regulations automobile must have it returned to his home before 6:00 p.m. on the day preceding the first day of classes for that semester. Any student who loses his eligibility to have an automobile because of his fall semester grades is required to report to the Traffic office and turn in his sticker during the spring semester registration period. At that time he will be informed of the procedure for disposition of his vehicle. Students will be required to show the state vehicle registration of the automobile to be registered and their state operator's license on registration of an automobile. Students who violate any of these regulations will be placed on conduct probation by the office of the Dean of Students and will be subject to suspension from the College or such other penalty as the Men's Judicial Board or the Woman's Government Association, as ap- propriate, may prescribe. Exceptions to these regulations may be made only by written permission from the office of the Dean of Students. See the section in the student handbook on "Parking Regulations" for instructions as to the proper registra- tion of motor vehicles. 95 GENERAL INFORMATION Classification The requirements for classification after the fresh- man year are as follows: Sophomore — the removal of all entrance conditions and the completion of not fewer than 25 hours of work toward a degree, with a minimum of 50 quality points; Junior — the completion of not fewer than 54 hours of work toward a degree, with a minimum of 108 quality points; Senior — not fewer than 95 hours of work to- ward a degree, with a minimum of 190 quality points. Registration After the Freshman Year An undergraduate student who fails to pay the $50 reservation deposit at the required time (see Calendar on page 3) during the spring semester shall not be eligible to register for the next fall semester. Procedure in Registering There are five steps in registration: (1) Securing from the Registrar's Office a permit to register and a sum- mary of prior record; (2) the payment of fees to the Treasurer; (3) consultation with an adviser, who gives such assistance as may be necessary in regard to the program of work; (4) sectioning of classes by depart- mental representatives; (5) appearance before the Registrar for approval of program and assignment to classes. No student is allowed to enter any class until he has completed his registration. 96 Entrance to one of the women's dormitories Winston Hall (Biology and Psychology) Auditing of Classes Recitations per Week: Maximum and Minimum Requirements Sixteen credit hours a week, counting two hours of laboratory or field work as equal to one hour of reci- tation, are the maximum normally allowed freshmen. Seventeen credit hours a week are the maximum which sophomores, juniors and seniors may normally take. A student may register for as much as nineteen credit hours per semester provided that the additional hours over the normal maximum include only hours in the following courses: a one-hour physical education course, one music ensemble course, and Military Science. Ad- ditional work over the maximum is not otherwise allowed except by permission of the Dean of the College, and then only to students whose records are superior. The minimum number of hours for which a student may register is twelve for the term unless he is given special permission because of exceptional conditions or because he is doing outside work to support himself in college. Twelve hours constitute full-time status. Auditing of Classes A student regularly enrolled on a full-time basis may audit classes without charge, provided that the permission of the instructor is obtained. A person other than a regularly enrolled full-time student may audit classes at a charge of $10.00 per hour with the permission of the dean of the appropriate school and the instructor. An auditor is listed on the class roll as such and is subject to the usual attendance regulations and to whatever ad- ditional requirements the instructor may impose. If these conditions are properly fulfilled, a notation "audit" is entered in lieu of a grade on the instructor's final grade report. For the regularly enrolled student, this notation 7 97 Absences is also entered on his permanent record card. An auditor may receive no grade or credit for the course. Each instructor shall report to the Registrar the presence of any student not registered regularly or as an auditor. An audit course may not be changed to a credit course, and a credit course may not be changed to an audit course. Enforcement of Regulations The enforcement of all regulations pertaining to academic matters is regarded as a function of the fac- ulty, or representatives of the faculty. A well-organized Student Government assumes responsibility, in co- operation with the Office of the Dean, for the regu- lations of the honor system and various other matters involving personal conduct. In general, the regulations of the College are adapted to and intended for those who have reached such maturity that they may exer- cise self-control. All students are expected to be faith- ful in work, to be prompt and regular in attendance upon all their college duties, and to refrain from practices injurious to others. Those who neglect their work, or engage in conduct that brings reproach upon them- selves and upon the College, or disregard the rights and the welfare of their fellow students are required to withdraw from the College. Absences From Classes A student is responsible for all the work of all class and laboratory meetings of any course in which he is enrolled. Work missed because of absence may be made up only at the discretion of the instructor. Absences are reported at the end of the semester by the instructor to the Office of the Dean of the College. The instructor also reports during the semester to the 98 Absences Office of the Dean of the College students who have already missed three consecutive class meetings, 25 per cent of the class meetings, or more classes than the in- structor deems advisable. Absences are reported from the first meeting of the class, those who register late to be reported as absent from any previous class meetings which they have missed. When any student has been absent regardless of reason in any course as many as 25 per cent of the total class periods in that course, he shall lose all credit for the course. The Registrar, upon notice from the Office of the Dean of the College, shall record the course as hours attempted but shall designate no hours earned and no quality points earned. Any student who demonstrates irresponsibility with regard to class attendance is subject to such disciplinary action as the Executive Committee may prescribe, in- cluding immediate suspension from college. A student who is on academic or conduct probation is not allowed any absences from class until notified other- wise by the Office of the Dean of Students. For students not on probation, absence from any class at the last meeting before or the first meeting after any holiday recess shall count for freshmen two absences and for upperclassmen three absences in a class which meets twice a week and four absences in all other courses. If such absence is excused, it shall count as one absence. Any student who has been absent from an announced quiz may, if he follows proper procedure, secure from the Office of the Dean of the College by the next meet- ing of the class a statement showing the reason for the absence and a statement of whether the Office considers it an excusable reason for missing the quiz. This is for information only and does not give the student any right to make up the quiz. 99 Course Drops Freshmen who are not on probation are allowed in each course no greater number of absences than the number of meetings in a normal week. These absences include those for participation in extracurricular ac- tivities; for such emergencies as illness in the immediate family, automobile accidents, or appearance in court; and for personal convenience. Absences in excess of this number will result in the student's being subject to pro- bation or to suspension from the college, except that (1) additional absences because of personal illness may be allowed if the absence is excused by the Student Health Service at the time of the illness or, if the illness occurs off campus, within 24 hours after the student returns to campus, and (2) additional absences may be allowed as an official representative of the college if approved in advance by the Office of the Dean of the College. Nothing in these regulations is intended to change the provisions listed in the section on "Intercollegiate Athletics" on page 93. Course Drops The last day for dropping a class without the grade of F is listed in the College calendar on page 3 of this Catalog. A student who wishes to drop any course before this date must consult the Registrar and his faculty adviser. After this date, if he wishes to drop a course, he must consult either the Dean of the College or the Dean of the School of Business Administration, as appropriate. If the Dean approves the request, he au- thorizes the student to discontinue the course. Except in the case of an emergency, the grade in the course will be recorded as F. If, at any time, a student shall drop any course with- out prior, written approval of the Dean, a grade of F for that course shall be reported by the instructor to the 100 Minimum Academic Requirements Registrar, and the student will be subject to academic probation for the following semester or to such other penalties as the Executive Committee of the faculty may impose. Withdrawal from College A student who finds it necessary to withdraw from the College is required to consult the Dean of the Col- lege and arrange official withdrawal. If the withdrawal occurs before mid-term, no grades are recorded in any of the student's courses. If it takes place after mid-term the student's grade in each course is recorded as "F," unless there is an emergency, in which case it is recorded as "WP" or "WF," depending on whether the student is passing or failing the course at the time of his with- drawal. "WP" and "WF" grades do not affect the stu- dent's credit hour or quality point totals, but they will be taken into consideration in case the student should at a later date seek readmission to the College. A student who withdraws from the College without first consulting the Dean will not be granted honorable dismissal and will be assigned grades of "F" in all his courses. Minimum Academic Requirements for Continuation Each student enrolled in the College is expected to be aware at all times of his academic status and to be responsible for knowing whether he has failed to meet the College's minimum academic requirements for continuation as outlined below. On the basis of their cumulative records at the end of the spring term, the following students are academically ineligible to enroll for the following fall term: (1) Those students who, having attempted 47 or fewer semester hours in all colleges attended, have 101 Minimum Academic Requirements an over-all quality point ratio* of less than 1.35 on work attempted at Wake Forest. (2) Those students who, having attempted on fewer than 48 and no more than 87 semester hours in all colleges attended, have an over-all quality point ratio of less than 1.65 on work attempted at Wake Forest. (3) Those students who, having attempted no fewer than 88 and no more than 119 semester hours in all colleges attended, have an over-all quality point ratio of less than 1.85 on work attempted at Wake Forest. (4) Those students who, having attempted 120 or more semester hours in all colleges attempted, have an over-all quality point ratio of less than 1.90 on work attempted at Wake Forest. In the determination of the quality point ratio, non- credit courses are not counted. Any student who is ineligible under the minimum requirements above may attend the first summer term at Wake Forest; if he is successful in raising his over-all quality point ratio on work attempted at Wake Forest to the required minimum, he may enroll for the fall semester. If he is unsuccessful by the end of the first summer term, he may attend the second term in Wake Forest; if he is successful then in raising his quality point ratio to the required minimum, he may apply for readmission no earlier than for the following spring semester. If he is unsuccessful in meeting the minimum requirements by the end of the second summer term, he may apply for readmission no earlier than for the following summer session. Requirements for continuation are to be determined * The quality point ratio is obtained by dividing the net quality points earned by the number of hours carried (whether passed or failed). 102 Requirements for Readmission by the catalog under which the student expects to be graduated. Under exceptionally extenuating circumstances be- yond the control of the student, and after consultation with the student's dean, an appeal from the foregoing eligibility requirements may be considered by the Ex- ecutive Committee of the faculty. The Executive Committee of the faculty may also suspend from college at the end of any term any student whose record for that term has been unsatisfactory, particularly with regard to the number of courses passed and failed, or who has not attended class regularly or has otherwise ignored the rules and regulations of the College. Requirements for Readmission Any student seeking readmission to Wake Forest College must meet the minimum academic require- ments for continuation for students in his category of hours attempted (see page 100), except that (1) a student who has not met these requirements may apply for admission to the summer school only; (2) a student may apply for readmission if he has been away from Wake Forest continuously for at least a year and a half and has spent that time con- structively; (3) a student may apply for readmission earlier than the year and a half if he has been enrolled in another college or if his failure to have the required average at the time of his suspension was due to ex- ceptionally extenuating circumstances beyond his control. It should be understood by the student and his par- ents that meeting the requirements set forth above does 103 Grades not insure that the student will be readmitted to the College. Probation A student is responsible at all times for knowing his academic standing. Any student who at the end of the fall semester does not have the grade average which he will be required to have at the end of the spring semester will be auto- matically on academic probation. Any student who is placed on probation because of honor code or conduct code violations shall also be placed on such special academic probation as the Ex- ecutive Committee of the faculty shall impose. In ad- dition, the Executive Committee may at any time place on probation any student whose academic performance or social behavior is inconsistent with what the Com- mittee deems to be the best interests of the student or the College. Examinations and Grades All examinations are conducted in accordance with the honor system adopted by the students and approved by the Faculty. Under this system the student is ex- pected not only to refrain from unfairness in any form but also to report to the Honor Council anyone whom he knows to be guilty of cheating. Examination papers are accompanied by a signed statement that no aid has been given or received. Grades in each course are assigned by the instructor as follows: A, exceptionally high achievement; B, su- perior; C, satisfactory; D, passing but unsatisfactory; E, conditional failure; F, failure. Grades are assigned quality points as follows: for each semester hour of A, 4 points; of B, 3 points; of C, 2 points; of D, 1 point; and of E and F, no points. The quality point ratio is calculated by dividing the total 104 Senior Conditions number of quality points earned by the total number of semester hours attempted, whether passed or not. Grade of I The grade of I (incomplete) may be assigned only when on account of illness or some other emergency a student does not complete the work of his course. If the work recorded as I is not completed within thirty days after the student enters for his next semester, the grade automatically becomes F. Grade of E A student who makes a grade of E on any course may be re-examined at any regular examination period with- in a year, or during the first week of the fall semester. The re-examination permit is secured from the Regis- trar's Office a few days in advance. No grade higher than D may be assigned as a result of a re-examination. A student who does not remove a conditional failure by one re-examination must repeat the course to secure credit. Repetition of Courses A student may not repeat for credit a course on which he has already received a grade of C or higher. Senior Conditions A candidate for graduation in his final semester who receives a grade of E at the close of the previous semester may apply to the Registrar for re-examination 30 days after the opening of the final semester and not less than 30 days before its close. Such examination will be re- garded as a special examination and will entail a fee of $2.50. All conditions must be removed 30 days before the 105 Graduation Distinctions end of the last term of the student's graduation year. The name of a candidate for graduation who has a condition after that date is dropped from the roll of the class. If a student receives a grade of E in a course in the final term of his graduation year, he is not allowed a re-examination before the next examination period. Reports A mid-term report is given to the student and a copy is sent to the parent or guardian of each student who is doing unsatisfactory work. At the end of each term a final report of grades and attendance is given to the student, and a copy is sent to the parent or guardian. A report of the progress of each freshman is sent to the high school or preparatory school from which he was admitted. The Dean's List The Dean's List will be issued at the end of each semester by the Dean of the College and the Dean of the School of Business Administration and will include all full-time students who have made a quality point ratio of 3.0 for the semester. Grades earned during a summer session are not considered in the preparation of the List. Graduation Distinctions Under the quality point system, graduation dis- tinctions are determined as follows: A candidate for a baccalaureate degree who is credited with quality points which give him a ratio of not less than 3.80, in relation to the total semester hours at- tempted, shall be graduated with the distinction summa cum laude; not less than 3.50, magna cum laude; not less than 3.00, cum laude. The entire record of a student is 106 Study Abroad considered, with the understanding that a transfer student may receive no distinction which requires a quality point ratio greater than that earned in Wake Forest College. Transcripts of Student Records The first copy of a student's record is issued for him without charge. Requests for subsequent copies should be made to the Registrar by the owner of the record, and should be accompanied by a remittance of one dol- lar for each copy desired. Summer Session Elsewhere A student who desires to attend summer session in another college must secure the advance approval of the Registrar and the chairman of the department concerned. A transcript of the record is required for posting at the close of the summer session. Study Abroad To be granted the privilege of studying abroad a student who plans to return to Wake Forest must plan a program of study relevant to his degree program at the College and must secure in advance the approval of the chairman of his major department and the dean of the school in which he is enrolled. He must then file approved Study Abroad Application with the Registrar. Maximum credit for a full year program (32 semester hours) may be granted upon evidence of a satisfactory evaluation by the College of the work taken. Students are encouraged to study under one of the established programs sponsored by American colleges and universities. In some cases independent study at foreign universities may be approved. A transcript of 107 Placement Office Services the record is required for posting after completion of approved foreign study. Experiment in International Living The Independent Study Program of The Experiment in International Living, Putney, Vermont 05346, i s recognized by the College. This is a semester prograim available in any one of several countries either semester. To participate in this program, a student must be a regularly enrolled student planning to return to the College upon completion of the semester abroad. The program of study must be approved in advance by the chairman of the student's major department, the chair- man of such other departments as may be involved and the dean of the school in which the student is enrolled. The program carries a maximum of twelve semester hours credit upon satisfactory completion. Center for Psychological Services The Center provides specialized services in educa- tional-vocational testing and counseling, and in personal adjustment counseling. These services provide evidence of the student's aptitudes, interest, and achievements and assist him in making the most of his opportunities for academic and personal development while in college. The Center, with offices in Efird Hall, is staffed by professionally trained psychologists. There is no charge to the full-time student for Center services. Placement Office Services The Placement Office gives graduating students at Wake Forest College the opportunity to explore career opportunities with recruiters from a large number of business firms, government agencies and school systems which conduct on-campus interviews during the school 108 Veterans year. Brochures, reports, pamphlets and catalogues are available to students wishing to explore various fields of interest. The Director of Placement (Room 119, Reynolda Hall) is available during administrative office hours to any student desiring information in the above areas. See page number 83 for additional functions of the Placement Office. Navy ROC Program The United States Navy offers a Reserve Officer Candidate (ROC) program whereby a Wake Forest student may complete his military requirements for a commission as Ensign in the United States Naval Re- serve by attending weekly drills at the Winston-Salem Naval Reserve Training Center, 930 Brookstown Avenue, and by attending ROC schools during the summers following his sophomore and junior years. A commission is granted on graduation from Wake Forest. Further information is available through the Com- manding Officer of the Training Center or Dr. Carlton Mitchell of the Wake Forest faculty. Veterans Applicants who need information concerning edu- cational benefits for veterans and children of veterans should consult the nearest regional office of the Veterans Administration. This office for North Carolina is located at Wachovia Bank Building, Winston-Salem, North Carolina. 109 REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES The degrees conferred are Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Business Administration, Master of Arts, Bachelor of Laws; and Doctor of Medicine, Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in Bowman Gray School of Medicine. The general requirements for the Bachelor of Arts and the Bachelor of Science degrees are the same, with the following exceptions: (1) for the degree of Bachelor of Arts a student must complete a foreign language through courses numbered 211, 212, making a total of from 6 to 18 hours of languages*; (2) for the degree of Bachelor of Science a student must either complete a foreign lan- guage through courses numbers 211, 212, or take eight hours in a second natural science or six additional hours in mathematics. The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred only upon those students who (1) complete a major in Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physical Education, Physics, or Education with State teacher's certification in Mathe- matics or Science; (2) complete the degree requirements in Medical Technology; or (3) complete the require- ments for the combined degree in Medical Sciences, Dentistry, Engineering, or Forestry. The degree of Bachelor of Arts is conferred upon those students who (1) complete a major in other departments in the School of Arts and Sciences; (2) complete a major in Economics in the School of Business Administration; or (3) complete the requirements for the combined de- gree in Law. Each student is responsible for acquainting himself with the requirements for graduation, and for meeting the requirements as stated. * The candidate for the combined degree in Law may substitute for Language 211, 212 eight hours in a second natural science, six additional hours in mathematics, or six hours in the principles of economics. 110 Academic Requirements A student who has been graduated from Wake Forest College with the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science may not thereafter receive the other of these two degrees. Academic Requirements For the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science the student must complete (1) the basic course requirements, (2) a course of study approved by his major department, and (3) elective courses to make a total of 128 credit hours. He must complete at least 64 hours, including the work of the senior year, in Wake Forest College. A student applying for the combined degree must complete three-fourths of the 128 hours, plus the major in the school in which he is enrolled during the senior year. In addition to the above requirements for graduation, the student must present at least 256 quality points and a quality point ratio of at least 2.0 on all hours attempted. Grades are assigned quality points as follows: for each semester hour of A, 4 points; of B, 3 points; of C, 2 points; of D, 1 point; and of F, no points. The quality point ratio is calculated by dividing the total number of quality points earned by the total number of semester hours attempted, whether passed or not. A student who transfers from another institution or takes any work in other institutions must earn in Wake Forest College at least twice as many quality points as the difference between the number of hours transferred from other institution (s) and the 128 hours required for graduation from Wake Forest College. He must also earn at least a 2.0 quality point ratio on all hours at- tempted in Wake Forest College and have at least a 2.0 quality point ratio on the total number of hours attempted at all colleges. Ill Basic Course Requirements A student has the privilege of graduating under the provisions of the catalog under which he enters provided that he completes his course within six years; after the interval of six years he is expected to conform to the requirements specified for the class with which he is graduated. Basic Course Requirements All students in Wake Forest College are enrolled in the School of Arts and Sciences during their freshman and sophomore years. A student is not admitted as a candidate for a degree in any college or school except the School of Arts and Sciences until the end of his sopho- more year and the completion of the entrance require- ments of the college or school to which application is made. All students enrolled in the College must take certain required basic courses. These requirements apply uniformly to all undergraduate degrees and all com- bined degrees, except as otherwise noted. These basic course requirements are as follows: English 111, 112, 153, 156 (12 hours) Language: to 12 hours, depending on the number of high school lan- guage units submitted by the student. French 111, 112, 151, 152 German 111, 112, 151, 152 Greek 111, 112 Latin 111, 112, 151, 152 Russian 111, 112, 151, 152 Spanish 111, 112, 151, 152 (In determining the level of language study which a beginning student should enter, one unit of high school language is considered the equivalent of a one semester course of college language. Thus, a student continuing in college a language begun in high school would normally enter: course 112, if he has had one high school unit; course 151, if he has had two high school units; course 152, if he has had three high school units, and course 211, if he has had four high school units. 112 Basic Course Requirements (A student who finds it necessary to repeat in college the equiva- lent of any modern foreign language taken in high school re- ceives no college credit for the course repeated. (An entering student who offers high school units in a classical language and who wishes to continue this language in college will be given a placement test, the results of which will be used by the department to determine his placement for credit in college. (Since an entering student is expected to present two high school units in foreign language, he is required to take one college year of foreign language without credit if he fails to present those high school units. (An entering student who offers two high school units in one foreign language may commence a second foreign language with credit. (An entering student who offers four high school units in one foreign language has completed the language requirement except for the B.A. degree. (A student applying for the degree of Bachelor of Business Administration may complete the language requirement be- yond 111, 112, by either Language 151, 152, or Speech 151 and Mathematics 162. (A student who plans graduate study or medical study should consult his adviser about additional foreign language study in his undergraduate program.) Religion (6 hours) selected from the following: 111, 112, 153, 155,157,231. Philosophy 21 1 (3 hours) History 111, 112 (6 hours) Social Science, one of the following three: *Business Administration 213, 214 (Principles of Economics) (6 hours) Political Science 151 and 152 or 153 (6 hours) Sociology 151 (3 hours) and one of the following: Sociology 152 or Anthropology 162 (freshmen and sopho- mores only), or any course from Sociology 323 through 359 or any course from Anthropology 351 through 373. Natural Science, one of the following three: Biology 111, 112 (8 hours) Chemistry 111, 112 (8 hours) Physics 111, 112 (8 hours) Mathematics (3 hours) (A student who anticipates a degree or major requiring ad- ditional mathematics should continue mathematics through the freshman year.) ' Except for students taking B.B.A. 8 113 Basic Course Requirements Physical Education (2 hours) One of the following, as determined by the requirements for the specific degrees: Language 211, 212 (6 hours)* A second natural science from among those listed above (8 hours) Additional mathematics (6 hours) Business Administration 213, 214 (6 hours) (The candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Arts must meet this requirement by Language 211, 212. The candidate for the de- gree of Bachelor of Science may select the language or the science or the mathematics, as recommended by his major adviser. The candidate for the combined degree in Law may select any of the listed alternatives. The candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Business Administration must meet the requirement by Business Administration 213, 214.) The basic course requirements are to be completed, where possible, by the end of the sophomore year. Some students will find it necessary to postpone some of the basic courses until the junior year in order to make room for certain courses necessary to the work in the major field; but a minimum of twelve hours from among the basic courses must appear on every student's pro- gram each semester until these courses are completed, except that after the freshman year a minimum of nine hours each semester may be considered sufficient if other courses necessary to work in the major field must be taken. No student, except by a specific vote of the College faculty in regular session, may set aside, or substitute another course or other courses for, any of the basic course requirements. For further details about course requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Business Administration, consult the section of the catalog dealing with the School of Business Administration. • With the permission of the German Department, German 261, 262 may be sub- stituted for German 211, 212. 114 Upper Division Admission to the Upper Division The work in the lower division, as specified in the preceding pages of this section, is intended to give the student an introduction to the various fields of knowledge and to lay the foundation for concentration in a major subject and related fields during the junior and senior years. Before applying for admission to the upper division and beginning work on the major subject, a student should have 64 credit hours and 128 quality points in the lower division. In no case will a student be admitted to the upper division with fewer than 54 hours of credit and 108 quality points. All students at the end of the sophomore year or at the beginning of the junior year are required to pass a proficiency test in the use of the English language. Course of Study for the Upper Division Thirty days before the end of his sophomore year each student is required to indicate to the Registrar and to the department or school concerned his selection of a major subject in which he wishes to concentrate during his junior and senior years. Before this selection is formally approved by the Registrar, however, the student must present to him a written statement from the authorized representative of the department or school in which he wishes to major that he has received the permission of that department or school. The student will also at this time be assigned a specific adviser from the department or school to assist him in planning his work for the junior and senior years. A department which rejects a student as a major will file with the Dean of the College a written statement including the reason (s) for the rejection. After the beginning of the junior year a student may 115 Upper Division not change from one major to another without the ap- proval of the departments concerned. The student's course of study for the junior and senior years includes the minimum requirements for the de- partmental major (see the table below), together with such other courses as he shall select and his adviser shall approve — the latter courses to be sufficiently related to the student's major to justify their inclusion in his pro- gram. This course of study must include a minimum of 42 hours in the student's field of concentration (that is, his major and related courses) beyond the basic course requirements as outlined on pages 112-114. Students preparing for the ministry are advised to elect twelve additional hours in religion beyond the six hours included in the basic requirements. The following list indicates the number of hours re- quired in the departmental majors: Department Major Biology 32 Chemistry 37 *Economics 30 Education 18 English 30 French 30 German 30 Greek 30 History 30 Latin 30 Mathematics 33 Music 36 Philosophy 24 Physical Education 35 Physics 33 Political Science 30 Psychology 30 Religion 30 Religious Education 30 • Students in the School of Arts and Sciences who wish to major in Economics must apply to the Dean of the School of Business Administration for approval of the major. 116 Senior Testing Program Department Major Sociology and Anthropology 30 Spanish 30 Speech 30 At least half of the major must be completed in Wake Forest College. Beyond the basic course requirements and the ap- proved course of study in his field of concentration, the student will elect other courses up to a minimum of 128 hours. Not more than 40 hours of the 1 28 hours required for graduation may be taken in a single field of study. For the purposes of this regulation, the following fields of study are recognized: Biology, Chemistry, Economics, Education, English, French, German, Greek, History, Latin, Mathematics, Music, Philosophy, Physical Edu- cation, Physics, Political Science, Psychology, Religion, Sociology and Anthropology, Spanish, Speech. Senior Testing Program All seniors are required to participate in a testing program designed to provide objective evidence of educational development while in college. The pro- gram will employ measures of academic achievement such as selected portions of the Graduate Record Ex- amination and /or other tests deemed appropriate by the Executive Committee of the faculty. The tests are given in late spring, and relevant results are made available to the student for his information. The pri- mary purpose of the program, however, is to provide the college with information that will facilitate the assessment of the total educational process. (This program does not supplant the regular administrations of the Graduate Record Examination for those students applying for admission to graduate schools.) 117 Law Degrees in the School of Law A combined course makes it possible for a student in Wake Forest College to receive the two degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Laws in six academic years or their equivalent instead of seven years which are required if the two curricula are pursued indepen- dently. The first three years of the combined course are in the School of Arts and Sciences and the last three are in the School of Law. Under this plan the student must first complete three years (96 semester hours) of academic work as follows: English 111, 112, 153, 156 (12 hours) Language 111, 112, 151, 152 (0-12 hours) [see page 112] Religion (6 hours) [see page 113] History 111, 112 (6 hours) Mathematics (3 hours) Science, one of the following: Biology 111, 112 (8 hours) Chemistry 111, 112 (8 hours) Physics 111, 112 (8 hours) Philosophy 211 (3 hours) Business Administration 213, 214 or Political Science or Sociology and Anthropology (6 hours) [see page 1 1 3] Physical Education (2 hours) One of the following: Language 211, 212 (6 hours) A second natural science (8 hours) Business Administration 213, 214 (6 hours) Additional mathematics (6 hours) *Electives (to make a total of 96 hours) The requirement of a major subject for the academic degree is considered as satisfied by one year (29 semester hours) of Law. The details of the plan are as follows: One who completes the above specified 96 semester hours of work in the School of Arts and Sciences, with a minimum average of C (or two quality points for each semester hour undertaken) and the first full year (29 ' Selected carefully in consultation with Law Sohool adviser. 118 Medical Sciences semester hours) of Law in the Wake Forest College School of Law, with an average sufficient for him to remain in the School of Law, will be awarded the Bachelor of Arts degree. The Bachelor of Laws degree will be awarded the student upon the completion of two additional years in the School of Law and upon fulfillment of the require- ments for that degree as described on page 264. At least one year of the required academic work must be taken at Wake Forest College. A student who transfers from another institution at the end of his first or second year must maintain a minimum average grade of C on all academic work undertaken during his residence at Wake Forest College. The quantitative and qualitative academic require- ments set forth herein are minimum requirements and do not necessarily entitle an applicant to admission to the School of Law. Admission requirements are given in detail on pages 261-263 and in the Bulletin of the School of Law. Degrees in Medical Sciences A limited number of students, by taking advantage of the special arrangement explained here, may receive the B.S. degree with a major in Medical Sciences. Under this plan the student fulfills the requirements for the degree by completing three years of work in the School of Arts and Sciences with a minimum average grade of C, and by satisfactorily completing the first full year of Medicine (at least 30 semester hours) as outlined by the faculty of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine, with a record entitling him to promotion to the Second Year Class. At least one year (32 semester hours) of the required academic work must be completed in Wake Forest College. 119 Medk-al Technology Candidates for the B.S. degree with a major in Medi- cal Sciences must complete the following courses in the School of Arts and Sciences before entering the School of Medicine for their fourth year of work:* Biology 111, 112 (8 hours) Biology (8 hours) selected from the following: 220 226, 260, 309, 311,321,350,372. Chemistry 111, 114 (8 hours) Chemistry 1 3 1 (4 hours) Chemistry 221 (4 hours) English 111, 112, 153, 156 (12 hours) Language, one of the following: French, German, Latin, Russian, Spanish, through 151, 152; or Greek 111, 112. [See page 112.] Mathematics (6 hours) Physics 111, 112 (8 hours) Philosophy 211 (3 hours) Religion (6 hours) [see page 1 1 3] History 111, 112 (6 hours) Business Administration 213, 214 or Political Science or Sociology and Anthropology (6 hours). [See page 113.] Physical Education (2 hours) Electives (to make a total of 96 hours) The completion of the prescribed academic subjects does not necessarily admit any student to the School of Medicine. About fifty are chosen from a large num- ber of applicants. All other factors being equal, ap- plicants who have done all their college work in Wake Forest College are given preference. Degree in Medical Technology Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science de- gree in Medical Technology by completion of the aca- demic requirements outlined below with a minimum average grade of C, and by satisfactory completion of the full course in Medical Technology offered jointly by the Bowman Gray School of Medicine and the * See pages 265-268 and the special bulletin of the Bowman Gray School of Medi- cine for further information. 120 Dentistry North Carolina Baptist Hospital with a minimum weighted average of 80. At least one year (32 semester hours) of the required academic work must be com- pleted in Wake Forest College. Candidates for the de- gree must complete the following three-year course before beginning study in the School of Medicine:* Biology 111, 112 (8 hours) Biology 226 (4 hours) Biology [4 hours selected from the following (in order of prefer- ence)]: 150, 220, 309, 31 1, 321 Chemistry 111, 114 (8 hours) Chemistry 131 (4 hours) Chemistry 221 or 124 (4 hours) English 111, 112, 153, 156 (12 hours) Language, one of the following: French, German, Latin, Russian, Spanish through 151, 152; or Greek 111, 112. [See page 112]. Mathematics (6 hours) Physics 111, 112 (8 hours) Philosophy 211 (3 hours) Religion (6 hours) [see page 113] History 111, 112 (6 hours) Business Administration 213, 214 or Political Science or Sociology and Anthropology (6 hours). [See page 113.] Physical Education 111, 112 (2 hours) Electives (to make a total of 96 hours) Degree With Major in Dentistry A student may fulfill the requirements for a B.S. degree with a major in Dentistry by completing three years of work in the School of Arts and Sciences with a minimum average grade of C, and by satisfactorily completing the first two years of work in one of certain approved dental schools designated by Wake Forest College, with a record entitling him to advancement to the Third Year Class. For this degree the requirements in the School of • For admission information, see the special bulletin of Bowman Gray School of Medicine. 121 Engineering Arts and Sciences are the same as outlined above for the B.S. degree with a major in Medical Sciences. Degrees in Engineering The 3-2 Engineering Program Wake Forest College now cooperates with North Carolina State College in offering a broad course of study in the arts and sciences combined with specialized training in engineering. This program, for outstanding students, covers five years of study including three initial years on the campus of Wake Forest College and two full years of technical training at one of the schools of engineering. Depending upon the school and field of engineering chosen, it may be necessary for a student to take an additional summer's work in engineering. Upon successful completion of the five years of study the student will receive the degree of Bachelor of Science from Wake Forest College and the degree of Bachelor of Science in one of the specialized engineering fields from the engineering school of his choice. By obtaining the first degree from Wake Forest College and the second from an engineering college, the graduate will be well suited for positions of higher responsibility where public relations and technical knowledge are combined. This combination plan is recognized by nationally known educators as a wise program in allowing the student a broad background in the liberal arts in addition to the specialized and technical training involved in the engineering degree. The curriculum for the first three years must include all the basic course requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree, as outlined on pages 112-114 of this catalog. A suggested program follows: 122 Engineering Freshman Year Hours English 111, 112 3 3 Physics 111,112 4 4 Mathematics 111,112 3 3 Foreign Language 151, 152 3 3 *Religion 3 3 Physical Education 111, 112 1 1 17 17 ROTC if elected 1 1 18 18 Sophomore Year Hours English 153, 156 3 3 History 111, 112 3 3 Physics 151, 152 3 4 Chemistry 111, 114 4 4 Mathematics 1 13, 251 3 3 16 17 ROTC if elected 2 2 18 19 Junior Year Hours Mathematics 311 3 Philosophy 211 3 t Mathematics Elective 3 3 fScience Elective 4 4 Humanities Elective 3 3 Business Administration 213, 214, or Political Science 151 and 152 or 153 or Sociology 151 and 3 additional hours in Sociology and Anthropology 3 3 16 16 ROTC if elected 2 2 18 18 This is a rigorous curriculum and demands students with an aptitude for science and mathematics. The •See page 113. t Depending upon Engineering Specialty. 123 Forestry electives will be chosen in consultation with the engi- neering adviser in the Department of Physics. See page 178 for statement concerning transfer of ROTG credit to another institution. Degrees in Forestry Wake Forest College now cooperates with Duke Uni- versity in an academic forestry training program. A student in this program devotes three years to study in the arts and sciences at Wake Forest College. (At least two years (64 semester hours) must be completed in Wake Forest College.) He spends the summer between his junior and senior years and the two following years in the Duke University School of Forestry. Upon the successful completion of this five-year course of study he receives the degree of Bachelor of Science from Wake Forest College and the degree of Master of Forestry from the Duke School of Forestry. A student who wishes to qualify for this program must make formal application for admission to the Duke School of Forestry not later than the end of the first semester of his third year in college. To qualify for ad- mission he must have followed a planned course of study as outlined below, must have the official recom- mendation of Wake Forest College, and must have an over-all quality point ratio of at least 2.5. Candidates for the degrees in forestry must complete the following three-year course before beginning study in the Duke School of Forestry: Biology 111, 112 (8 hours) Business Administration 213, 214 (6 hours) Chemistry 111, 114 (8 hours) English 111, 112, 153, 156 (12 hours) Language, one of the following: French, German, Latin, Russian, Spanish through 151, 152; or Greek 111, 112. [See page 112.] Mathematics 111, 112 (6 hours) 124 Forestry Physics 111, 112 (8 hours) Philosophy 21 1 (3 hours) Religion (6 hours) [see page 113] History 111, 112 (6 hours) Physical Education (2 hours) Six hours beyond the first year introductory courses in any one of the biological, physical, or social sciences. Electives (to make a total of 96 hours) (Suggested electives: Biology, Chemistry, Logic, Mathematics, Speech) Students in this program will be advised in the De- partment of Biology. See page 178 for statement concerning transfer of ROTC credits to another institution. 125 COURSES IN ARTS AND SCIENCES Divisions The numbers of the courses offered by the various departments are explained as follows: courses 1-99 carry no credit; courses 101-199 are primarily for fresh- men and sophomores; courses 201-299, primarily for juniors and seniors; courses 301-399, for juniors, seniors, and graduate students; and courses 401-499, for gradu- ate students. The letter S used as a prefix to a course number indicates that the course is offered during the summer session only. Before admission to the upper division, a student must have credit for at least 54 hours in the lower di- vision, with a minimum of 108 quality points. Credit Hours Defined All credit hours are based upon the semester, or half of an academic year of nine months. In the depart- ments which follow, in alphabetical order, the credit hours for each course are the same as the number of class periods per week unless otherwise specified. Both in the summer term and in the fall and spring terms, the credit for any course is the same, generally three hours based on 48 class periods, or the equivalent in laboratory work. Explanation of the Class Schedule In this number of the Bulletin of Wake Forest College the schedule of classes is announced for the fall and spring terms only; the schedule of classes for the summer term is given in the special bulletin. The num- bers following the days of the week indicate the periods during which the classes are offered. 126 Honors Program Courses with odd numbers are regularly given in the fall term; courses with even numbers, in the spring term. However, introductory or basic courses in many departments will be offered every term so that students may arrange their work in regular sequence, accord- ing to the time of entrance. Accordingly, revised sched- ules will be prepared each term, supplementing the schedule given here. Interdisciplinary Honors Program Wake Forest College offers an interdisciplinary Honors program for a limited number of highly qualified students. Participation is by invitation only. During their first three years in college, participants will schedule at least three interdisciplinary honors seminars (a total of nine semester hours, normally in- cluding 6 hours in the Lower Division and 3 hours in the Upper Division). Many students will probably not participate formally in the interdisciplinary program beyond the third year, but will choose instead to con- centrate on departmental honors work in their major fields. Students, however, who are not candidates for departmental honors and who have completed four interdisciplinary seminars with a superior record may elect Honors 281 (directed study culminating in an honors paper and an oral examination). Those whose work in this course is superior and who have achieved an over-all quality point ratio of at least 3.0 in all college work will be graduated "with Honors in the Arts and Sciences." Those students, on the other hand, who have chosen to be candidates for departmental honors may not also be candidates for "Honors in the Arts and Sciences." The courses described below (except for Honors 281) are designed to supplement the usual general education 127 Honors Program of the freshman and sophomore years and the more specialized work of the junior year. Honors 281 will normally be scheduled in the first semester of the senior year. The Honors program is supervised by a Faculty Com- mittee on Honors. Faculty participants in the inter- disciplinary courses are drawn from various academic departments of the College. Honors 131, 132. Approaches to Human Experience (I) An inquiry into the nature and interrelationships of several ap- proaches to man's experience, represented by the work of such men as Leonardo da Vinci, St. Augustine, Dante, Newton, Gandhi, Mozart, Jefferson, and Einstein. Seminar discussion based on pri- mary and secondary sources, including musical works and paintings. Written reports and a term paper required. (Offered in alternate years) 3 hours credit each semester Honors 133, 134. Approaches to Human Experience (IT) A parallel course to Honors 131, 132, concentrating on the work of a different set of figures such as Buddha, Galileo, Tolstoy, Pascal, Sophocles, and Bach. (Offered in alternate years) 3 hours credit each semester Honors 233. Darwinism and the Modern World A study of the Darwinian theory of evolution and the impact of evolutionary thought on fields such as economics, politics, psychology, literature and the other arts, and philosophy. (Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours Honors 235. The Ideal Society Man's effort to establish or imagine the ideal community, state or society, principles of political and social organization, changing goals and values. Study of historical communities such as those of the pre-Christian Essenes, Geneva under John Calvin, Fourierite and Owenite communities of the 1 9th century. Reading in such works as Plato's Republic, Augustine's The City of God, More's Utopia, Bacon's The New Atlantis, Rousseau's Emile, Orwell's 1964, and Skinner's Walden Two. (Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours 128 Honors Program Honors 237. The Scientific Method An exploration into the origins and development of the scientific method and into some of its contemporary applications in the natural and social sciences and the humanities. (Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours Honors 238. Romanticism Romanticism as a recurrent characteristic of mind and art and as a specific historical movement in Europe and America in the late 18th and 19th centuries. Emphasis upon primary materials in such fields as philosophy, history, literature, music and painting. (Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours Honors 242. The Comic View The theory of comedy in ancient and modern times; the expres- sion of the comic spirit in literature, art, music, the theater and the motion picture. (Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours Honors 244. Man and the Structure of the Universe An investigation of various conceptions of the universe and of their implications for man. Study will not necessarily be limited to the cosmologies of Ptolemy, Copernicus, and their modern successors, but may also include theories like Babylonian, Mayan, and Taoist. (Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours Honors 281. Directed Study Readings on an interdisciplinary topic approved by the Faculty Committee on Honors; preparation of a major research or inter- pretative paper based on these readings, under the direction of a member of the Faculty; and an oral examination on the topic, ad- ministered by the faculty supervisor and the Committee on Honors. Eligible students who wish to take this course must submit a written request to the Committee on Honors by the end of the junior year. (Not open to candidates for departmental honors.) Credit, 3 hours Departmental Honors Programs A number of departments in the College offer spe- cialized honors programs for highly qualified majors, who may be graduated "with Honors" in their major field. Information on these programs is given under the departmental headings below. 9 129 Biology Biology Professors Cocke, Allen, Flory Associate Professors Davis, Dimmick, Higgins, McDonald, Olive, Wyatt Assistant Professors Amen, Esch, Hein, Sullivan A major in Biology consists of 32 hours which must include Biology 111 and 112; 7 or 8 hours selected from Biology 226, 240, 309, 311, 313, 314, 319, 390; 7 or 8 hours selected from Biology 220, 231, 233, 260, 321, 334, 341, 350, 372; and 7 or 8 hours selected from Biolo- gy 227, 228, 318, 325, 338, 345, 355. A student must achieve an overall average of C on all Biology courses attempted to graduate with a major in Biology. Required related courses for the major are: one year of Physics, one year of general Chemistry and either Chemistry 124 or 221. The Physics requirement may be waived in the case of Biology majors who meet the requirements for a Grade A teaching certificate. Cal- culus is recommended. Highly qualified Biology majors are considered by the Department for admission to the honors program in Biology. They must meet certain preliminary require- ments, earn a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in Biology, complete Biology 391 and pass a comprehensive oral examination. They are then graduated with the designation of "Honors in Biology." For additional information consult members of the Biology staff. Biology 111 and 112 are prerequisite to all other Biology courses except 150 and 218 111, 112. General Biology An introductory course, in which the fundamental facts of the struc- ture and activity of plants and animals are stressed. The laboratory work will provide examples of important biological principles and 130 Biology organisms. Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Biology 111 prerequisite to Biology 1 12. Credit, 4 hours each semester 150. Anatomy and Physiology Lectures and readings in human anatomy and physiology. Not open to students who have completed or who are enrolled in a course in comparative chordate anatomy. Three hours lecture. Credit, 3 hours 218. Botany for Everyday Use A course chiefly for upper-class non-biology majors, to develop a knowledge and appreciation of common plants and plant products. Among the topics dealt with are a brief survey of the plant kingdom, the distribution, some simplified identifications, propagation and cultural practices, plant hormone uses, broad economic uses, and literature of plants. Aimed at giving a broad but essentially non- technical view of the plant kingdom. Three hours lecture. Credit, 3 hours 220. Comparative Chordate Anatomy A comparative study of the anatomy of chordate animals. Dissection of type forms in the laboratory. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 226. Microbiology A study of the more important groups of microorganisms; bacteria, yeasts, molds, viruses, et cetera. Major emphasis will be placed on the bacteria and their activities. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 227. Survey of Non-vascular Plants Representative species of non-vascular plants (algae, fungi, mosses and others) will be examined with emphasis on morphology and phylogeny. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 228. Survey of Vascular Plants A comparative survey of the vascular plants with emphasis on the structure, reproduction, and classification of selected types to portray the evolutionary development of the group. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 231. Invertebrate ^oology A detailed study of invertebrate animals, exclusive of insects, from the standpoint of taxonomy, morphology, physiology, and phylo- genetic relationships. Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 131 Biology 233. Vertebrate Systematics and Ecology. A detailed study of the natural history, distribution, identification, classification and adaptations of the major vertebrate animals. Collecting and preserving techniques in the field will be stressed. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 240. Principles of Ecology A synthesizing course intended to acquaint the student with the inter-relationships between the organism and the environment. Fundamental ecological aspects of individual organisms, populations, and communities will be stressed. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 260. Vertebrate Embryology A study of vertebrate embryological development. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 301. Principles of Modern Botany A course for secondary school teachers designed to illustrate selected biological principles. A survey of the plant kingdom with emphasis on taxonomy and phylogeny will be followed by a consideration of important physiological principles. Laboratory exercises and field work will be designed to be helpful to secondary school teachers in organizing their own laboratories. Not for credit toward a M.A. in Biology. Credit, 3 hours 302. Principles of Modern ^oology A course for secondary school teachers designed to illustrate important biological principles. Lectures will include a survey of the animal kingdom followed by a review of the basic principles of animal reproduction, genetics, ecology, and evolution. Laboratory exercises and field work will be designed to be helpful to high school teachers in organizing and directing laboratory exercises in their own schools. Techniques for preparing laboratory specimens and demonstration materials will be considered. Not for credit toward a M.A. in Biology. Credit, 3 hours 309. Genetics A study of the principles of inheritance and their application to plants and animals, including man. Three hours lecture. Credit 3, hours 311. Genetics Laboratory A laboratory course in the methods of breeding some genetically important organisms and of compiling and presenting genetic data. 132 Biology Biology 311 may not be taken independently of Biology 309. Two hours laboratory. Credit, 1 hour 313. Biological Effects of Radiations The action of ionizing and excitational radiations on living systems, the mechanisms of radiation damage, and the morphological and physiological effects. Two hours lecture and two hour laboratory. Prerequisites or corequisites, Chemistry 221, 222 and Physics 111, 112. Credit, 3 hours 314. Principles of Evolution Analysis of the theories, evidences, and mechanisms of evolution. Three hours lecture. Credit, 3 hours 318. Economic Botany A study of plants in terms of their economic importance. Emphasis will be placed on spermatophytic taxa yielding products useful to man. Prerequisite, Biology 228. Three hours lecture. Credit, 3 hours 319. History of Biological Sciences A survey of the historical background and development of the biological sciences together with a biographical study of the out- standing biologists and physicians. Three hours lecture. Credit, 3 hours 321. Animal Parasitology A survey of protozoan, helminth, and arthropod parasites from the standpoint of morphology, taxonomy, life-histories, and host-parasite relationships. The laboratory will include a detailed study of rep- resentative types and techniques for collecting, preserving, and preparing animal parasites for study and identification. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 325. Plant Anatomy A study of comparative anatomy of the vascular plants based pri- marily on a phylogenetic approach, with an introduction to anatomi- cal microtechniques. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 334. Entomology A study of insects from the standpoint of structure, development, taxonomy, and phylogenetic relationships. Economic aspects will be included. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 133 Biology 338. Taxonomy of Seed Plants A study of the classification of seed plants, with emphasis on a comparative study of orders and families. Collection, identification, and preparation of herbarium specimens will be stressed. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 341. Vertebrate Ecology and Systematics A systematic study of vertebrates with emphasis on ecology, identifi- cation and classification. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 345. Plant Ecology A study of plant communities and the interrelationships of the or- ganisms therein as they are affected by the physical factors of the environment. Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 350. Animal Physiology A study of comparative animal physiology. Introduction is made to the applications of biochemistry-biophysics, including quantum mechanics, thermodynamics and cybernetics in explaining physio- logical processes. Prerequisite, one year of chemistry. Organic chemistry and one year of physics are recommended. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 355. Plant Physiology The biophysics and biochemistry of major plant processes. Consider- ation will be given to the homeostasis, bioenergetics, and cybergentics of plant systems; with emphasis on the control mechanisms in nutri- tion, metabolism, growth and development. Prerequisite, general physics and general chemistry. Organic chemistry is recommended. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 372. Vertebrate Histology A comparative study of the microscopic anatomy of vertebrates. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prerequisites: Biology 220 or 260. Credit, 4 hours 390. Research Methods in Biology An introduction to bibliographic and graphic methods, including microscopy, instrumentation, scientific drawing and photography, and preparation of manuscripts. Open to graduate students and seniors by permission. Two hours lecture. Credit, 2 hours 134 Biology 391. Special Problems in Biology Independent library and laboratory investigation carried out under the direction and supervision of a member of the staff. Registration by permission of the instructor. Six hours per week. Credit, 2 hours Courses for Graduate Students* 417. Cytology and Cytogenetics Credit, 4 hours 421. Helminth Parasitology Credit, 4 hours 426. Mycology Credit, 4 hours Midi, 427b. Phycology (Algology) Credit, 2 hours each semester 431. Advanced Invertebrate ^oology Credit, 4 hours 433. Advanced Vertebrate ^oology — Ornithology Credit, 4 hours 434. Advanced Vertebrate ^oology — Mammalogy Credit, 4 hours 438a, 438b. Dendrology Credit, 2 hours each semester 441. Population Dynamics Credit, 4 hours 444. Hydrobiology Credit, 4 hours 450. Cellular Physiology Credit, 4 hours 453. Comparative Invertebrate Physiology Credit, 4 hours 454. Ecological Animal Physiology Credit, 4 hours 455. Plant Growth and Development Credit, 4 hours 460. Experimental Embryology Credit, 4 hours • For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin: 135 Chemistry Chemistry Professors Nowell, P. J. Hamrick, Miller Associate Professors Blalock, Gross Assistant Professors Baird, Eckroth, Purcell In addition to the basic courses prescribed by the College, a student desiring to receive the B.S. degree with major in Chemistry is required to take the fol- lowing course: Chemistry 111-114, 221-222, 332, 361, 341-342, and one course from Chemistry 323, 324, 331; Physics 111-112, Mathematics 112, 113. An average of C in the first two years of Chemistry is required of students who elect to major in this Department. Admission to any class is conditioned by satisfactory grades in prerequisite courses and registration for advanced classes must be approved by the Department. Wake Forest College is on the list of schools approved by the American Chemical Society. Students who re- ceive the Bachelor's Degree and are certified by the chairman of the department as having fulfilled the minimum requirements for professional training as adopted by the Society are eligible for membership senior grade in the Society, within two years following graduation and after two years experience in the field of chemistry. Students who desire a specific statement of the minimum requirements of the Society should consult with the staff member who serves as major ad- viser for students majoring in chemistry. The following schedule is recommended for students who desire to major in Chemistry: (By following this schedule and the advice of the major adviser a student can meet the minimum requirements of the American Chemical Society.) 136 Chemistry Freshman Year* Sophomore Year* Chemistry 111, 114 Chemistry 221,222 English 111, 112 English 153, 156 German, 111, 112 German 151, 152 fHistory 111, 112 Mathematics 112, 113 Mathematics 1 05, 111 Physics 111, 112 Physical Education 111, 112 Junior Year* Senior Year* Chemistry 341-342 Chemistry 361 Chemistry 332 Chemistry, 4 hours Philosophy 2 1 1 jElectives, 2 1 hours Political Science, Sociology or Business Administration, 6 hours Religion, 6 hours JElectives, 3 hours 111. General Chemistry An introductory course emphasizing fundamental chemical prin- ciples. Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 112. General Chemistry A continuation of Chemistry 1 1 1 with emphasis on the descriptive chemistry of inorganic substances. Prerequisite: Chemistry 111. Three hours lecture, two hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 113. Qualitative Analysis A course covering the principles and techniques of separation and systematic identification of the inorganic cations and anions. Open only to students presenting a year of general chemistry without qualitative analysis. Prerequisite: Chemistry 111, 112. Two hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Credit, 3 hours 114. General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis A continuation of Chemistry 1 1 1 with emphasis on the study of equilibrium and inorganic chemistry. Approximately one-half of the laboratory work is devoted to the principles and techniques of systematic separation and identification of the inorganic cations and anions. Prerequisite: Chemistry 111. Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours • Military Science may be taken in addition to the courses listed. t The premedical student should schedule Biology. X Chosen on the advice of the major adviser. 137 Chemistry 124. Organic Chemistry A study of the chemistry of the aliphatic and aromatic compounds for students whose program demands only one semester of organic chemistry. Chemistry 221 may be substituted for Chemistry 124 but Chemistry 124 may not be substituted for Chemistry 221. Credit will not be allowed for both Chemistry 221 and 124. Prerequisite: Chem- istry 111-114 or equivalent, three hours lecture; three hours labor- atory per week. Credit, 4 hours 131. Quantitative Analysis A course in principles and methods of quantitative analysis for stu- dents whose course of study requires one semester of analytical chem- istry. Chemistry 332 may be substituted for Chemistry 131, but Chemistry 131 may not be substituted for Chemistry 332. Pre- requisites: Chemistry 114 and three hours of Mathematics. Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 221, 222. Organic Chemistry A study of the chemistry of the aliphatic and aromatic organic com- pounds. Prerequisite: Chemistry 114. Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours each semester 281, 282. Senior Research Library, conference, and laboratory work. Open only to major students with a superior record. Six hours a week. Credit, 2 hours each semester 301,302. Principles of Chemistry A two-semester lecture and laboratory course stressing the theory of chemical bonding, of acid-base behavior, of oxidation-reduction behavior, and of equilibria and the principles of separation and analysis. The laboratory will include both qualitative and quantita- tive experiments chosen to supplement the lecture material. Designed for teachers holding Class A certificate; may not count as credit toward the M.A. in Chemistry. Prerequisite: One year of college chemistry. Credit, 3 hours each semester 305. Introductory Organic Chemistry A treatment of organic chemistry designed to acquaint the student with the main functional groups of organic chemistry and the more important types of organic reactions. Designed for teachers holding Class A certificate; may not count as credit toward the M.A. in Chemistry. Prerequisite: Two years of college chemistry or Courses 301,302. ~ Credit, 3 hours 138 Chemistry 323. Organic Analysis A lecture and laboratory course in the systematic identification of organic compounds, including an introduction to instrumental methods of qualitative organic analysis. Prerequisite: Chemistry 222. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 324. Organic Preparations A library, conference, and laboratory course in the preparation of organic compounds. Prerequisite: Chemistry 222. Six hours a week. Credit, 3 hours 331. Instrumental Analysis A course in the application of physical methods to analytical chem- istry. Prerequisite: Chemistry 341. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 332. Analytical Chemistry A lecture and laboratory course in the principles and methods of analytical chemistry. Prerequisite: Chemistry 341. Three hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Credit, 5 hours 341, 342. Physical Chemistry A course in the fundamentals of physical chemistry. Prerequisites: Chemistry 222, Physics 111-112, and satisfactory work in differential and integral calculus. Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours each semester 361. Inorganic Chemistry A lecture and laboratory course devoted to the principles and theory of modern inorganic chemistry. Prerequisites: Chemistry 341 and Physics 111. Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 381, 382. Seminar. Discussions of advanced topics in chemistry, especially as applied to contemporary research. Seminars conducted by staff members and visiting scientists. Open to senior majors and graduate students. One hour per week. No credit given for one semester only. Only one hour seminar credit may count toward the Master's Degree. Credit, 1 hour for two semesters 139 Greek Courses for Graduate Students* 421, 422. Advanced Organic Chemistry Credit, 3 hours each semester 441. Molecular Structure Credit, 3 hours 445. T hemodynamics Credit, 3 hours 447 '. Chemical Bonding Credit, 3 hours 491, 492 . Thesis Research Credit, 3 hours each semester for two semesters Classical Languages and Literature Professor Earp Associate Professor C. V. Harris Instructors Tucker, J. W. Wilson Part-Time Instructor Rackley A major in this Department consists of a minimum of 30 hours in either Greek or Latin. I Greek Language and Literature 111, 112. Elementary Greek Greek grammar; selections from Greek prose writers and poets; collateral reading on Greek mythology, history, and antiquities. M T W Th F 2 211. Xenophon Xenophon: Anabasis, fall term. Thorough drill in syntax. M W F 1 212. Homer Homer: Iliad and Odyssey, spring term. Thorough drill in syntax M IV F 7 • For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 140 Latin 222. Plato Plato: Meno or Apology, Crito, and selections from the Phaedo, spring term. M W F 3 231. The Greek New Testament Selections from the Greek New Testament, fall term. M W F 3 261. Greek Tragedy Euripides: Medea. This course will include a study of the origin and history of Greek tragedy, with collateral reading of selected tragedies in translation. T Th 4 262. Greek Comedy Aristophanes: Clouds. This course will include a study of the origin and history of Greek comedy, with collateral reading of selected comedies in translation. T Th 4 271. Greek Civilization Lectures and collateral reading upon those phases of Greek civiliza- tion which have particular significance for the modern world. Given the first semester. This course is recommended especially to juniors and seniors. A knowledge of the Greek language is not required. T Th 7 272. Greek Literature in Translation A study of selections from Greek literature in English translation. Given the second semester. This course is recommended especially to juniors and seniors. A knowledge of the Greek language is not required. T Th 7 II Latin Language and Literature 111, 112. Introductory Latin A course intended for students who have never studied Latin and for those who present only one unit of Latin for entrance. M W F 1,6; T Th S 1, 4 141 Latin 151, 152. Grammar, Cicero, Vergil This course will include (a) grammar, (b) Cicero's Letters, Vergil's Aeneid. Prerequisite, two units of entrance Latin or Latin 111, 112. M W F 4, 7; T Th S 1 211, 212. Livy, Horace, Pliny Livy: Selections, first semester. Horace: Odes and Epodes, Pliny's Letters, second semester. Prerequisite, four units of entrance Latin or. Latin 111, 112 and 151, 152. M W F 2, 7 221, 222. Tacitus, Horace, Martial Tacitus: Germania and Agricola, first semester. Horace: Satires and Epistles; Martial: Epigrams, second semester. M W F 3 241, 242. Roman Comedy and Satire Selected plays of Plautus and Terence, first semester. Petronius and Juvenal, second semester. (Course 242 will be offered in 1967-1968 and in alternate years thereafter.) T Th S 2 250. Latin Prose Composition Hours to be arranged. Credit, 3 hours 261, 262. Roman Philosophy Lucretius, Cicero. (Course 262 will be offered in 1966-1967 and in alternate years thereafter.) T Th S 2 271. Roman Civilization This course consists of lectures and collateral reading upon the general subject of Rome's contributions to the modern world. It is recommended especially to juniors and seniors. A knowledge of the Latin language is not required. T Th 4 272. Latin Literature in Translation A study of selections from Latin literature in English translation. This course is recommended especially to juniors and seniors. A knowledge of the Latin language is not required. T Th 4 142 Education Economics A major in economics with the B.A. degree and a concentration in economics with the B.B.A. degree are offered in the School of Business Administration. Courses in economics are open to all students. For a description of the program see the School of Business Administration section of the catalog. Education Professors Parker, Memory, Preseren Associate Professor Prichard Assistant Professors Dickens, Elmore, Syme Institutional Policy. Wake Forest College, since its establishment in 1834, has had as one of its major ob- jectives the preparation of school teachers and officials, and approximately one-fourth of its graduates have served in the classroom. The College recognizes the im- portance of the profession and knows that the welfare of mankind throughout the ages will be determined in large measure by the quality of educational leadership that is produced. It is, therefore, committed to the policy of en- couraging the fit to enter the profession and of denying the unfit the opportunity. In the matter of both the selection and training of the school group, the appropri- ate resources of the College are available. Admission Requirements. Junior standing is a general prerequisite for all courses in Education. Psychology is recommended as a preliminary course, and a course in Public Speaking is highly desirable. Before a student- teaching assignment is granted, the applicant must have had Education 211. The applicant will be exam- 143 Education ined in order to determine whether he or she meets the requirements specified herein with respect to Di- rected Teaching. Requirements for Teacher Certification in North Carolina. Students should plan their programs to include Educa- tion 211 during the junior year. The student may also take elective courses in Education during the junior year, but the other 15 hours of Education required under the program will be taken simultaneously (in a block) during either the fall or spring semester, as offered, in the senior year; and while taking them, the student will be allowed to take no other courses. During the other semester of the senior year the student will be free to take such courses as may suit individual needs and interests. Major in the Department of Education. Students who major in Education must meet Class A certification requirements in at least one broad field of more than 24 hours, as outlined below. Such certification requires, among other subjects, a course in Directed Teaching. Directed Teaching. This course, also known as Practice Teaching and Student Teaching, has as an academic prerequisite an over-all C average on courses taken at Wake Forest and that high in subject of certification on courses credited there. Furthermore, if there is any ques- tion about the applicant's fitness for such an opportunity, the approval of the major professors concerned must be obtained as well as that of the Education professors. Those accepted must possess qualities that are generally regarded as desirable for leaders of youth — social, emotional, physical, professional. The number of stu- dent-teaching opportunities is limited, and the College reserves the right, through its screening committee, to reject any applicant for reasons sufficient to itself 144 Education without being under the necessity of establishing those reasons any more than would a medical school or law school under similar circumstances. For those directed teaching opportunities which are located in Forsyth County, cars will be needed to get to the schools. Some may be able to obtain rides with others but the College does not assume the responsi- bility for transportation to the schools. Since Directed Teaching will be one of the courses offered in the block system, there will be no other courses in progress during the eight weeks in which the Directed Teaching is in- cluded. Some directed teaching opportunities may be located outside Forsyth County; students so assigned may find it necessary to obtain living accommodations in those communities during the eight-week directed- teaching period. State Certificates. Any course offered here is ap- proved by the North Carolina State Board of Educa- tion as satisfying, in part, the requirements for a State teacher's certificate. Only the courses listed in this de- partment will count as professional credit. The State Department of Public Instruction awards the High School Certificate, Class A, to graduates of the College who have had the specified courses in their respective teaching fields and the professional courses prescribed as outlined below. Certification requirements must be met in at least one teaching field; however, a two-subject certificate is far more desirable because many teachers in the State have to teach two subjects, and very little subject departure is permitted without salary penalty. Certificate requirements in other states may be ob- tained from the department of Education. 10 145 Education I Academic Requirements English— -36 hours, including English 111, 112, 153, 156, 301, 323; at least 3 additional hours in a literature course; at least 3 additional hours in a language course. French— -30 hours, including French 151, 152, 211, 212, 221, 222, 223, 224, or their equivalents; at least 6 hours of courses in litera- ture beyond 212. German— 30 hours, including German 151, 152, 211, 212, 217, 218, 219, 220, or their equivalents; at least 6 hours of courses in litera- ture beyond 212. Latin — 24 hours based on two or more high school units; otherwise 30 hours. Spanish— -30 hours, including Spanish 151, 152, 211, 212, 221, 222, 223, 224, or their equivalents; at least 6 hours of courses in litera- ture beyond 212. Mathematics — 30 hours, including Mathematics 111, 112, 113, 121, 321, 331, 332; others as prescribed by the chairman of the Mathe- matics department. Music — Approximately 43 hours. For further information, consult Music department section of this catalog or the chairman of the Music department. Physical Education and Health — 44 hours, including Physical Education 220, 221, 224, 251, 254, 258, 352, 353, 355, 356, 357, 363, 222 or 228, and Biology 111, 112. Science — 46 to 51 hours, including 8 in Biology, 8 in Chemistry, 8 in Physics, 6 in Mathematics, plus further depth in Biology (16 hours), Chemistry (21 hours), or Physics (17 hours). Certification is allowed in Biology with 24 hours, in Chemistry with 29 hours, or in Physics with 25 hours. Social Studies — 42 hours, including History 111, 112, 151, 152, Busi- ness Administration 213, 214, Political Science 151, 152, Sociology 151, 9 additional hours of History divided between the American and non-American fields, 3 additional hours of Sociology, 3 hours of Geography. Certification is allowed in each of the fields of Economics, History, Political Science and Sociology with 24 hours in that field. Speech— 30 hours, including Speech 151, 161, 211, 228, 241, 261 and 152 or 251 and 271 or 272. 146 Education II Professional Requirements Candidates for the high school certificate are required by the North Carolina State Department of Public Instruction to have 18 hours in Education including Education 201, 211, 251, 291, 331. Education 211 is taken in the junior year; the others are taken as a block during either the fall or spring semester of the senior year. The methods courses in English, Music, Social Studies and Speech are offered in either semester; Foreign Languages and Choral Music are offered in the fall; Mathematics, Science, and Physical Education and Health and Instrumental Music are offered in the spring. Educational Psychology This course is required for a teaching certificate and is prerequisite to the other required courses. 211. Educational Psychology General principles of adolescent developmental behavior. Physical, social, and psychological aspects of personality development and individual differences. Nature, theory, and conditions of learning. Techniques of problem solving. Appraising and directing learning. Internship in appropriate agency is required. M W F 2, 3, 6, each term Credit, 3 hours Required Courses These courses are required for a teaching certificate and are taught in a block. Classes meet six days a week during the first six and last two weeks of the semester in courses 201, 291, and 331. Course 251 occupies the other eight weeks of the semester. 201. Secondary Education An examination of the fundamental principles involved in the or- ganization and administration of the high school curriculum in the light of individual and social needs; adolescence, pupil accounting, 147 Education co-curricular activities, pupil promotion policies and practices, and articulation. M T W Th F S 2, each term Credit, 3 hours 251. Directed Teaching This course contains the specific activities identified with systematic and formal observations, supervised student teaching, and with varied activities related to the job of actual teaching, as specified by regulations of State Department of Public Instruction. Seniors only. C average, or higher, required in subject of certification and over all. For other prerequisites see page 143. Hours to be arranged, each term Credit, 6 hours 291. Methods and Materials A functional approach to methods and materials actually used in the respective subjects in public high schools. Teaching of Foreign Languages and Choral Music offered fall term only. Teaching of Health and Physical Education and Instrumental Music offered spring term only. M T W Th F S, 1 Credit, 3 hours Teaching of Choral Music Teaching of Instrumental Music Teaching of English Teaching of Foreign Languages Teaching of Health and Physical Education Teaching of Mathematics and Science Teaching of Social Studies Teaching of Speech 331. Educational Organization, Administration, and Eval- uation School organization and administration including pupil personnel services, financial support, legal basis for education, and federal, state, and local relationships in the provision of public education. 148 Education Accreditation and teacher certification, and the evaluation of the total school program. M TW ThFS4 Credit, 3 hours Elective Courses 301. Audio-Visual Education A survey of the theory, history, and techniques of using audio-visual aids, and their application to the current educational program. T Th 7-8 Credit, 3 hours 303. History of European Education A study of educational theory and practice from Greek civilization through nineteenth century Europe. Particular emphasis will be placed upon the writers and philosophers who have contributed to Western educational thought. Fall term T Th S 2 Credit, 3 hours 304. History of American Education A study of education in the United States from Colonial days to the present. Special focus will be directed toward the social forces which have influenced American educational thought. Spring term T Th S 2 Credit, 3 hours 321. Measurement and Guidance Introductory course. A study of individual differences through statistical techniques as applied to mental and educational measure- ment; the interpretation and use of standard tests, the construction of informal objective tests, counseling, and audio-visual aids. M W F 2 Credit, 3 hours 341. Introduction to Counseling Philosophical, psychological, social, and historical foundations of counseling theories and points of view. Counseling and learning; organization and administration of guidance programs; research and evaluation in counseling. M W F 3 Credit, 3 hours 351. Sociology of Education Objective comparative study of Education as a social process in various cultures and historical periods, with main emphasis on present education in the United States, Great Britain, and the Soviet Union. Fall term Credit, 3 hours 149 English 401. Educational Philosophy The place of the school in the American social order, an interpreta- tion of educational values, and a consideration of school curricula in the light of recognized objectives of education. Spring term Credit, 3 hours English t. Professors Wilson, Folk, Gossett, * Snuggs Associate Professors Aycock, Brown, Carter, Kenion, Phillips, Potter Assistant Professors Judson B. Allen, Drake, Fosso, Shorter, Walhout Instructors Bland, Gray, Hagen, Hollowell, Lovett, Raynor, Small Lecturer Shaw Courses 111, 112, and 153, 156, for freshmen and sophomores, are prescribed for all degrees, and are pre- requisites for admission to all advanced courses in Eng- lish. The major in English requires a minimum of 30 credit hours, of which at least 18 must be taken in the junior and senior years in courses numbered above 200. The minimum requirement for all English majors is five advanced courses in literature. Of these, three must be in English literature (including one in literature before 1700 and one in literature after 1700) and one in American literature. The advanced courses must also include one course in each of the major genres: poetry, fiction, and drama; and one single-author course and one period course. (A single course may satisfy two or three of the cate- gories above. For example, a course in Shakespeare would satisfy the requirements for a course in English 1 Appointment effective 1967 spring term. 150 English literature before 1700, a course in drama, and a single- author course.) Highly qualified English majors are considered by the Department for admission to the honors program in English. They must meet certain preliminary re- quirements; earn a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all col- lege work and 3.3 on all work in English; complete at least 20 hours in advanced courses in English, meeting the distribution requirements for all English majors and including in addition English 281, 282 (to be taken in the senior year); complete satisfactorily a senior research paper; and pass a comprehensive examination based on a general reading list and on a specialized reading list in a special area chosen by the student. They are then graduated with the designation of "Honors in English." For additional information consult members of the Department of English. I I . Composition Review * Essentials of standard usage and the basic principles of unity and coherence in sentence and paragraph; frequent themes. Required of those who have been assigned "composition conditions" (see foot- note on this page). The course carries no credit; the class meets three hours per week. III. English Composition A basic course in writing, which provides training in clear thinking and effective expression; frequent themes, corrective exercises, read- ing in modern prose, individual conferences; no credit given until the student has demonstrated ability to write satisfactorily Credit, 3 hours * Proficiency in the use of the English language is recognized by the Faculty as a re- quirement in all departments. A composition condition, indicated by cc under the grade for any course, may be assigned in any department to a student above the freshman year whose writing is unsatisfactory, regardless of previous credits in composition. Also the composition of all rising juniors, both Wake Forest students and transfers, is examined for proficiency. The writing of Wake Forest students is checked during their last course in sophomore English; that of transfers is checked during the ori- entation period each fall. For removal of a composition condition the student is required to take English 11 during the first semester for which he registers following the assign- ment of the cc. Since English 11 is not taught in the summer terms, a summer school student needing to remove a composition condition may repeat English 111 without credit. Removal of the deficiency is prerequisite to graduation. 151 English 112. Composition and Literature Study and practice in the several types of writing, with special atten- tion to the preparation of an investigative paper; readings in modern literature, with themes related to the reading; originality and indi- viduality of style emphasized. Prerequisite, English 111. Credit, 3 hours 153. Major British Writers I A study of major works of several British poets and prose writers, including Chaucer, Spenser, Shakespeare, Milton, and Swift. Emphasis on reading rather than on literary history. Prerequisite, English 1 1 1-1 12. Credit, 3 hours 154. Major British Writers II A study of several British writers from the Romantic, Victorian, and modern periods. Emphasis on reading rather than on literary history. May not be taken in the place of English 153 or English 156. Pre- requisite, English 111-112. Credit, 3 hours 156. Major American Writers* A study of major American writers, including Poe, Emerson, Haw- thorne, Thoreau, Melville, Whitman, Dickinson, and Mark Twain. Emphasis on reading rather than on literary history. Prerequisite, English 111-112. Credit, 3 hours 212. Literary Criticism Study of the basic principles of the great critics with practical application to specific literary works, Prerequisite, English 153, 156. Credit, 3 hours 246. Modern Drama Extensive reading in the works of representative European, British and American dramatists from Ibsen to the present, in approximately chronological order, with attention to purposes, themes, and the evolution of modern techniques. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. Mr. Folk Credit, 3 hours 248. The Modern Novel Readings in recent fiction. Emphasis on British authors. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. Credit, 3 hours * This course is required of all sophomores in Wake Forest College, on the theory that every college student should have an introduction to the literature of his own country. It is not required of students who transfer from other standard institutions with credit for the regular one-year course in sophomore literature, regardless of the content. 152 English 253. American Fiction Studies in the novel and the short story, with reading of representative works of Cooper, Poe, Hawthorne, Melville, James, and others. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. Credit, 3 hours 261. Essay Writing Primarily for those who are interested in writing for publication, with concentration on the various types of essays; wide reading in both modern and older essays; admission to the class only after conference with the instructor. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. Mr. Folk Credit, 2 hours 262. Short Story Writing A study of the fundamental principles of short fiction writing, with much collateral reading in the short story, and constant practice in writing; admission by consent of the instructor. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. Mr. Folk Credit, 2 hours 263. Expository Writing A course in the theory and practice of exposition and expository argumentation. Open only to students who lack the prerequisites for English 264. May not be taken by a student who has already received credit for English 264. Not credited toward an English major. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. Mrs. Raynor Credit, 3 hours 264. Advanced Expository Writing An advanced course in exposition. Emphasis on logical thinking and on clarity and cogency in organizational structure and style. May not be taken by a student who has already received credit for English 263. Not credited toward an English major. Prerequisites, English 153, 156, C average in freshman English, and permission of the instructor. Mrs. Raynor Credit, 3 hours 281, 282. Honors Course in English A conference course for senior students who wish to graduate "with Honors in English." Under the guidance of the Honors Advisor, the student will satisfy the special reading requirement and the thesis requirement described in "The English Departmental Honors Program," copies of which are available in the English office. Students who intend to enroll in this course will be expected to begin work on the special reading requirement in their junior year. Mr. Potter Credit, 2 hours each semester 153 English 29 1 . Education — The Teaching of English A course which is credited as Education in the professional require- ment for a high school teacher's certificate. A thorough review of English grammar with emphasis on the functional approach; di- rections for and activity in teaching composition and literature for high school students; use of audio-visual aids. Prerequisites, senior standing, English major, and a superior record. Mr. Aycock Credit, 3 hours 301. The Structure of English An introduction to the principles and techniques of descriptive linguistics applied to contemporary American English. The chief concern is with syntax, morphology, and phonology. Some attention to ( 1 ) usage, (2) the relation of the phonemic system to orthography, and (3) regional variations in grammar, pronunciation, and vo- cabulary. Students are required to write two or three short papers. The course satisfies a state requirement for public-school certifica- tion in English. It is also open to students who do not plan to teach. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. Miss Hollowell Credit, 3 hours 304. History of the English Language A survey of the development of English syntax, morphology, pho- nology, and vocabulary from Old English through Middle and Early Modern English to the present day, with some attention to the relation of English to the Indo-European language family. Pre- requisite, English 153, 156. Credit, 3 hours 310. Introduction to Medieval Literature A study of important medieval literary works, exclusive of Chaucer's, illustrating literary genres, theories of interpretation, and major literary themes. Attention will be given to problems of bibliography and language relevant to the readings. Prerequisite, English 153,156. Mr. Allen Credit, 3 hours 311. English Drama to 1580 Reading of representative selections of English dramatic literature from the medieval beginnings to 1 580, studied in relation to liturgical, literary, and social background, and used as a basis for consideration of dramatic theory. Primary emphasis is on the Cycle Plays and the Moralities. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. Mr. Shorter Credit, 3 hours 315. Chaucer An introduction to Chaucer as a literary artist and master story- teller, with emphasis on The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde 154 English studied in relation to sources, and to literary and social background. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. Mr. Folk Credit, 3 hours 320. Spenser Life and works of Edmund Spenser in relationship to the background of the Renaissance and to the Elizabethan era; concentration on The Faerie Queene. Prerequisite 153, 156. Mr. Snuggs Credit, 3 hours 323. Shakespeare An introduction to Shakespeare as a dramatist and poet in relation- ship to his predecessors and contemporaries; a study of representative plays in the approximate chronological order, with the reading of additional plays; attention to problems of biography, dramatic companies, theatres, sources and criticism. Prerequisite, English 1 53, 156. Mr. Snuggs Credit, 3 hours 326. English Literature, 1600-1660 A survey of non-dramatic prose and poetry of the Seventeenth Century, exclusive of Milton. Reading will include poetry of Jonson, Donne, Herbert, Crashaw, Marvell, Herrick, and prose of Bacon, Burton, Browne, and Walton. Consideration of the religious, political, and scientific background of the period. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. Mr. Fosso Credit, 3 hours 327. Milton A study of the poetical works of John Milton, with the concentration on Paradise Lost, and with the reading of selected prose; special at- tention to the life and personality of the author and to the literary and historical backgrounds of the era. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. Mr. Snuggs Credit, 3 hours 328. The Age of Dryden A study of English prose, verse, and drama from 1660 to 1 700. Em- phasis on the works of John Dryden as the dominant figure of the period, on literary theory, and on the comedy of manners. Pre- requisite, English 153, 156. Mr. Kenion Credit, 3 hours 331. The English Novel to 1832 The history of the English novel to 1832, chiefly through the reading and analysis of representative works which illustrate the evolution and progress of the form; emphasis on Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Smollett, Sterne, Austen, and Scott. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. Mr. Brown Credit, 3 hours 155 English 333. The Age of Pope A study of representative works of the major English writers of the period 1700-1740. Special emphasis upon Swift, Pope, Addison, and Steele, but attention also to other significant figures. Prereq- uisite, English 153, 156. Mr. Kenion Credit, 3 hours 334. The Age of Johnson A study of the major English writers from Gray to Burns excluding the novelists; special attention to the letter writers and to Johnson, Boswell, Goldsmith, and Burns; collateral reading in Gibbon, Burke, and Reynolds. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. Mr. Brown Credit, 3 hours 337. Romantic Poets A rapid survey of the beginnings of romanticism in English litera- ture, followed by a study of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Keats, and Shelley; collateral reading in the prose of the period. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. Mr. Wilson Credit, 3 hours 338. Blake, Teats, and Thomas A reading and critical analysis of the poetry of Blake, Yeats, and Dylan Thomas; some attention to the literary movements with which they are associated. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. Mr. Wilson Credit, 3 hours 340. Victorian Novelists A study of Dickens, Thackeray, the Brontes, Eliot, and Meredith, with some attention to their contemporaries; special attention to the social and literary background. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. Mr. Drake Credit, 3 hours 341. The Major Victorian Poets A study of Tennyson, Browning, and Arnold as literary artists and as exponents of the literary, social and philosophical concepts of their era. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. Mr. Drake Credit, 3 hours 342. From Victorian to Modern A study of English prose, poetry, and fiction from 1860 to 1900, with emphasis upon predominant social and intellectual currents of the period; writers to include Arnold, Huxley, Ruskin, Pater, Hardy, Swinburne, Meredith, and Butler. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. Mr. Carter Credit, 3 hours 156 English 345. Twentieth Century Poetry A study of selected American and British poets of the twentieth century, with attention to the transition from post-Victorianism, the renaissance following 1912, experimentation, and present trends. A study of poetry as the product of the new era, and of poets as its interpreters. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. Miss Phillips Credit, 3 hours 356. Intellectual and Social Movements in American Liter- ature since 1915 Studies in naturalism, the literature of World War I, the modern temper, literary debunkers of the 1920's, neohumanism, Freudianism, the literature of the depression, Marxism, new criticism, and exis- tentialism. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. Mr. Gossett Credit, 3 hours 358. Whitman and His Contemporaries Studies in major American poets of the nineteenth century, with concentration on Walt Whitman. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. Miss Phillips Credit, 3 hours 359. Literature of the South Studies in the poetry and prose of the Southern United States, chiefly of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. Mr. Walhout Credit, 3 hours Courses for Graduate Students* (Note: Not every course listed in this section will be given every year, but at least two will be offered each semester of the regular academic year, and normally one will be offered each term of the summer session.) 410. Literary Criticism Mr. Snuggs Credit, 3 hours 419. English Drama, 1580-1642 Mr. Snuggs Credit, 3 hours 425. Studies in Seventeenth Century English Literature Credit. 3 hours * For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 157 Journalism 435. The Major Augustans Mr. Kenion Credit, 3 hours 443. The Nineteenth Century English Novel Mr. Carter Credit, 3 hours AAA. English Poetry of the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries Mr. Wilson Credit. 3 hours 455. Studies in American Fiction Credit, 3 hours 457. American Poetry Miss Phillips Credit, 3 hours 458. Studies in American Transcendentalism Mr. Gossett Credit, 3 hours 491,492. Thesis Research Credit, 3 hours each semester for two semesters Journalism For a career in the newspaper profession, breadth of academic background is essential. The following courses, which provide the fundamentals of professional training, are concerned with the basic principles of journalistic writing and editing, and with a conception of the newspaper as a whole. 271. Journalistic Writing Survey of the fundamental principles of news- writing; study of news and news values, and of outstanding newspapers. Open to juniors and seniors, and to sophomores who obtain the permission of the instructor. Prerequisite, English 111-112. Mr. Shaw Credit, 3 hours 272. Copy-editing A laboratory course in copy-editing, headline-writing, typography, and make-up. Prerequisite, English 111-112 and 271. Mr. Shaw Credit, 2 hours 158 Art History 274. Special Feature Articles Practice in writing articles for newspapers and magazines, with emphasis on selecting subject, gathering material, and on the prep- aration and sale of manuscripts. Prerequisite, English 111-112, and preferably 271. Mr. Shaw Credit, 2 hours 211 . The Editorial Analysis of editorial policies of typical newspapers, discussions of current events and topics for editorial expression, and practice in writing various types of editorials; a study of the fundamentals of public opinion, and what the editorial writer can do to influence thinking. Prerequisite, English 111-112, 271-272. Mr. Shaw Credit, 2 hoars 278. History of American Journalism A study of the development of the American newspaper, with detailed investigations of representative papers and editors, and with special reference to the problems of present-day journalism. Prerequisite, English 111-112,271-272. Mr. Shaw Credit, 2 hours Art History and Appreciation The following courses, conducted by a member of the English staff, are not a part of the regular English curriculum, but may be included in the program of the English major as related courses. 265. Ancient and Medieval Art A survey of the arts as they developed in Egyptian, Mesopotamian, Minoan, Greek, and Roman civilizations and Medieval Europe. Prerequisite, junior or senior standing. Mr. Aycock Credit, 2 hours 266. Renaissance and Modern Art A survey of the arts as they developed in Europe and the United States; emphasis on architecture, sculpture and painting. Prerequi- site, junior or senior standing. Mr. Aycock Credit, 2 hours 268. American Art A history of art in the United States; emphasis on architecture, sculpture, painting, and the minor arts. Prerequisite, junior or senior standing. Mr. Aycock Credit, 3 hours 159 German 269, 270. Art of India A two-semester course on the evolution of art in India from the earliest times to the present. The course will discuss architectural, sculptural, iconographic and esthetic theories and describe in detail the historical development of various schools through appropriate references to monuments. (Offered 1966-67 only) Mr. Gupte Credit, 3 hours each semester German Professor O' Flaherty Associate Professors Fraser, Sanders Visiting Lecturer Meier Instructors Anglin, Bridgewater A major in this department requires 30 hours, in- cluding German 230 and either 281 or 284. A language laboratory has been in operation since September 1960. Students enrolled in course numbered 111 are required to spend one hour a week in the language laboratory as a part of their class preparation. Others may be required to attend the laboratory for remedial purposes. German majors who have a minimum quality point ratio of 3.0 in all college work and 3.3 in all departmental work may be admitted to the honors program in Ger- man. There are four requirements for completion of the honors major in German after admission: (1) main- tenance of a minimum quality point ratio of 3.3 in all work toward the major; (2) participation in at least one senior seminar at this institution; (3) the completion of a special research project under the direction of a mem- ber of the department; (4) the passing of a comprehensive written and oral examination, the oral part of which will be conducted in German by members of the de- partment. For further details, students should consult 160 German a member of the department. Successful honors candi- dates are graduated with the designation "Honors in German." Ill, 112. Elementary German This course covers the principles of grammar and pronunciation, and includes the reading of simple texts. Credit, 3 hours each semester 151, 152. Intermediate German The principles of grammar are reviewed, and there is much reading of selected German prose and poetry. Prerequisite, German 111, 112 or equivalent. Credit, 3 hours each semester 211, 212. Introduction to German Literature The object of this course is to acquaint the student with recognized masterpieces of German literature. Parallel readings and reports are assigned. Prerequisite, German 151, 152. Credit, 3 hours each semester 217. Conversation and Phonetics A course in spoken German, emphasizing facility of expression. Considerable attention is devoted to phonetics. Prerequisite, German 1 52 or equivalent. Credit, 3 hours 218. Composition and Grammar Review A review of the fundamentals of German grammar, with intensive practice in translation and composition aimed at the development of a reasonable competence in writing German. Prerequisite, Ger- man 1 52 or equivalent. Credit, 3 hours 219. Advanced Composition This course involves a study of advanced grammar and composition. English texts of increasing difficulty will be translated into German in addition to free composition in German. Prerequisite, German 218 or equivalent Credit, 3 hours 220. German Civilization A survey of contemporary German culture, including a study of its historical development in broad outline. Emphasis is placed on the intellectual, artistic, political, social and economic life of Germany. The course is conducted in German. Prerequisite, German 2 1 7 or permission of instructor. Credit, 3 hours 11 161 German 221. Schiller Readings in Schiller's dramas, ballads, and critical essays will be emphasized. Prerequisite, German 211 or 212 and permission of instructor. Credit, 3 hours 230. Goethe Faust Part I will be studied in class. Parallel readings in other works by Goethe will be assigned. Prerequisite, German 211,212. Credit, 3 hours 261, 262. Survey of German Literature This course is designed to acquaint the student with representative major works and the major movements of German literature from the earliest period to the present. Lectures, reports, and discussions are for the most part in German. This course may be substituted for 211, 212 with permission of the instructor. Credit, 3 hours each semester 263. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century (I) Reading selections in this course are taken from the poetry, novels, Novellen, dramas and critical works produced from 1800 to 1848. with particular emphasis on Romanticism and Jungdeutschland, Reports and discussions are for the most part in German. Prerequisite, German 211, 212 or equivalent, and permission of the instructor. Credit, 3 hours 264. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century (II) This course emphasizes readings from the beginnings of Poetic Realism to the advent of Naturalism. Reports and discussions are for the most part in German. Prerequisite, German 211, 212 or equivalent, and permission of the instructor. Credit, 3 hours 281. Seminar: Twentieth Century Prose Advanced students investigate the main currents in German liter- ature from the last part of the nineteenth century to the present. Outstanding writers are studied in detail. Lectures, reports, and discussions are for the most part in German. Prerequisite, German 211, 212 or equivalent and permission of instructor. Credit, 3 hours 284. Seminar: The German Sturm und Drang, 7760-1785 Students engage in advanced research on Hamann, Herder, the young Goethe and Schiller, Schubart, Lenz, Klinger, and other selected writers of the period. Reports and discussions are for the most part in German. Prerequisite, German 211, 212 or equivalent and permission of instructor. Credit, 3 hours 162 History 287, 288. Honors Course in German This course involves reading and the discussion of assigned topics. A major research paper is required each semester. Permission of staff required. Credit, 2 hours each semester History Professors Stroupe, Clonts, Gokhale, Perry, Smiley, Yearns Visiting Professor Bronner Associate Professors Berthrong, Hendricks, Mullen,* Lowell R. Tillet, Zuber Assistant Professors Barnett, McDowell, Wel- ler Instructors Barefield, Hadley, J. H. Smith The Bachelor of Arts degree is awarded to students who complete the requirements for the bachelor's de- gree as stated elsewhere in this catalog and take their major in History. The History major is 30 semester hours and must include History 111, 112 and History 151, 152 or their equivalents. The remaining 18 hours of the His- tory major and 18 hours of required work in related fields are selected by the student and a History adviser. Highly qualified History majors are considered by the department for admission to the honors pro- gram in History. They must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in History, complete satisfactorily History 287, 288, and pass a comprehen- sive written examination. They are then graduated with the designation of "Honors in History." For additional information consult members of the History staff. Students contemplating graduate study should plan to take required and general survey courses early in their college careers, should include the course in His- toriography, and should acquire a reading knowledge * Absent on leave, 1966-67. 163 History of one modern foreign language (preferably French, German or Russian) for the M.A. degree and two for the Ph.D. degree. For information regarding the Master of Arts degree in History at Wake Forest College consult the Bulletin of the Division of Graduate Studies. Ill, 112. Modern Europe The political, economic, and social history of Europe in its world setting from the Renaissance to the present. Stresses major institu- tions, movements, and personalities shaping our western civilization. Assigned work includes text, parallel reading, and work in historical geography. Students majoring in history or political science should take this course their freshman year. History 1 1 1 prerequisite for History 112. History HI, fall semester, MWF 1,2,3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8; TThS 1, 2, 4, 5; spring semester, MWF 6; T Th S 1, 5 History 112, fall semester, M W F 6; T Th S 1, 5; spring semester, M W F 1,2,3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8; T Th S 1, 2, 4, 5 Staff 151, 152. The United States A general survey of United States history from the period of dis- covery and colonization to the present. The course is conducted through daily lectures, textbooks, collateral readings, and map studies. Social, economic, and intellectual developments are included, but political history is emphasized. History 151 covers the period from discovery to 1865; History 152 the period from 1865 to the present. Students majoring in history or political science should take this course in the sophomore year. History 151 prerequisite for History 152. MWF 1,4, 5; TThS 1 Staff 215, 216. The Ancient World Oriental and Greek history, fall semester; Roman history, spring semester. Textbook and written reports. Cultural aspects emphasized. T Th2, 8 Mr. Clonts 219, 220. The Renaissance and Reformation This is a study of the transition of Europe from medieval to modern times. The emphasis is on artistic, literary, and religious achieve- ments, with some attention given to political and economic develop- ments. T Th 7 Mr. Barefield 164 History 257, 258. The South A study of geography, population elements, basic institutions, and selected events. M W F 5 Mr. Smiley 264. Economic History of the United States A general survey of the economic development of the United States from colonial beginnings to the present, conducted through daily discussions, textbook assignments, and collateral readings. This course may count as History or Business Administration, but not both. At the time of registration the student must determine in which field credit is desired. M W F 2 Mr. Perry 265. American Diplomatic History An introduction to the history of American diplomacy since 1776, emphasizing the effects of public opinion on fundamental policies. M W F 2 Mr. Perry 271, 272. Latin America A study of the development of Latin America from pre-Columbian times to the present. Fall semester — discovery to the eve of Indepen- dence in 1810. Spring semester— the Independence movement and the individual growth of the modern Latin American Republics in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Throughout, special emphasis is given to the evolution of Latin American political institutions. T Th S 4 Miss Weller 287, 288. Honors Course in History A two-semester sequence emphasizing the problems of historical synthesis and interpretation. Consideration is given to current de- velopments in interpretation as well as to traditionally controversial issues. The work includes reading and discussion on selected topics and the preparation of a major research or interpretative paper each semester. Designed for seniors who are candidates for distinc- tion in history. Th 8-9 Staff 291. Education — Teaching of Social Studies An examination of the theories and procedures involved in the teach- ing of history, geography, civics, economics, and sociology in second- 165 History ary schools. The principal emphasis is on history. Open to students who expect certification in one or more of the social studies. Credited as Education. Mr. Syme M TW ThFS 1 Credit, 3 hours 311, 312. Social and Intellectual History of Modern Europe Western European thought and culture are examined in relationship to economic, social, and political developments. Fall semester: seven- teenth and eighteenth centuries; spring semester: nineteenth and twentieth centuries. M W F 6 Mr. Berthrong 317, 318. Medieval Europe A course in which selected political, economic, social, and cultural aspects of the Middle Ages are studied. Collateral readings and oral reports on special topics are added to textbook assignments. History 317 prerequisite for History 318. T Th 4 Mr. Barefield 319, 320. Modern Germany The political and cultural development of Germany since 1648. Fall semester: the rise of Brandenburg-Prussia, in a context of German particularism, to 1871. Spring semester: Imperial, Weimar, National Socialist and postwar Germany. Throughout, special attention is given to the unique characteristics of German institutions and thought. M W F 1 Mr. McDowell 323, 324. England A political and social survey, with some attention to important con- tinental movements. The period prior to 1603 is covered in the fall semester, the period since 1603 in the spring semester. Recommended to students taking majors in English or law as well as to those in history. M W F 2, 3, 7 Messrs. Clonts, Barnett 327, 328. The British Empire Fall semester: early commercial developments and the old colonial Empire, 1066-1783. Spring semester: the second British Empire and the development of the Commonwealth. Special emphasis will be placed on the role of Britain in New Zealand, India, The West Indies, Australia and Cape Colony. MWF4 Miss Weller 166 History 331, 332. Russia Primarily political, with some attention to cultural and social de- velopments. Fall semester, the Russian Empire; spring semester, the Soviet Union. Textbook and outside readings. M W F 6 Mr. Tillett 335. European Diplomacy, 1848-1914 A problem approach to the diplomatic history of the major powers, with emphasis upon four broad topics: effects of the unification of Germany and Italy upon the European balance, successes and fail- ures of the Bismarckian system, the division of Europe into two rival camps, and the decision for war. M W F 5 Mr. Mullen 338. Recent European History A study of major political changes in Europe since 1914 as they affected the relations of the great powers. Areas of particular con- centration: Britain, France, and the role of public opinion in twen- tieth century politics. M W F 5 Mr. Mullen 341, 342. History and Civilization of Southeast Asia Developments in the history and culture of Burma, Thailand, Ma- laya, Indonesia, and Indo-China from the earliest times to the pres- ent. The course devotes special attention to religion, social organiza- tion, economy, Indian and Chinese influences, literature, art, and architecture in the region. MWF2 (Not offered 1967-68) Mr. Gokhale 345, 346. History and Civilization of South Asia An introduction to the history and civilization of India, Pakistan, Nepal and Ceylon from ancient to recent times. Emphasis is given to historical developments in the social, economic, intellectual and cultural life and to the impact of Hinduism-Buddhism, Islam and the West on the sub-continent. M W F 2 Mr. Gokhale 347, 348. Modern India An intensive examination of the historical development of India since 1600. Topics discussed include the Mughal Empire and its contributions, the growth of Western enterprise and British rule, and the Western impact on the emergence of modern India. M W F 4 Mr. Gokhale 167 History 351, 352. Social and Intellectual History of the United States A study of the significant ideas and cultural achievements of the American people and of their relationship to the social environment. History 351 covers the period from the first setdements to 1865. History 352 covers the period since 1865 and may be taken inde- pendently of History 35 1 . T ThS 2 Mr. Zuber 353. Colonial America The background and development of colonial America to 1763. Emphasis on political, social, economic, and cultural characteristics as they became uniquely American. M W F 3 Mr. Hendricks 354. Revolutionary and Early National America, 7763-1820 The American Revolution, its causes and effects, the Confederation, the Constitution, and the new nation as it gained complete inde- pendence. MWF3 Mr. Hendricks 355. The Westward Movement The role of the frontier in American history, 1763-1890. T Th 8 Mr. Smiley 360. Recent American History The peace settlement of World War I, the "Roaring-Twenties," the Great Depression, era of the New Deal, foreign affairs and in- volvement in World War II, post-war trends and developments. T Th S 1 Mr. Smith 362. American Constitutional History A study of the origins of our constitutional system, the controversies involving the nature of the union, constitutional readjustments to meet the new American industrialism, and the modern Constitution. Textbook and collateral reading. T ThS 4 Mr. Yearns 368. North Carolina Selected phases of the development of North Carolina from colonial beginnings to the present are studied by means of lectures, maps, and readings. M W F 1 Mr. Stroupe 168 History 391, 392. Historiography A study of the development of history as a branch of knowledge through a survey of the principal historians and their writings from ancient times to the present. Sample readings, class discussions, writ- ten and oral reports. Fall semester: European historiography; Spring semester: American historiography. T Th 7 Mr. Perry Courses for Graduate Students* 411, 412. Seminar in Modern European History Mr. Tillett M W 7-8 Credit, 3 hours each semester 425. Tudor and Early Stuart England Mr. Barnett M W F 4 Credit, 3 hours 435. European Diplomatic History, 7848-1974 Mr. Mullen M W F 5— Fall ' Credit, 3 hours 436. Europe since 7939 Mr. McDowell M W F 5— Spring Credit, 3 hours 442. Seminar on Southeast Asia Mr. Gokhale Th 6:30 P.M.— Spring Credit, 3 hours 445, 446. Traditional India Mr. Gokhale {Not offered 1967-68) Credit, 3 hours each semester 447 '. Seminar on Modern India Mr. Gokhale Th 6:30 P.M.— Fall Credit, 3 hours 451, 452. Seminar in United States History Mr. Smiley T Th 6-7 Credit, 3 hours each semester 457. The Old South Mr. Stroupe T Th 8:30-10:00 A.M.— Fall Credit, 3 hours 458. The Civil War and Reconstruction Mr. Yearns T Th 8:30-10:00 A.M.— Spring Credit, 3 hours 491, 492. Thesis Research Staff Credit, 3 hours each semester * For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 169 Mathematics Mathematics Professors Gentry, Sawyer, Seelbinder Visiting Professor Brauer Associate Professors Gay, Johnson, Gaylord May, Graham May Assistant Professors Howard, Waddill Instructor Goodman This Department offers basic courses in each of the main divisions of Mathematics : algebra, analysis, geome- try, applied mathematics. A major in this Department (33 hours) must include courses 111, 112, 113, 121, 311, 321, 331. Any student preparing to teach Mathematics in the secondary school should include in his program courses 111, 112, 113, 121, 321, 331, 332. Highly qualified Mathematics majors are considered by the Department for admission to the honors program in Mathematics. They must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in Mathematics, complete satisfactorily a senior research paper and pass a comprehensive oral and written examination. They are then graduated with the designation of "Honors in Mathematics." For additional information consult members of the Mathematics staff. 102. Principles of Mathematics An introduction including a definition and examples of deductive reasoning, inductive reasoning, abstract logic, abstract mathematical science, pure and applied mathematics. A study of set theory as an application. A study of the real number system using an axiomatic approach. Many examples taken from arithmetic, algebra, trigo- nometry and analytic geometry. Any student receiving credit for Mathematics 102 will not receive credit for Mathematics 105. Credit, 3 hours 105. Introduction to Mathematical Analysis An introduction to series, limits, derivatives and antiderivatives. A thorough study of (a) polynomial equations of first, second and higher 170 Mathematics degrees in one or more variables, (b) algebraic, exponential, logarith- mic, trigonometric and inverse functions, (c) identities, (d) conic sections, (e) polar, cylindrical, spherical coordinates and transfor- mation of coordinates, and (f) parameters. Any student receiving credit for Mathematics 105 will not receive credit for Mathematics 102. Credit, 3 hours 111, 112, 113. Calculus with Analytic Geometry I, II, HI A study of differential and integral calculus and an investigation of the basic ideas of analytic geometry as they arise. Credit, 3 hours each semester 121. Linear Algebra A study of vectors and vector spaces, linear transformations and matrices, linear groups and determinants. Credit, 3 hours 142. Introduction to Axiomatic Methods A sophomore-level course to facilitate the transition from courses which emphasize problem solving to ones in which the emphasis is on proving theorems. Material will be selected from several areas of Mathematics. Many different theorems and types of proof will be considered. Credit, 3 hours 157. Introduction to Probability Definitions, Sample spaces, Probability in sample spaces, Bayes' Formula, Random variables, Probability functions, Binomial dis- tribution, applications. Credit, 3 hours 161. Modern Finite Mathematics A study of mathematics as it pertains to social science and business today. Emphasis will be placed on development of mathematical models, probability, matrices, linear programming, decision theory, and theory of games. Credit, 3 hours 162. Analysis for the Biological, Management and Social Sciences Topics from analytic geometry and calculus; a study of the linear, parabolic and hyperbolic laws with an introduction to differential and integral calculus. Applications including maxima and minima problems and curve fitting will be included. No student will be al- lowed credit for both Mathematics 162 and Mathematics 111. Credit, 3 hours 174. Surveying The use of engineering equipment. Surveying and engineering practices, government system of division and sub-division of land; 171 Mathematics deed description, lot and farm boundaries; topographical surveying, making of contour maps, observations for determination of meridian and latitude, reducing field notes, plotting, blue printing, use of slide rule, etc. Credit, 3 hours 232. Foundations of Geometry A course of logic in geometry with special emphasis on postulates, systems of geometry, etc. Recommended for teachers. Prerequisite, Mathematics 112. Credit, 3 hours 251. Differential Equations Special solvable non-linear equations, linear equations, transforma- tions, and symbolic methods; solutions in series; Gauss, Bessel and Legendre equations; simultaneous ordinary differential equa- tions. Credit, 3 hours 255, 256. Theory and Applications of the Digital Computer Basic theory and applications of computers, including number rep- resentations, components and organization of computing systems, the history of computers. Intensive study and laboratory training in coding and programming, interpretive routines and compilers, including Fortran, Algol, Symbolic Programming Systems, and basic machine language. Formation of mathematical models with error analysis. Elementary business applications and use of data processing equipment. Two hours lecture, two hours laboratory. Math 255 is prerequisite to Math 256. Credit, 3 hours each semester 292. Education — The Teaching of Mathematics The objectives and content of the many proposals for change in our curriculum and texts. The techniques, relative merits, and role of such teaching procedures as the inductive and deductive approaches to new ideas. The literature of mathematics and its teaching. The underlying ideas of elementary mathematics and the manner in which they may provide a rational basis for teaching. Credit, 3 hours 294. History of Mathematics A study of the development of mathematics, dealing with the evo- lution of the number system, arithmetic, geometry, algebra, trigo- nometry, etc., together with a study of the lives of the leading mathematicians. Recommended for those of junior standing who expect to teach Mathematics. Credit, 3 hours 172 Mathematics 301. Basic Concepts of Algebra for Teachers A study of the foundations of algebra and the structural properties of elementary algebraic systems with special emphasis on the real num- ber system, sets, methods of proof and algebraic functions. Credit for this course may not be applied toward the Master of Arts degree by students majoring in Mathematics. Credit, 3 hours 302. Basic Concepts of Geometry for Teachers A study of points, lines and planes; real numbers and the Ruler Axiom; separation in the Plane and in Space; angles and the Protrac- tor Axiom; Congruences. Credit for this course may not be applied toward the Master of Arts degree by students majoring in Mathe- matics. Credit, 3 hours 311, 312. Advanced Calculus I, II Real and complex numbers; basic concepts in set theory; limits and continuity; Differentiation of functions of one and several variables; Taylor's expansion; definite, improper, infinite, multiple integrals; infinite series; power series; applications. Math 31 1 may not be taken for credit by graduate students majoring in mathematics. Credit, 3 hours each semester 317, 318. Theory of Functions Limits, implicit functions, power series, double series, Cauchy's Theorem and its applications, residues, Riemann surfaces, conformal mapping. Credit, 3 hours each semester 321, 322. Modern Algebra A study of groups, fields, rings, determinants, matrices, linear de- pendence, linear transformations, quadratic and bilinear forms. Course 321 may not be taken for credit by graduate students majoring in mathematics. Credit, 3 hours each semester 323, 324. Determinants and Matrices A study of the basic concepts and theorems concerning determinants and matrices including some of the recent and most important re- sults in the study of algebraic matrices. Credit, 3 hours each semester 331, 332. Geometry The elements of higher geometries including congruence, parallelism, similarity, area, volume, and ruler and compass construction will be studied. Math 33 1 may not be taken for credit by graduate students majoring in mathematics. Credit, 3 hours each semester 173 Mathematics 333. Introduction to Topology An axiomatic treatment of the theory of point sets. Topological properties of Euclidean spaces, metric spaces and Hausdorff spaces will be studied. Credit, 3 hours 335. Projective Geometry Synthetic and analytic treatment centering around Desargue's Theorem and the principle of projectivity. Credit, 3 hours 341. Foundations of the Number System A set of objects called natural numbers characterized by Peano's Postulates will be assumed. The integers, rational numbers, real numbers and complex numbers will be constructed. Credit, 3 hours 345, 346. Theory of Numbers An introduction to the properties of integers, congruences, a study of Theorems of Fermat and Wilson, primitive roots, arithmetic func- tions, quadratic reciprocity, sums of squares. Credit, 3 hours each semester 351, 352. Applied Analysis Fourier Series; Bessel functions; Vector algebra and Calculus; line and surface integrals; Divergence theorem; Green's Theorem; Stokes' Theorem; Laplace transformation with applications to differential equations; partial differential equations and boundary value problems; Calculus of Variations. Credit, 3 hours each semester 355. Numerical Analysis A computer-oriented study of various analytical methods in mathe- matics including real and complex roots of equations, finite difference methods and theory of interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration, numerical solution of ordinary and partial differential equations, simultaneous equations and matrix inversion, error analysis. Two hours lecture, two hours laboratory. Prerequisites, Math 1 1 3, Math 255. Credit, 3 hours 357, 358. Statistics A study of the elementary theory and applications, with particular emphasis on the mathematical development of probability distribu- tions, finite population sampling, estimation, testing of hypotheses and confidence methods. One who takes either of these courses may not receive credit for Bus. Ad. 368, Sociology 280 or Psychology 213. 174 Mathematics This course may not be taken for credit by graduate students maj- oring in mathematics. Co-requisite, Math 113. Credit, 3 hours each semester 381. Research Library and conference work performed on an individual basis'. Open only to students with a superior record. Six hours a week. Prerequisite, permission of the staff. Credit, 2 hours Courses for Graduate Students* 411,412. Real Variable Credit, 3 hours each semester 413,414. Complex Variable Credit, 3 hours each semester 421,422. Abstract Algebra Credit, 3 hours each semester 423, 424. Bounds for Characteristic Roots of Matrices Credit, 1 hour each semester 431. General Topology Credit, 3 hours 433. Algebraic Topology Credit, 3 hours 435. Differential Geometry Credit, 3 hours 491, 492. Thesis Research Credit, 3 hours each semester for two semesters * For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin'. 175 Military Science Military Science Colonel Hugh J. Turner, Jr., Professor Major Ervin L. White, Assistant Professor Major Robert G. Topp, Assistant Professor Captin Jerry L. Perkins, Assistant Professor Captain Paul L. Sechtman, Assistant Professor Sergeant Major Thomas D. Shafer, Assistant Master Sergeant Daniel T. Rucker, Assistant Master Sergeant John H. Taylor, Assistant Sergeant First Class Eldon McDonald, Assis- tant Mrs. Helen E. Mickey, Administrative Assis- tant Mrs. Inez Stonestreet, Librarian Mrs. Dorothy J. Windsor, Secretary A senior unit of the United States Army Reserve Officers' Training Corps was established at Wake Forest College in 1951. The general objective of the program of instruction is to produce junior officers possessing the leadership and other attributes essential to their pro- gressive and continued development as Officers in the United States Army. The ROTC program is divided into a Basic Course (academic freshmen and sophomores) and an Advanced Course (academic juniors and seniors). The purpose of the Basic Course is to increase initia- tive and confidence in the student, to develop his capacity for leadership, to provide training in military subjects common to all branches of the Army, and to lay a foundation for intelligent citizenship. Except when credit for military school ROTC, or previous military service is allowed, failure to enroll in the ROTC as an academic freshman will preclude the student from participation in the Basic Course. 176 Military Science Transfer students who have previously enrolled in any Department of Defense ROTC program may be con- tinued in the Army ROTC at Wake Forest College in the Basic or Advanced Course. A program designed specifically for junior college graduates and transfer students who were unable to take ROTC during their first two years is offered. Applicants must successfully complete a six-week basic summer camp prior to their junior year. This summer training takes the place of the Basic Course in the four-year program and qualifies the student to enter the Advanced Course. Military Science courses will be considered among other credits offered for admission to the School of Law of Wake Forest College. The Advanced Course is designed to develop further the objectives of the Basic Course and to enable selected students to qualify for commissions as Reserve Officers in the United States Army. Advanced Course ROTC students receive a monetary allowance of $40.00 per month. This allowance is payable from the day of enrollment at the beginning of the student's junior year until the end of his senior year. This allowance is not drawn during the summer camp which the Advanced Course ROTC student attends at the conclusion of his junior year. All summer camp expenses, including travel incident thereto, are paid by the Government. While at camp the student is paid at the rate of $151.25 per month. Total re- muneration for the Advanced Course is about $1,200.00. Upon graduation, students who have completed the Advanced Course receive commissions as Second Lieu- tenants in the United States Army Reserve. Graduating students who have demonstrated leadership, scholarship and military aptitude to an outstanding degree may be designated "Distinguished Military Graduates." These 12 177 Military Science selected individuals are afforded an opportunity to apply for a Regular Army Commission. ROTC students meeting prescribed requirements may receive deferment from selective service after their first semester. Any Military Science Courses completed at Wake Forest College are transferable to any other institution with Army or Air Force ROTC programs. The ROTC Cadet Corps is organized as a modified Regular Army unit to provide maximum opportunities for the exercise of leadership. It includes a Band and Drill Team. Both of these organizations receive special training and represent Wake Forest College in special events. Basic Course students are provided U. S. Army uniforms at no cost to the individual. Advanced Course students are furnished a complete, tailored uniform package, valued at approximately $150.00, for the duration of the ROTC course and for retention by the individual upon being commissioned. Textbooks and other equipment necessary for the ROTC program are also provided. A $20.00 uniform deposit is required of each ROTC student. The deposit, less charges for loss or damages, is refunded at the end of the school year or upon withdrawal from the course. The national honorary military societies of Scabbard and Blade and Pershing Rifles have chapters at Wake Forest College. Membership, on an elective basis, is open to ROTC cadets. In addition, the cadet band is affiliated with the National ROTC Band Association. Membership is open to all band members. The ROTC Rifle Team competes with other colleges and universities each year; both shoulder-to-shoulder and postal matches are fired. This activity is recognized as a minor sport at Wake Forest College. All practice 178 Military Science firing and each match is supervised by a regular army- instructor. The firing is conducted with modern small bore target rifles on an indoor range. Following are the awards presented annually to ROTG cadets at Wake Forest College: The President's Trophy. A trophy awarded by the President of Wake Forest College to a senior cadet for excellence in citizenship, scholarship, leadership and military science. Superior Cadet Decoration. The Superior Cadet Deco- ration with certificate and lapel device is presented by the Department of the Army to the one outstanding cadet in each ROTC class recommended by the Pro- fessor of Military Science and the Dean of the College after a review of records by a faculty board. ROTC Certificate of Meritorious Leadership Achieve- ment. This award consists of an engraved certificate signed by the Commanding General, Third United States Army. It is presented to the graduating cadet selected by the President of Wake Forest College as having demonstrated throughout his ROTC career highest standards of discipline, initiative, stability, application, physical conditioning, mental and moral fibre and that he has achieved proficiency in the proper application of the principles of leadership. The American Legion ROTC Medal. Awarded by the American Legion to a basic course cadet who has demonstrated outstanding qualities of military efficiency. The " Minute- Man" Medal. The North Carolina Society, Sons of the American Revolution, awards a medal to one Advanced Course and one Basic Course cadet selected by the Professor of Military Science as 179 Military Science outstanding in leadership, soldierly bearing, and aca- demic excellence. Association of the United States Army Medal. Awarded by the Association of the United States Army to the Advanced Course Cadet selected by the Professor of Military Science and the Dean of the College as out- standing in leadership, scholarship, and character. The Reserve Officers' Association of the United States Award. The North Carolina Department of the Re- serve Officers' Association of the United States presents a medal to an outstanding Advanced Course cadet selected by the Professor of Military Science. Certificates of Merit may also be awarded to other outstanding cadets selected by the Professor of Military Science. Armed Forces Chemical Association Medal and Scroll. Awarded by the Armed Forces Chemical Association to a graduating cadet who excels in chemistry or an allied science and in military science. U. S. Armor Association RO TC Award. The outstand- ing graduate choosing Armor as his basic branch is presented with a year's membership in the U. S. Armor Association and also receives a package of books from the Association. The American Ordnance Award. The American Ordnance Association awards a Gold Scholarship Key to a gradu- ating cadet selected by the Professor of Military Science and the Dean of the college as outstanding in leader- ship, scholarship, athletics, and who has been selected for assignment to the Ordnance Corps upon being commissioned. Military Order of World Wars Medal of Merit. The Winston-Salem Chapter of the Military Order of World 180 Military Science Wars awards a medal for merit to an outstanding second year basic cadet who, having been accepted for the Advanced ROTG Course, has demonstrated outstand- ing leadership potential and dedication to the principles of freedom as determined by the PMS. Daughters of the American Revolution American Military History Award. The General Joseph Winston Chapter of the Daughters of the American Revolution annually awards the DAR History Medal and a book on American History to the cadet who has achieved the most out- standing record in American Military History. National Society of Scabbard and Blade Medal. Com- pany L, Eleventh Regiment, National Society of Scab- bard and Blade, Wake Forest College, awards a medal to one cadet in each ROTC class for outstanding ability in military science. Pershing Rifle Trophy. Company D, Fourth Regi- ment, National Society of Pershing Rifles, Wake Forest College, awards a trophy to the Basic Course cadet ad- judged the winner of the Annual Individual Drill Com- petition. Daughters of the American Colonists Citizenship Medal. The Daughters of American Colonists Citizenship Medal is presented each year to the two freshman cadets who have an outstanding academic standing in Military Science and have presented the best term papers on National Security selected by a committee from the Daughters of the American Colonists from the best term papers each semester. Distinguished Military Musician Award. This award, approved by the National ROTC Band Association, is awarded each year by the PMS to the outstanding 181 Military Science member of the ROTC Band for academic, military and musical excellence. Marksmanship Qualification Badges. Sterling silver qualification badges are awarded to cadets who qualify in prescribed marksmanship courses with the caliber .22 rifle. Marksmanship Trophies. Appropriate trophies are awarded to members of the ROTC rifle team with the highest scores in rifle team match firing. Courses Offered 111, 112. Military Science {First Tear Basic) Includes a study of military organization; individual weapons and marksmanship; the United States Army and national security; and leadership. One hour theory, two hours leadership laboratory. (Plus academic subject, see note below). Credit, 1 hour each semester 151, 152. Military Science {Second Tear Basic) Includes a study of American military history; map and aerial photo- graph reading; introduction to basic tactics and techniques; and lead- ership. Two hours theory, two hours leadership laboratory. Pre- requisite: Military Science 1 1 1 and 112.* Credit, 2 hours each semester 211, 212. Military Science {First Tear Advanced) Includes a study of leadership problems; military teaching principles; branches of the Army; small unit tactics and communications. Three hours theory, two hours leadership laboratory. (Plus academic subject, see note below). Prerequisite or corequisite: Military Science 151 and 152.* Credit, 2 hours each semester 251, 252. Military Science {Second Tear Advanced) Includes a study of operations; logistics; Army administration; military law; the United States in world affairs; service orientation; and leadership. Three hours theory, two hours leadership laboratory. (Plus academic subject, see note below). Prerequisite or corequisite: Military Science 21 1 and 212. Credit, 2 hours each semester Note. For basic course students any course selected from the areas listed below of a minimum of two (2) credit hours taken either se- mester is required the first year to satisfy the basic course requirement. • Unless credit is given for previous military science or training. 182 Music For advanced course students any course selected from the areas listed below of a minimum of three (3) credit hours, and which is not a course required to satisfy the basic requirement of the major field of study, is required each year to satisfy the advanced course requirement. Satisfactory completion of each such course under- taken will be a prerequisite to commissioning. Area I Effective Communication. Area II Science Comprehension. Area III General Psychology. Area IV Political Development and Political Institutions. The PMS will evaluate and approve elective subjects selected by the student. Music Professor Thane McDonald Associate Professor P. S. Robinson Assistant Professors Giles, Huber Instructor Lucille S. Harris Part-time Teachers Diener, Felmet, Lewis, Roumillat Artist in Residence Kalter A student who is considering music as a major field must declare his intention to the department chair- man as early as possible in his freshman year and take the musical aptitude test. A major in this Department requires 36 hours divided between Applied Music (12-21 hours), Music Theory (9-12 hours, including Music 157, 158), and Musical Culture (minimum of 6 hours). In addition, the Music major must present a minimum of 4 hours resident Ensemble * credit and demonstrate performing ability in student recitals. At the discretion of the Music faculty a public recital will also be required. All Music majors are required to attend all faculty and student recitals. * No student may register for more than one hour of Ensemble credit each semester. Not more than eight hours Ensemble credit will be counted toward graduation. 183 Musk No student taking an Applied Music course may per- form publicly without the permission of the instructor. Students desiring State Teacher Certification in Music should note the requirement of 1 8 hours of Ap- plied Music for the General Music Certificate (including 6 hours of Piano and 6 hours of Voice) and 21 hours of Applied Music for the Instrumental Music Certificate (including a keyboard proficiency equivalent to Piano 114a). Qualified Music majors are considered for admission to the honors program in Music provided they meet certain preliminary requirements and complete the academic requirements for the Music major with a min- imum QPR of 3.3 in Music and an over-all minimum QPR of 3.0. Further requirements are: a memoriz- ed senior recital to include one lesser work assigned two weeks before the recital and prepared without the aid of the teacher; also the performance in the senior year of two additional memorized major works to be prepared without the aid of the teacher. Applied Music candidates for honors must also present to the music faculty a lecture-recital on the tonal and structural analysis of the material in the senior recital three weeks before the recital. Music Education candi- dates must prepare a major score during the final se- mester, do the total rehearsing and conduct it in a public performance. All candidates must complete satisfactorily a comprehensive examination in the fields of music theory, music history, and music literature. When these requirements are met the department will recommend to the Committee on Honors that the candidate be graduated with "Honors in Music." In the following curricula for Music majors only 40 hours of Music will be counted toward the 128 hours required for graduation. 184 Music Bachelor of Arts with a major in one of the following areas: A. Applied Music hours Music 155, 156. Theory 6 Music 1 57, 1 58. Theory 6 Music 213. Counterpoint 3 Music 214. Composition, Form and Analysis 3 Music 233, 234. Music History 6 Applied Music. Principal Instrument 16 Music 109-1 16. Ensemble 4 44 Additional non-Music 88 Total 132 B. Church Music Music 1 55, 1 56. Theory 6 Music 157, 158. Theory 6 Music 213. Counterpoint 3 Music 214. Composition, Form and Analysis 3 Music 229. Hymnology 3 Music 230. Church Music Literature 3 Music 23 1 . Music in the Church 3 Music 233, 234. Music History 6 Applied Music. Organ and/or Voice 12 Music 111, 112, 115, 116. Ensemble 4 49 Music (Education) 293. Voice Methods 1 Music (Education) 296. Choral Conducting 3 Additional non-Music 84 Total 137 C. Instrumental Music Education {for Teacher Certification) Music 155, 156. Theory 6 Music 157, 158. Theory 6 Music 213. Counterpoint 3 Music 214. Composition, Form and Analysis 3 Music 233, 234. Music History 6 Music 235. Orchestration 2 Music 236. Orchestration and Scoring for Band 2 Applied Music. Principal and Secondary Instrument 21 Music 109, 110, 113, 114. Ensemble 4 53 185 Musk Education 291. Teaching of Instrumental Music 3 Music (Education) 295. Instrumental Conducting 3 Education (Additional Specified) 15 Additional non-Music 67 Total 141 D. Choral Music Education {for Teacher Certification) Music 155, 156. Theory 6 Music 157, 158. Theory 6 Music 213. Counterpoint 3 Music 214. Composition, Form and Analysis 3 Music 233, 234. Music History 6 Applied Music, Voice and Piano 18 Music 111, 112, 115, 116. Ensemble 4 46 Education 291. Teaching of Choral Music 3 Music (Education) 293. Voice Methods 1 Music (Education) 296. Choral Conducting 3 Education. (Additional Specified) 15 Additional non-Music 66 Total 134 Music Theory 101. Fundamentals A study of the rudiments of music and its terminology, scales, keys, intervals, chords, rhythms, abbreviations, embellishments and smaller forms as they apply to performance, vocally and at the keyboard. This course is primarily for students not majoring in music and for music majors (without credit) having a deficiency in music theory. M W F 4 155, 156. Theory Music reading as it applies to vocal and keyboard performance. Rhythms in scale and interval singing. Ear training based on chord study equal to diatonic harmony. Aural study of the basic forms. Prerequisite, Music 101 or equivalent. MWF7 186 Music 157, 158. Theory The study of triads, seventh and ninth chords and their inversions. Melody harmonization and practical composition involving modula- tion in the smaller forms. M WF5 211, 212. Advanced Harmony The study of melody harmonization and compostion in the smaller forms involving chromatic chords and non-harmonic tones. Analysis of passages drawn from standard literature. Prerequisite, Music 157, 158. M WF3 213. Counterpoint Strict counterpoint in the five species with two to four voices. Also a study of the "free" or modern counterpoint. Prerequisite, Music 157, 158. Hours to be arranged Credit, 3 hours 214. Composition, Form and Analysis Study of practical composition involving harmonic and contrapuntal materials in small and large forms with analysis of standard works from folk and art song literature, chorales, piano and symphonic works. Special emphasis on complete analysis of works studied by the student for performance. Prerequisite, Music 157, 158, 213. Hours to be arranged Credit, 3 hours 235. Orchestration A study of instrumentation emphasizing orchestral styles, with practical experience in scoring for strings, winds, and percussion. Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: Music 158 or permission of instructor. T Th 4— Fall Credit, 2 hours 236. Orchestration and Scoring for Band An advanced course in scoring for the orchestra or the contemporary concert band. Selection of the medium is made by the student with approval of the instructor. Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: Music 235. T Th 4 — Spring Credit, 2 hours 187 Musk Music Culture 102. Music Appreciation Open to all students desiring an understanding of music as an element of liberal culture and who wish to equip themselves for more intelli- gent appreciation and listening. The study of design and style, form, aural analysis, recognition of instruments and themes from the master works. Also integration of music study with the other fine arts and with historical progress. A survey of significant examples of the several types of musical compositions will be made through phonograph recordings. This course is primarily for students not majoring in music. M WF4 225, 226. American Music English origins in the seventeenth century. America's first compos- ers. National songs, Lowell Mason, Stephen Foster. Music of the Civil War. Folk music — its use by American composers. The newer developments in orchestral and choral music. Contemporary com- posers. Illustrative recordings. MWF3 227, 228. Opera A survey of the development of the opera from its earliest form to the present. Representative works will be studied through the use of recordings. M W F 3 {Alternates with Music 225, 226) 229. Hymnology Early church hymnody. Latin and Greek contributions. The ref- ormation chorale. English Psalmody and the English Hymn during the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. A study of the great hymns and hymn tunes of the church including twentieth century hymns. Designed especially for ministerial students. M WF2 230. Church Music and Literature A survey of the great oratorios, cantatas, anthems, and organ com- positions of the church. MWF2 231. Music in the Church The function of the church musician and the relationship of his work to the overall church program. M W F 2— Spring {Alternates with Music 230) 188 Music 233, 234. Music History A survey of the history, literature and meaning of music, aiming to stimulate an intelligent attitude toward the hearing and under- standing of music and its social uses. Illustrative recordings. M WF7 Methods* 291. Education — Teaching of Instrumental Music The development of Public School Instrumental Music; the selection and care of instruments; study of materials and methods; problems of interest and discipline; the development of routine; administrative methods and problems. Admission by permission of instructor. Prerequisite, Music 157, 158. M T W Th F S 1—Fall Credit, 3 hours 291. Education — Teaching of Choral Music The teaching and supervision of choral music in the public schools. The place of music in the cultural education of the adolescent, its relation to community life. Materials in choral music. Methods and plans of organization. Admission by permission of instructor. Prerequisite, Music 157, 158. M T W Th F S 1— Spring Credit, 3 hours 293, 294. Voice Methods Survey of technic and repertoire materials with demonstration of their application and interpretation. Breath preparation and control, phonation, interpretation, and program building. Stage deport- ment as applied to the recital, oratorio, and music-drama fields. Organization and direction of vocal arts projects for studio, church school and community. Enrollment limited to students with adequate private voice instruction background. Twice weekly with assigned laboratory preparation. Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each semester 295. Instrumental Conducting Principles of band and orchestra conducting as they apply to school and community performance. Technique of the baton. Practical study of problems of instrumental conducting. Offered alternate years. Prerequisite, Music 157, 158. M W F 4 — Spring Credit, 3 hours * Each_ course in this division may count as either Music or Education, but choice must be indicated at time of registration. 189 Music 296. Choral Conducting A methods course in Conducting and Score Reading designed espe- cially for the majors in Choral Music Education or Church Music. Admission by permission of instructor. Offered alternate years. Prerequisite, Music 157, 158. Hours to be arranged — Fall Credit, 3 hours Ensemble * 109, 110. Orchestra The study and performance of works from the classical and modern repertoire as well as concerti, oratorios, cantatas, operas and musicals. M W 4:00 P.M. Credit, 1 hour each semester 111, 112. Choir The study and performance of sacred and secular choral literature. This organization forms the chapel choir. A selected group forms the touring choir for out of town concerts. T Th 4:00 P.M. Credit, 1 hour each semester 113, 114. Band Concert Band: the study and performance of the standard band reper- toire in regular campus and public appearances including an annual tour. During the fall term credit is available only if the student is also a member of the Marching Deacons Band. T Th F 4:00 P.M. Credit, 1 hour each semester Varsity Band: this organization is for those students who lack the necessary time and proficiency to participate in the Concert Band. During the fall term credit is available only if the student is also a member of the Marching Deacons Band. T Th F 4:00 P.M. Credit, 1 hour each semester Marching Deacons Band: this organization performs for most of the football games and rehearses during the first half of the fall semester at the Concert Band time. Credit is available only if the student is also a member of the Concert or Varsity Band. TThF 4:00 P.M. 115, 116. Accompanying The study of the elements of accompanying through class discussion and studio experience. One class meeting per week with three as- signed laboratory periods. Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each semester * No student may register for more than one hour of Ensemble credit each semester. Not more than eight hours Ensemble credit will be counted toward graduation. 190 Music Applied Music Applied Music courses are open to all college students with the approval of the instructor. The following descriptions are suggested performance levels for the four years of study in the principal fields of concentra- tion. Lesson and Practice Schedule Students enrolled in any Applied Music course will note the following schedule of weekly lessons and practice : One lesson with minimum of five hours practice. Credit, 1 hour each semester One lesson with minimum of ten hours practice. Credit, 2 hours each semester Note: All examinations in Applied Music courses will be given by the Music Department faculty serving as a group and grades will be determined by this group. Piano llla-114a. Piano All major and minor scales and I, IV and V7 chords and inver- sions. Improvisation of simple harmonizations of familiar songs. Sight-reading of community songs and hymns. Transposition of melodies with simple harmonic accompaniments. Study of appro- priate standard piano literature. Primarily for students whose major interest is band and/or orchestral instruments. Ill, 112. Major and minor scales, dominant seventh and diminished seventh technic in root position and all inversions, quarter note at M.M. 84-88. Bach, Two Part Inventions; Mozart, Sonata K280; Beethoven, Sonata Op. 14, No. 1 or 2. Short Romantic and Contemporary compositions of the difficulty of the Chopin A-flat Prelude; technic studies as deemed necessary by the teacher. 113, 114. Major and minor scales, dominant seventh and diminished seventh technic continued, quarter note at M.M. 100. Bach, Three Part Inventions; Beethoven, Sonata in C minor, Op. 10; Mozart, Fantasy in D minor; Chopin, Etude, Op. 10, No. 9; technic studies as deemed necessary by the teacher. 191 Music 211, 212. Major and minor scales in 3rds, 6ths, lOths, quarter note at M.M. 92-96. Bach, Well Tempered Clavier or French Suites; Beethoven, Op. 27, No. 1, or Op. 78; Chopin, Etude Op. 25, No. 4; technic studies as deemed necessary by the teacher. 213, 214. Major and minor scales quarter note at M.M. 120-132 and in 3rds, 6th, lOths, quarter note at M.M. 100-108. Bach, Well Tempered Clavier or English Suites; Beethoven, Op. 31, No. 2, or Op. 90; Brahms, Intermezzo Op. 117, No. 2; Chopin Etude Op. 10, No. 3; technic studies as deemed necessary by the teacher. Organ 111, 112. Manual and pedal technique; clarity in contrapuntal playing; Bach's Eight Little Preludes and Fugues; hymn playing. 113, 114. Pedal scales; smaller Preludes and Fugues of Bach; Chorale Preludes; simple works of more modern composers; hymn playing. 211, 212. More difficult Bach Preludes and Fugues and Chorale Preludes; selected works by Mendelssohn, Franck, etc. 213, 214. Larger Preludes and Fugues of Bach; Trio Sonatas; selected modern composers of all Schools; Widor, Vierne, Dupre, etc. Voice 111, 112. Establishment of correct breath and pronunciation habits through complementing physical and phonetic exercises. Clarity of diction, pitch poise, legato singing and consistent reference to mezza voce stressed. Early Italian, folk and folk-like songs in English. 113, 114. Vocalises to induce more facility in the medium range. Studies in messa di voce, portamenti, and grupetti stressed. Repertoire to include moderately difficult arias of the Classic school and early Romantic art songs. Participation in student recitals. 192 Reynolda Hall School of Law Music 211, 212. Extended scales and arpeggi. Execution of vocal fiortura. Elimination of registers and an even-timbered quality throughout the range stressed. More difficult Classic arias, moderately difficult songs and arias of the Romantic school in original language. Participation in student recitals, oratorio and music-drama. 213, 214. Attention to the development of individual style; selection and interpretation of repertoire best suited to the student's particular expression bent. More difficult songs and arias of all schools in original language. Senior Recital. Orchestral and Band Instruments The following instruments are designated by course numbers 111 112, 113, 114, 211, 212, 213, and 214 corresponding to eight suc- cessive semesters. Flute Trumpet Violin Oboe French Horn Viola Clarinet Trombone Cello Bassoon Euphonium Double Bass Saxophone Tuba Percussion Studies of progressive difficulty covering tone production, scales, and technical studies, all articulations or bowings, embellishments, phrasing, etudes, solo and small ensemble repertoire, excerpts from band and orchestral literature and applied transpositions. Secondary Courses 137, 138. Literature of the Piano A survey course designed to acquaint students with some of the teach- ing materials of the piano. Several large works from the standard repertoire will be studied in detail during the second semester. Th 6 Credit, 1 hour each semester 143, 144. Brass and Percussion Instruments Class The theory and practice of playing and teaching the brass and per- cussion instruments, with special emphasis on the trumpet and the snare drum respectively. Twice weekly with a minimum of five hours practice. Prerequisite, Music 156. Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each semester 13 193 Music 145, 146. String Instruments Class The fundamentals of playing and teaching all members of the String family. Twice weekly with a minimum of five hours practice. Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each semester 147, 148. Woodwind Instruments Class The fundamentals of playing and teaching all members of the Wood- wind family. Twice weekly with a minimum of five hours practice. Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each semester 151, 152. Voice Class Classes will consist of at least four students each. Offered to qualified students interested in making a study of voice class materials, or, as preparation for the private voice courses. Minimum of five hours practice. Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each semester Applied Music Fees Students enrolled for individual or class study in applied music as offered above will note the following schedule of semester fees, in addition to tuition, payable to the Treasurer not later than November 1 and March 1, respectively. One hour lesson per week $80 . 00 One half hour lesson per week (voice and instruments only) 50.00 Class instruction (maximum fee per student) 30 . 00 Practice studio (with piano) rental per semester (one hour daily) 6 .00 Practice studio (with piano) rental per semester (two hours daily) 10.00 Organ practice per semester (one hour daily) 10.00 Organ practice per semester (two hours daily) 14.00 Other instrument rental per semester 5 . 00 194 Philosophy Philosophy Visiting Professor Ferm Professor Helm Assistant Professor Hester* Instructors Allred, McCollough The Spilman Philosophy Seminar, open to advanced students in Philosophy, was established in 1934 by an endowment, in perpetuity for the Department, of $4,000 by Dr. Bernard W. Spilman. The income from the endowment is used to provide books for the seminar library which now contains about 4,000 volumes. In 1960, friends of the Department established the A. G. Reid Philosophy Fund. The annual income from this fund is used to support the departmental library and for other activities connected with the depart- mental program. Through a gift in 1966 from the late Guy T. Cars- well of Charlotte, North Carolina, a distinguished alum- nus of the College, the Guy T. and Clara Carswell Philosophy Lectureship has been established. Lecturers are selected by a special committee, and the lectures will deal with the general subject "Problems of Philoso- phy as Related to Christian Truth." The establishment of the James Montgomery Hester Philosophy Seminar was made possible by a gift from Mr. James Montgomery Hester of Long Beach, Cali- fornia, a prominent alumnus of the College. Five per- sons are selected by a special committee to serve as participants, with their topics restricted to the general subject "Contemporary Problems and Christian Faith.'* The furniture of the Department was donated in honor of Mr. and Mrs. W. A. Hough by their children. A major in this Department requires 24 credit hours, including Philosophy 221, 255, 259, 281, 282. • Absent on leave, 1966-67. 195 Philosophy 211. Introductory Philosophy A course designed to introduce to the student the thought of repre- sentative philosophers from the early Greeks to the modern period. Sophomore standing required. M W F 1, 2, 3, 5, 6; T Th S 1, 2 221. Modern Philosophy A course designed to introduce the student to the major modern philosophers, from the sixteenth through the nineteenth century. Prerequisite, Philosophy 211. M W F 2 231, 232. Readings in Philosophy Several great books, in or closely related to philosophy, will be read each semester. Prerequisite, Philosophy 211 and special permission. M W F 4 241, 242. Seminar: Epistemology A comprehensive survey of philosophical conceptions of knowledge. Prerequisite, Philosophy 211 and 221, and junior standing. T Th 6-7 Credit, 3 hours each semester 247, 248. Plato; Aristotle A study of Plato's dialogues and sections of Aristotle's works. Pre- requisite, Philosophy 211 T Th 4 251,252. Kant and Hegel Extensive readings and reports. Prerequisite, Philosophy 211. T Th 6 255. Philosophy of Religion A critical consideration of the philosophical aspects of religious thought. Prerequisite, Philosophy 211. M W F 4 257. Aesthetics A critical examination of several philosphies of art, with emphasis on the application of these theories to particular works of art. Pre- requisite, Philosophy 211. Three hours to be arranged Credit, 3 hours 196 Philosophy 259. Logic An elementary study of the laws of valid inference, recognition of fallacies, and logical analysis. M W F 2, 3 262. Philosophy of Science Systematic exploration of some conceptual foundations of rational procedure, as exemplified especially in the physical sciences. Topics include : the nature of elementary fact, general law, and theoretical construct; the concept of explanation; induction and the role of deduction. Prerequisite, Philosophy 211. M W F 7 (Fall) 263. Ethics A critical study of selected problems in ethical theory. Readings in the ethical works of Western philosophers. Prerequisite, Philosophy 211. M W F 7 {Spring) 267. Medieval Philosophy An examination of the philosophy of the Middle Ages, concentrating especially in the thought of Christian Scholastics. Prerequisite, Philosophy 211. Three hours to be arranged Credit, 3 hours 271. Contemporary Philosophy A study of philosophical thought in the twentieth century, with emphasis upon its origins and distinctive characteristics. Prereq- uisite, Philosophy 211. Special reading assignments beyond lectures. T Th 4 (Spring Term) Credit, 3 hours 281, 282. Seminar: Advanced Problems in Philosophy A careful examination of selected special topics in philosophy. Prerequisite, Philosophy 211 and 221 and special permission. Two hours to be arranged Credit, 3 hours each semester 197 Physical Education Physical Education Professors Barrow, Dodson Assistant Professors Crisp, Karr Instructors Casey, Dawson, Ellison, Hamilton, Martin, Shogkley The purpose of the Department of Physical Educa- tion is to organize, administer and supervise the follow- ing programs: (1) Required Physical Education Program consisting of conditioning activities, varied team and individual sports, special corrective and remedial instruction to all students with physical prob- lems according to the individual's need, and to teach some basic information on posture and body mechanics, physiological principles, and practical health facts which must be observed to maintain a state of health and physical fitness. (2) Intramural Sports Program which allows all students to participate and specialize in varied individual and team sports which will be of lifelong benefit. (3) Supervised Recreation Program consisting of varied recreational and leisure time activi- ties. (4) Professional Curriculum Program which will offer the necessary training for those interested in the fields of Health, Physical Education, Recreation and Athletic Coaching. Required Physical Education Physical Education 111 and 112 are required of all freshmen and transfer students who have not complied with this requirement. For those men enrolled in ROTC Physical Education 111 and 112 requirement may be postponed until the sophomore year but must be com- pleted by the end of that second year of attendance in Wake Forest College. Mot more than four hours of required or elective physical education may be counted toward graduation. 198 Physical Education 111-112. Physical Education A basic course consisting of body mechanics, basic health and physio- logical principles, aquatics, team sports, rhythmic activities, and individual and dual sports designed to develop fundamental skills. Students' needs and interests will be met by allowing controlled election of selected activities based upon the results of a standardized proficiency examination and-or previous experiences. Credit, 1 hour each semester 111-112. Physical Education {Special) A course consisting of remedial instruction or limited activity for students with special problems, handicaps or medical excuses. Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each semester Elective Physical Education For those students who wish to specialize in sports activities beyond the requirement, a varied sports program is offered. Any two of the courses listed below may be elected for credit toward graduation. Prerequi- site, Physical Education 111-112. Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each 160. Golf 168. Life Saving; Water Safety 161. Badminton; Tennis Inst. Course 162. Fundamentals of Dance 169. Weight training and 163. Dance Choreography Conditioning 164. Gymnastics 170. Handball; Squash Rac- 165. Archery; Bowling quets 166. Beginning and Interme- 1 72. Water Ballet; Synchronized diate Swimming Swimming 167. Advanced Swimming ; 1 73. Conditioning; Body Beginning Scuba Mechanics Courses for Major Students Students desiring to elect a major in Health and Physi- cal Education and to satisfy the State requirements for a teaching certificate must be of Junior standing, and will be required to have Biology 111, 112, and a mini- mum of 35 hours in Health and Physical Education as follows: 220, 221, 222 (for men only), 224, 228 (for 199 Physical Education women only), 251, 254, 258, 292, 352, 353, 355, 356, 357, and 363 (counts as Education). Physical Education majors with superior records are considered by the department for admission to the honors program in Physical Education. These students must meet certain criteria which have been established by the department, earn a QPR of at least 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all hours required for the major in Physical Education, participate satisfactorily in Physical Education 281, and pass a comprehensive written exami- nation. Upon satisfactory completion of these require- ments, they will be recommended for graduation with "Honors in Physical Education." Physical Education major students who are consider- ing graduate study should take Physical Education 281, Research in Physical Education, as one of their elective courses. 220. Methods and Materials in Gymnastics, Aquatics, and Dance Presentation of knowledge and skill in gymnastics, aquatics, and dance, and knowledge of methods and materials in teaching and coaching of these activities. Credit, 3 hours 221. Methods and Materials in Recreation Games and Sports, and Folk Dance Presentation of knowledge and skill in recreational sports, games of low organization, and folk dance; and a knowledge of methods and materials in teaching these activities. Credit, 3 hours 222. Theory of Coaching Sports {Men) Presentation of the knowledge of methods and materials in coaching football, basketball, baseball, and track and field. Credit, 3 hours 224. Methods and Materials in Team and Individual Sports Theory and practice in organization, teaching, learning, and coach- ing techniques in selected team and individual sports which are normally included in a comprehensive physical education program. Credit, 3 hours 200 Physical Education 228. Methods and Materials in Women's Sports {Women) Presentation of knowledge and skill in team sports for women, and a knowledge of methods and materials in teaching and officiating. Credit, 3 hours 251 . Principles of Physical Education A general introductory course and orientation into physical edu- cation and its relation to general education and the present organi- zation of society. Credit, 3 hours 254. First Aid; Athletic Injuries A course in practical application of first aid and treatment of minor athletic injuries. Credit, 1 hour 258. Organization and Administration of Health and Physical Education A course in problems and procedures in Health and Physical Edu- cation and the administration of an interscholastic athletic program. Credit, 3 hours 271. Recreation Leadership This course emphasizes the various theoretical and practical aspects of leadership in various types of recreation. Credit, 3 hours 292 . Education — Teaching of Health and Physical Education * A course for students in the field of Health and Physical Education where emphasis is placed on the fundamentals of teaching, laws of learning and other essentials. Credit, 3 hours 352. Anatomy and Physiology A course to provide students of physical education with a functional knowledge of the anatomic structure and physiologic function of the human body. Credit, 3 hours 353. Physiology of Exercise This course presents the many effects of muscular activity on the processes of the body which constitutes the scientific basis of Physical Education. Credit, 3 hours 355. Adapted Physical Education A course in body mechanics and kinesiology dealing with a program for all handicapped and special problems in Health and Physical Education. Credit, 2 hours * Required Education course in major field counting toward Education requirement 201 Physics 356. Evaluation and Measurement in Health and Physical Education A course in measurement techniques to determine pupil status in established standards of Health and Physical Education which reflect the prevailing educational philosophy. Credit, 2 hours 357. Kinesiology A study of the principles of human motion based on anatomic, physiologic, and mechanical principles. It considers joint and muscle function in motor skills as the approach to the mechanical analysis of movement. Credit, 3 hours 363. Personal and Community Health A course presenting personal, family, and community health and the significant developments and current research in the field. Credit, 3 hours 376. Organization and Administration of Recreation A course in recreational problems and the administration of the several types of recreation. Credit, 3 hours 381. Research in Physical Education An advanced course devoted to a study of research techniques in physical education and the preparation of an original project. This course is open only to senior major students with superior records. To be arranged Credit, 2 hours Physics Professors Turner, Haven, Shields, George P. Williams, Jr. Associate Professor Brehme Assistant Professor Wilkes In addition to the courses prescribed by the College, the requirements for a B.S. Degree with a major in Physics are a minimum of 33 hours of Physics which must include courses 111, 112, 151, 152, 154, 211, 212; 311, 312, 343, 345; Chemistry 1 1 1 , 114 and Mathematics through differential equations. Highly qualified Physics majors are considered by 202 Physics the Department for admission to the honors program in Physics. They must meet certain preliminary require- ments, earn a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in Physics, complete satis- factorily Physics 381 and pass a comprehensive written examination. They are then graduated with the desig- nation of "Honors in Physics." For additional infor- mation consult members of the Physics staff. The following is a suggested schedule for Physics majors. Electives must be chosen in consultation with the major adviser. Military Science may be taken in addition to the courses listed. Freshman Tear Sophomore Year Physics 111*, 112 Physics 151, 152, 154 Mathematics 105 f, 111 Mathematics 112, 113 English 111, 112 Chemistry 111, 114 History 111,112 English 153, 156 Language J 111,112 Language 151, 152 Physical Education 111,112 Junior Tear Senior Tear Physics 211,212 Physics 311, 312 Mathematics 121,251 Physics 343 Religion 111,112 Mathematics 351, 352 Political Science 151, 152 Philosophy 211 or Business Electives Administration 213,214 105. Descriptive Astronomy An introductory study of the universe from the solar system of the galaxies, with discussions of the celestial sphere and celestial naviga- tion. Several class meetings are scheduled in the evening for purposes of observation. Credit, 3 hours 111, 112. General Physics A basic course for freshmen and sophomores including the elements of mechanics, properties of matter, wave motion, sound, heat, elec- tricity and magnetism, light, and some of the recent developments in * Students with superior high school records may choose 151. t May be omitted by permission of department of Mathematics, t German or Russian preferred, French allowed. 203 Physics physics. Three hours lecture, two hours laboratory. Upperclassmen may elect this course but will be given additional assignments. Credit, 4 hours each semester 151, 152. Mechanics, Wave Motion and Heat The fundamental principles of mechanics, wave motion, and heat, including the study of equilibrium, motion in a straight line and in the plane, conservation laws, simple harmonic motion, gravitation, fluid dynamics, wave motion, and thermodynamics. Calculus is a co-requisite. Three hours lecture both semesters. Credit, 3 hours each semester 154. Mechanics, Heat and Wave Motion Laboratory Classical experiments are performed with special attention given to treatment of data and analysis of errors. Three hours laboratory. Credit, 1 hour 211, 212. Electricity The first semester includes a study of electric fields and potentials, electrical properties of matter, magnetic fields, circuit theory, and electromagnetic waves. The second semester is a study of the optics of the electromagnetic spectrum, including reflection, refraction, inter- ference, diffraction and absorption. Prerequisite, Math 112 or by permission of the instructor. Three hours lecture, two hours lab- oratory. Credit, 4 hours each semester 230. Electronics Elements of electron theory including a study of electrons in vacuum tubes and semi-conductor devices. An analysis is made of basic cir- cuits including amplifiers, oscillators, scalers, and those circuits used in basic research. Prerequisite, Physics 211. Two hours lecture, two hours laboratory. Credit, 3 hours 301, 302. Advanced General Physics A course designed primarily for science teachers and includes me- chanics, wave motion and sound, thermodynamics, electricity, optics, and selected topics, in atomic and nuclear physics. Credit is not al- lowed for graduate students in the Department of Physics. Pre- requisite, Mathematics 105. Three hours lecture, two hours labo- ratory. Credit, 3 hours both semesters 311. Classical Mechanics Selected topics in dynamics including the motion of a system of particles, rigid bodies, and a particle under the action of a central 204 Physics force. This course also includes a study of accelerated reference sys- tems, LaGrange and Hamilton equations, vibrating systems, normal coordinates, vibrating strings and wave motion. Prerequisites, Physics 1 52, Mathematics 25 1 . Credit, 3 hours 312. Electromagnetic Theory A study of the basic equations of electromagnetism with emphasis on the meaning and application of Maxwell's equations. Prerequisite, Physics 211, Mathematics 251. Credit, 3 hours 343, 344. Modern Physics A two semester lecture course dealing with the theories of atomic, molecular, and nuclear structure. The first semester will be pre- dominantly introductory quantum mechanics, and its application to atomic spectra. Molecular and nuclear structure will be studied in the second semester. Credit, 3 hours each semester 345, 346. Modern Physics Laboratory A two semester laboratory course designed to illustrate the theories and principles considered in Physics 343 and 344. Three hours lab- oratory. Credit, 1 hour each semester 351. Thermodynamics and Statistical Physics A study of heat transfer, the laws of thermodynamics, and change of state. An introduction to the kinetic theory of molecular motion, including velocity and density distribution functions, equations of state, and fluctuations considered from the quantum and classical approach. Credit, 3 hours 381. Research Library, conference, and laboratory work performed on an individual basis. Open only to students with superior records. Six hours a week. Prerequisite, permission of the staff. Credit, 2 hours Courses for Graduate Students* 412. Classical Mechanics Credit, 3 hours 413. Electromagnetism Credit, 3 hours 441,442. Quantum Mechanics Credit, 3 hours each semester * For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 205 Political Science 452. Solid State Physics Credit, 3 hours 455. Magnetic Properties of Solids Credit, 2 hours 456. Seminar on Defects in the Solid State Credit, 2 hours. 461. Nuclear Physics Credit, 3 hours 470. Statistical Mechanics Credit, 3 hours 480. Special Theory of Relativity Credit, 3 hours 491,492. Thesis Research Credit, 3 hours each semester for two semesters Political Science Professor Richards Professor of Asian Studies Gokhale Associate Professor Moses Assistant Professors Fleer, Schoonmaker Instructors Broyles, Reinhardt, Sears The major in Political Science is 30 hours and must include Political Science 151 and either Political Science 152 or 153. The remaining 24 hours in the major and 1 8 hours of required work in related fields are selected by the student and the Political Science adviser. Political Science 151 is prerequisite for all other courses in the field. Students of demonstrated ability, however, may be admitted to advanced courses, without this prereq- uisite, with the written approval of their major adviser and the instructor concerned. Highly qualified Political Science majors are con- sidered by the Department for admission to the honors program in Political Science. They must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in Political Science, complete a satisfactory senior research project, 206 Political Science and pass a comprehensive examination on the senior paper and a selected bibliography recommended by the Department. In addition the honors candidate is re- quired to take Political Science 280 and either Political Science 281 or 282. Introductory Courses* 151. American Institutions and Politics A survey course in the nature and development of American political principles, institutions, and processes. Staff Credit, 3 hours 152. American Public Policies An introduction to the problems and policies of American govern- ment in such areas as public finance, business regulation, labor, agriculture, welfare, civil liberties, urban affairs, national defense, and foreign policy. Staff Credit, 3 hours, 153. Comparative Politics A comparative analysis of government and politics in authoritarian and democratic societies with some consideration to the relevance of these political systems for the developing areas. Staff Credit, 3 hours American Government 211. American Political Parties A study of the organization and functions of parties in American- politics. Particular attention will be given to the role of political parties in the nomination of candidates for public office, elections,, and the governmental process. Mr. Fleer Credit, 3 hours' 212. Political Behavior A study of the influences — social, economic, political — which affect the formation of political opinions and the nature of political partici- pation. Forms of political behavior which will be examined include voting behavior, interest group activity, and the holding of public office. The impact of opinions and political participation on the governmental process will be explored. Mr. Fleer Credit, 3 hours * To fulfill the basic requirement in the social sciences one who electa political science must take Political Science 151 and either Political Science 152 or 153. 207 Political Science 213. Introduction to Public Administration Development of administrative organization; organization theory; administrative behavior; politics and administration; personnel and budgetary processes; administrative responsibility. Credit, 3 hours 214. Policy and Administration The role of public administrative agencies in policy formation and implementation. Topics include administrative organization; sources of external support and opposition; interpersonal behavior; forms of administrative action, including rule-making and adjudication; problems of compliance; control of administration. Credit, 3 hours 216. Government and the Economy An examination of the role of government in the American economy. Primary attention will be given to historical, legal, and political aspects of government policies in regard to monopoly, agriculture, and labor. Selected problems in other areas of interest will also be considered. Credit, 3 hours 218. The Legislative Function and Policy Formation A survey of the legislative function in government. Topics considered include the theory of representative government; legislative structure, organization, and procedure; party organization and influence in legislative bodies; the influence of pressure groups and lobbying in the legislative process; relationships between legislatures and other branches of government. Credit, 3 hours 221. State and Local Government and Politics An advanced course in which political patterns, organization, and processes of state and local governments in the United States are given intensive consideration. Selected problems peculiar to non- national governments will be given special emphasis. Mr. Fleer Credit, 3 hours 222. Urban Government and Politics A study of government and politics in the American city and metro- politan communities. Special attention will be given to historical developments, forms and structure of government, state-city rela- tions, political control and power structures, functional activities, and the problem of the suburbs. Mr. Richards Credit, 3 hours 208 Political Science 225. American Constitutional Law: Separation of Powers and the Federal System A study of the role of courts in the American political process and an analysis of Supreme Court decisions affecting the three branches of the national government, the relations of the national government to the states, and the relation of the states of each other. Mr. Richards Credit, 3 hours 226. American Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties A study of judicial interpretations of fundamental and procedural rights in such areas as freedom of expression, religion, and assembly; substantive due process of law; equal protection of the laws; and the rights of the criminally accused. Mr. Richards Credit, 3 hours 227 '. The Judicial Process A study of courts and the legal system as a part of the American political process. Attention is given to judicial organization, pro- cedures involved in litigation, the selection of judges, judicial decision- making, and the social, economic, and political impact of judicial decisions. Mr. Richards Credit, 3 hours Comparative Government 231. Great Britain and Western Europe A study of the British political system in comparison with conti- nental European systems, particularly those of France and West Germany. Mr. Schoonmaker Credit, 3 hours 232. The Soviet Union and Eastern Europe A comparative examination of the political structures and processes of the Soviet Union and other selected non-democratic regimes of Eastern Europe. Mr. Moses Credit, 3 hours 236. Latin America A comparative analysis of the structures and processes of the po- litical systems in Latin America Mr. Moses Credit, 3 hours 14 209 Political Science 239. Government and Politics in East Asia An introduction to the political culture of East Asia, with primary emphasis on the nature and development of political thought and processes in China and Japan. Mr. Reinhardt Credit, 3 hours 240. Government and Politics in Southeast Asia An introduction to the political culture of Southeast Asia, with primary emphasis on nation-building and the political processes in Vietnam, Indonesia, and Malaysia. Mr. Reinhardt Credit, 3 hours 245. Government and Politics of South Asia A course devoted to the study of the governments of India, Pakistan, Nepal, and Ceylon. Special attention will be given to political or- ganizations, party structures, and provincial and local governmental systems. Mr. Gokhale Credit, 3 hours International Politics 25 1 . Fundamentals of International Politics The course will seek to describe and explain international politics in terms of changing international social systems. The emphasis will be on the ways in which such systems are formed, operate and break down. Major time will be devoted to the development and operation of the present system and to consideration of the place and role of the United States in that system. Mr. Sears Credit, 3 hours 252. Politics of Developing Areas A study of the various social, economic, psychological, and political problems that beset a country undergoing the process of industri- alization. The course is designed to present a general introduction to the problem of non-industrialized nations and to give the student greater proficiency in the use of analytical methods which may prove beneficial in other courses dealing with specific geographical areas. Mr. Schoonmaker Credit, 3 hours 253. International Organization The purpose of this course will be to acquaint the student with the process by which larger communities are formed beginning with the state and working up to such international organizations as the League of Nations and the United Nations. This discussion will include an examination of the contemporary conditions which en- courage the growth of larger "security communities." Mr. Sears Credit, 3 hours 210 Political Science 254. American Foreign Policy A study of the role of the United States in the contemporary world, with attention to foreign policy-making machinery, the interplay of foreign and domestic policy questions, the style and the substance of American foreign policy. Mr. Sears Credit, 3 hours 258. International Relations of the Latin American States A survey of political relations among the republics of Latin America and of relations of these states with other countries. Some emphasis will be given to Latin America-United States relations. Mr. Moses Credit, 3 hours Political Theory 261. Political Theory: Ancient and Medieval A survey of writers in political theory from Plato to Machiavelli. One or two writers are selected for special attention and extensive reading of original sources. Mr. Broyles Credit, 3 hours 262. Political Theory: Modern A survey of writers in political theory from Machiavelli to John Dewey. One or two writters are selected for special attention and extensive reading of original sources. Mr. Broyles Credit, 3 hours 264. American Political Thought A study of the origins and uses of political ideas in the United States, with emphasis on recent and contemporary theory. Mr. Broyles Credit, 3 hours 266. Asian Political Thought A study of the origins and development of political thought in Asia, including the political ideas of the Confucian, Hindu-Buddhist and Islamic traditions. A portion of the course will be devoted to the general examination of Asian nationalism, liberal democracy and socialism and will include a comparison of Eastern and Western political philosophy. Credit, 3 hours Research and Honors 280. Political Science: Survey of the Discipline A limited enrollment course concerned with the nature and purpose of political science as a field of inquiry. Focus on approaches to the 211 Psychology subject and areas of special interest in the discipline, including po- litical theory, comparative government, political behavior, and international relations. Admission with permission of instructor. Mr. Broyles Credit, 3 hours 281, 282. Research in Political Science An advanced course devoted to extensive reading and research in the field of Political Science. Admission to the course is by permission of the Department only. On the average, class meetings will be held three hours each week. Staff Credit, 3 hours each semester Psychology Professor John E. Williams Associate Professors Beck, Dufort, Hills Assistant Professors Catron, Horowitz, Wood- mansee Instructor Harbin The Department presents Psychology as one of the life sciences, since the basic subject matter and point of view are biological, and as one of the behavioral sciences, with applications of psychological methods to human-social fields. Psychology 151 is prerequisite for all other courses. A student majoring in the Department will be expected to complete 30 hours of work, including courses numbered 211, 212, 323. In addition to the basic (general B.A.) mathematics requirement, a major student must take three additional hours of mathematics from among the following: 111, 157, 161, 255, or other courses approved by the Department of Psychology. Highly qualified Psychology majors are considered by the Department for admission to the honors programs in Psychology. Admission to this program normally occurs in February of the junior year. Successful com- pletion of the program with the designation "Honors in Psychology" requires that the candidate earn a mini- 212 Psychology mum QPR of 3.3 on all work in Psychology and 3.0 in all other academic work; complete satisfactorily a special sequence of courses including Psychology 281, 282 and 284; and pass a comprehensive written and /or oral examination. For further information consult mem- bers of the Psychology faculty. 151. Introductory Psychology A systematic survey of Psychology as a natural science. Sophomore standing required. Three hours lecture-demonstration. Prerequisite to all other courses in Psychology. Credit, 3 hours 211, 212. Introduction to Experimental and Quantitative Methods. An introduction to classical and contemporary problems in psy- chological research, general methods and techniques used in their solution, elementary psychological statistics and their applications. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours each semester 213. Psychological Statistics Since the statistical procedures are applicable to either populational or experimental data, this course may count as either Psychology or Sociology, but not both. At the time of registration the student must determine in which field credit is desired. Not to be taken by one who has taken Psychology 211, 212. One who takes this course may not receive credit in Bus. Ad. 368, Math 357, 358, or Sociology 280. Two hours lecture, two hours laboratory. Credit, 3 hours 241. Psychology of Adjustment Analysis of the principles by which habits and patterns of adjust- ment are learned and maintained, particularly as these principles have application to the emotional and social adjustment of the normal individual. Intended primarily for students not majoring in Psy- chology. Not to be taken by one who has taken Psychology 344. Three hours lecture. Credit, 3 hours 266. Developmental Psychology A survey of the psychological development of the child. Topics of special interest are psychoanalytic stages of development, child rearing practices, socialization process and personality development. Occasional special laboratory exercises may be scheduled. Three hours lecture. Credit, 3 hours 213 Psychology 273. Psychology of Business and Industry Psychological principles and methods applied to problems commonly encountered in business and industry. Three hours lecture. Credit, 3 hours 281,282. Original Problems Research problems to be attacked experimentally or statistically by students majoring in the department. Emphasis is placed on inde- pendent work with only guidance from the instructor. It is expected that 281 and 282 will be taken in that order. Credit for either se- mester alone requires special approval of the instructor. Four hours laboratory. Prerequisites: Psychology 211, 212, consent of instructor. Credit, 2 hours each semester 284. Honors Seminar in Psychology A one-semester seminar, designed for the superior student, exploring in depth some of the more challenging concepts in classical and contemporary psychology. Primarily for juniors who are candidates for distinction in psychology but open to others by permission of the instructor. Credit, 3 hours 321. Learning Theory and Research An introductory treatment of the nature of the learning process in terms of such phenomena as conditioning, selective learning, reinforcement, extinction, generalization and discrimination, drives and learning, and motor learning. This course covers the theoretical and experimental issues in learning theory and research without covering the application of these issues to practical (e.g., educational) situations. Credit, 3 hours 323. History and Systems of Psychology After noting some psychological concepts in ancient and early modern thinking, this course places major emphasis upon nineteenth and twentieth century developments in Germany, France, Britain, Russia, and America. For junior and senior majors, and others upon consent of the instructor. Three hours lecture. Credit, 3 hours 324, 325. Advanced Theory and Method Advanced level courses emphasizing current problems which are being attacked experimentally and theoretically. The journal litera- ture will furnish an important source of material for group discus- sion, in seminar fashion. 324. Sensation and Perception. 325. Learning and Motivation. Typically only one of the courses will be offered in a particular year. Prerequisites: Psychology 211, 212, consent of in- structor. Credit, 3 hours each semester 214 Psychology 331. Comparative Psychology A survey of the evolution of behavior and essential morphology from protozoa to primates. Experimentation on simple (reflex) and com- plex (learning) functions of the white rat and other available forms. Two hours lecture, two hours laboratory. Credit, 3 hours 332. Physiological Psychology Integrative and reactive (neural and chemical) functions of the human body as they involve structures in the receptive, the reactive, and the central phases of action, emotion, and thought. Two hours lecture, two hours laboratory. Credit, 3 hours 336. Perception and the Cognitive Processes This course is designed to study classical and contemporary ap- proaches to the problems of perception and thinking. Emphasis will be placed on the nature of these processes and on those factors which influence them, including maturation, learning, motivation, emotion, and personality. Credit, 3 hours 338. Motivation of Behavior An analysis of contemporary approaches to motivational theory in terms of such concepts as instinct, drives, acquired drives, reward and punishment, frustration and conflict, curiosity and exploration. Credit, 3 hours 344. Abnormal Psychology Descriptive analyses of the major mental disorders with a canvassing of attempts at interpretation, and major types of therapy. Some observation of cases will be attempted. Three hours lecture. Credit, 3 hours 352. Psychological Appraisal An introduction to the theory and techniques of psychological ap- praisal with particular emphasis on psychological tests. The course includes the demonstration of various appraisal techniques but is not intended to train the student as a practitioner. Two hours lec- ture, two hours laboratory. Credit, 3 hours 356. Personality Theory and Research An introduction to classical and contemporary theories of personality and a comparative evaluation of major theories in terms of relevant research studies. The journal literature is used to introduce the stu- dent to research problems and methodology in this area. Three hours lecture. Credit, 3 hours 215 Psychology 362. Social Psychology A predominantly experimental approach to current theoretical and research motifs. These include social perception, social motivational theory, attitude measurement and change, social learning, and small group behavior. Occasional special laboratory exercises may be scheduled. Three hours lecture. Credit, 3 hours Courses for Graduate Students* 415, 416. Research Design and Analysis in Psychology Credit, 3 hours each semester 427, 428. Behavior Theory Credit, 2 hours each semester 434. Biological Psychology Credit, 3 hours 451. Theory and Practice of Psychological Testing Credit, 3 hours 457. Experimental Approaches to Personality Credit, 2 hours 465. Advanced Social Psychology Credit, 3 hours 481. Contemporary Problems in Psychological Theory Credit, 3 hours 483. Reading and Research in Psychology Credit, 1, 2 or 3 hours 491, 492. Thesis Research Credit, 3 hours each semester for two semesters •For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 216 Religion Religion Professors Griffin, Angell, Bryan, Easley, E. W. Hamrick Associate Professors Dyer, Mirchell, Via Assistant Professors Talbert, Trible * The Department of Religion offers courses in instruc- tion designed to give every student entering Wake Forest an opportunity to acquire at least an introduction to the life, literature and the most important movements in the field of religion. It also seeks to give to students preparing for specialized service, as religious education directors, ministers, and missionaries, the foundational courses needed for further study. Six hours in Religion are required for all degrees. These may be taken from the offerings of the Depart- ment in the Biblical field as follows: 111, 112, 153, 155, 157, 231. A major in Religion requires 30 credit hours — at least 12 hours in Biblical studies and the remaining hours from other offerings of the Department. A major in Religious Education requires 30 credit hours — 12 hours in Biblical studies and 18 hours selected from the following: Religion 240, 256, 264, 271, 292, 341, 342, 343, 350; Music 229, 230. Pre-seminary students are advised to include in their program of study, in addition to courses in Religion, courses in Philosophy, Ancient History, Public Speaking, and two languages, Greek or Latin, and German or French. Majors in Religion who have completed three courses in the Department with a QPR of 3.3, and an overall QPR of 3.0 on all college work, may apply to the Chair- man of the Department for admission to the honors pro- * Absent on leave, 1966-1967. 217 Religion gram by midterm of the first semester of the candidate's junior year. Upon completion of all the requirements, the candidate will be graduated with the designation of "Honors in Religion." For further information consult members of the Religion Department. 111. Introduction to the Old Testament A survey of the Old Testament designed to introduce the student to the history, literature and religion of the ancient Hebrews. Staff Credit, 3 hours 112. Introduction to the New Testament A survey of the environment, literature and thought of the New Testament intended to introduce the student to the significance of the ministry of Jesus and the origins of the Christian Church. Pre- requisite, Religion 111. Staff Credit, 3 hours 153. The Hebrew Prophets A study of the background, personal characteristics, function, mes- sage, contribution, and present significance of the Hebrew prophets. Prerequisite, Religion 111. Mr. Hamrick, Miss Trible Credit, 3 hours 155. Jesus and the Synoptic Gospels An examination of Matthew, Mark, and Luke as theologies and a consideration of the quest for the historical Jesus. Prerequisite, Re- ligion 111. Mr. Talbert, Mr. Via Credit, 3 hours 157. The Bible Through the Ages A study of the beginnings, development, and transmission of the Bible with special attention to the formation of the canon and the history of Biblical translation. Prerequisite, Religion 111. Mr. Hamrick Credit, 3 hours 231. Biblical Ethics The development of ethical monotheism in the Torah and prophetic writings, its fulfillment in the love ethic of Jesus, and its application in the Early Church under the guidance of Paul. MWF4 Mr. Bryan 236. Church and Community An examination of the basic needs and trends of the contemporary community, especially the rural and suburban, in the light of the 218 Religion Christian norms for "the good community" (koinonia); the strategy of the church in constructive community relations. Mr. Bryan T Th 6-7 240. Theory of Religious Education A study of the nature and meaning of religious education with emphasis upon the basic foundations in religion and education. Attention is given to various viewpoints about learning; to objectives; to a consideration of curriculum. Mr. Mitchell M W F 3 256. Polity and Worship in American Religious Life A comparative study of the organization and worship of the major religious bodies in the United States today, including a brief exami- nation of historical roots. Mr. Mitchell M WF4 261. World Religions The place of religion in life and the origin, nature, and accomplish- ments of the living religions of the world, studied from the historical point of view. Mr. Griffin T Th 4-5 264. The History of Christianity A rapid survey of the history of the Christian Church. T Th 4-5 Mr. Griffin 271. An Introduction to Christian Theology A systematic study of the principal doctrines of Christianity as they are found in the Bible, such as Revelation, God, the Trinity, the Incarnation, Man, Sin, and Salvation. Mr. Angell M WF3 292. Teaching of Religion — Methods and Materials A study of the principles and purposes of method and of the use of methods and materials in the field of religious education especially as it is related to the work within the local church and community. This course may be credited as Education for those who are ap- plicants for a state teacher's certificate in religious education. T Th 7-8 Mr. Mitchell 311, 312 An Introduction to Biblical Hebrew A study of the essentials of Hebrew grammar, syntax, and vocabu- lary. Reading and exegesis of selected passages from the Old Testa- ment. Mr. Hamrick, Miss Treble Credit, 3 hours 219 Religion 314. Introduction to Biblical Archaeology A survey of the contributions of Near Eastern archaeology to Biblical studies. Prerequisite, Religion 111. Mr. Hamrick M W F7 315. The Narrative Literature of the Old Testament A study of types of narratives in the Old Testament and of the relationship between literary forms and meaning. Special attention will be given to the narrative traditions of the Pentateuch. T Th S 2 Miss Trible 316. The Poetic Literature of the Old Testament A study of Job, Psalms, Proverbs, Song of Solomon, Lamentations, with some attention to scattered poems in other Old Testament books. Prerequisite, Religion 111. Miss Trible T Th S 2 317. Ancient Israel and Her Neighbors A comparative study of ancient Near Eastern cultures and religions, with special emphasis on Israel's relationships with surrounding peoples. Mr. Hamrick Credit, 3 hours 322. Johannine Literature Consideration of one of the following: the Fourth Gospel, the Johan- nine Epistles, or Revelation. Prerequisite, Religion 111 and 112. M W F 2 Mr. Talbert, Mr. Via 327. Major Epistles of Paul Consideration of one of the following: Romans, I Corinthians, II Corinthians, Galatians, or Colossians. Prerequisite, Religion 111 and 112. Mr. Talbert, Mr. Via M W F 2 334. Christianity and Society An exposition of the ethical teachings of Jesus relating to society; special attention to the application of Christian principles to the social problems of the Southeastern States. Mr. Bryan T Th 6-7 341. Administration of Religious Education The aim of this course is to prepare students for practical leadership in the educational work of the churches. Emphasis is laid upon the 220 Religion church school and other auxiliary agencies, through which the churches carry on their program of education, and upon practical methods of organizing and administering such a program. M W F 2 Mr. Mitchell 342. The Religious Education of Children Designed as an introduction to the study of child development and its significance for the home and church in regard to religious edu- cation. The course deals specifically with age groups from the nursery through juniors. Mr. Dyer M W F 7 343. The Religious Education of Young People and Adults A study of growth and development through adolescence to adult- hood, with emphasis on the role of the home and the church in re- ligious education. Mr. Dyer M W F 7 346. Theological Foundations of Religious Education A study of theological methodology, theories of learning and philos- ophies of education in terms of their implications of religious edu- cation. Mr. Mitchell Credit, 3 hours 350. Psychology of Religion An examination of the psychological elements in the origin, develop- ment, and expression of religious experience. Informal lectures and class discussions on assigned readings. Mr. Mitchell M W F4 365. History of Religions in America A study of American religions from Colonial times until the present. Mr. Griffin Credit, 3 hours 367. The Primitive Church A study in the major problems of Christian origins; readings of primary sources and investigation of selected themes. Prerequisite, Religion 111 and 112. Mr. Talbert Credit, 3 hours 373. The History of Christian Thought A study of the history of Christian thought, beginning with its He- braic and Greek backgrounds and tracing its rise and development to modern times. Mr. Angell T ThS2 221 Romance Languages 374. Contemporary Christian Thought An examination of the types of contemporary Christian theology, such as Protestant Orthodoxy, Thomism, Liberalism, Modernism, and Neo-Orthodoxy. Mr. Angell TThS2 378. Theology and Modern Literature A consideration, in the light of theological thought, of the human situation as reflected in the works of such writers as Dostoevsky, Updike, Kafka, Lawrence, Faulkner, and Silone. Mr. Via M W F 2 Romance Languages A major in this Department requires 30 hours in either French or Spanish. A language laboratory has been in operation since September 1960. Students enrolled in language courses numbered 111, 112, 151 and 152 are required to spend one hour per week in the laboratory as part of their class preparation. French or Spanish majors who have a minimum quality point ratio of 3.0 in all college work and 3.3. in Romance Language courses may be admitted to the honors program in Romance Languages. Honors candidates must complete a major in French or Spanish with an over-all quality point ratio of at least 3.0 and a minimum quality point ratio of 3.3 in Romance Lan- guage courses, complete satisfactorily French or Spanish 281, and pass a comprehensive written and oral examina- tion. The oral examination may be conducted, at least in part, in the student's major language. Successful honors candidates are graduated with the designation "Honors in Romance Languages." 222 French I French Professors Parcell, Parker, Shoemaker Associate Professors Mary Frances Robinson, Anne Tillett Visiting Lecturer Rodtwitt Instructors Garrison, Guthrie, Jenkins 111, 112. Elementary French A course for beginners, covering the principles of French grammar, and the reading of elementary texts. The equivalent of two years of French in high schools. Credit, 3 hours each semester 151, 152. Intermediate French A continuation of grammar and composition. Translation of a number of texts with a view to building up a vocabulary and ac- quiring facility in pronunciation and sight reading. Prerequisite, French 111, 1 12 or its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours each semester 211, 212. Introduction to French Literature Reading of selected texts. Parallel reading and reports. Prerequisite French 151, 152 or its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours each semester 221. Conversation and Phonetics A course stressing practice in speaking French. Particular attention paid to phonetics, pronunciation, intonation, fluency, correctness of sentence structure, and vocabulary of everyday situations. Pre- requisite: French 152 or its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours 222. Composition and Review of Grammar A systematic review of the fundamental principles of grammar, with intensive practice in translation and composition aimed at the development of a reasonable competence in writing correct French. Prerequisite: French 152 or its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours 223. Advanced Composition Practical training in writing French, both from literary models and in free composition. Further analysis of comparative grammar and study of problems not treated in more elementary courses. English texts of increasing difficulty will be translated and discussed in class. Prerequisite: French 222 or its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours 223 French 224. French Civilization A survey of present-day French culture, including consideration of its historical development. Emphasis on intellectual, artistic, political, social and economic life of France. Course conducted in French. Prerequisite: French 221 or permission of instructor. Credit, 3 hours 231. Medieval French Literature A survey of French literature of the Middle Ages with cultural and political backgrounds. Translation of selected masterpieces in origi- nal form and modern transcription; lectures, parallel reading and reports. Conducted in English. Prerequisite, French 211, 212 or its equivalent. (Not offered in 1967-68) Credit, 3 hours 232. Sixteenth Century French Literature After a brief consideration of the historical background, a survey of the outstanding writers of the sixteenth century. Lectures, parallel reading and reports. Conducted in English. Prerequisite, French 211, 212 or its equivalent. M W F 5 241, 242. Seventeenth Century French Literature After a brief consideration of the historical background, a survey of the outstanding writers of the classical age. Lectures, parallel reading and reports. Conducted in English. Prerequisite, French 21 1, 212 or its equivalent. M W F 5 244. Moliere Intensive study of the plays. Some translation in class. Parallel reading, lectures and reports. Prerequisite, French 211, 212 or its equivalent. M W F 5 246. Racine Intensive study of the plays. Some translation in class. Parallel reading, lectures and reports. Prerequisite, French 211, 212 or its equivalent. (Not offered in 1967-68) MWF5 251. Eighteenth Century French Literature A survey of French philosophical and political literature of the eighteenth century. Emphasis on Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot, 224 French Rousseau, and VEncyclopidie. Intensive and extensive reading, lectures, and reports. Prerequisite, French 21 1, 212 or its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours 261. French Romanticism A study of the chief French romantic poets. A considerable amount of the poetry of Lamartine, Musset, Hugo and Vigny read in class, supplemented with parallel reading. Lectures and reports. Con- ducted in English. Prerequisite, French 211, 212 or its equivalent. {Not offered in 1967-68) M WF5 262. French Literature of the Latter Nineteenth Century A survey of French literature of the latter half of the nineteenth century with cultural and political backgrounds. Lectures, discus- sions, reports. Emphasis on poetry. Prerequisite, French 212 or its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours 263. Trends in French Poetry Poetic theory and practice in France from the Renaissance to the Revolution. Analysis and interpretation of a considerable number of works from the sixteenth, seventeenth, and eighteenth centuries. In addition to the historical perspective of the genre, particular attention will be devoted to structure, imagery and symbolism. Prerequisite, French 21 1 or its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours 264. The French Novel A study of several masterpieces in the field of the novel, including representative selections from the conte and the nouvelle. The develop- ment of the novel from the early seventeenth century to the late nineteenth century. Lectures, parallel reading and reports. Prereq- uisite, French 21 1, 212 or its equivalent. {Not offered in 1967-68) Credit, 3 hours 265. Nineteenth Century French Drama An intensive study of the principal dramatic works, and a considera- tion of the related literary movements which evolved during the course of the nineteenth century in France. Lectures, parallel readings, oral and written reports. Prerequisite, French 211, 212 or its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours 271, 272. French Literature of the Twentieth Century An analysis of the currents in French literature during the twentieth century. Detailed study of representative works of the foremost prose 15 225 Russian writers, dramatists and poets. Lectures in English and/or French, supplemental readings, oral and written reports. Prerequisite, French 211, 212, or its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours each semester 281. Reading and Research Extensive reading in the field of French literature. Study of bibli- ography and research techniques. Presentation of a major research paper. Open to students by permission of the department. Required of candidates for departmental honors. Credit, 3 hours II Hindi * Professor Gokhale 1 1 1 j 112. Elementary Hindi Basic Hindi grammar and vocabulary. The course is primarily de- signed to give the student enough knowledge of the language to read newspapers and simple Hindi books. Credit, 3 hours each semester 151, 152. Intermediate Hindi A two semester course devoted to the teaching of the basic principles of literary Hindi; advanced vocabulary building and composition; introduction of Hindi literary texts. Credit, 3 hours each semester III Russian * Associate Professor Anne Tillett 1 1 1 j 112. Elementary Russian The essentials of Russian grammar and the reading of elementary texts. Admission with the consent of the instructor. {Offered in alter- nate years. Not offered in 1968-69) Credit, 3 hours each semester * These courses are attached to the Department of Romance Languages for adminis- trative purposes only. 226 Spanish 151, 152. Intermediate Russian Continuation of the study of Russian grammar, with practice in conversation and composition. Reading of selected texts. Prerequisite Russian 111, 112 or its equivalent. {Offered in alternate years. Not offered in 1967-68.) Credit, 3 hours each semester 211, 212. Introduction to Russian Literature Reading of selected texts from the literature of the 19th and 20th centuries. Parallel reading and reports. Prerequisite Russian 151, 152 or the equivalent. Credit, 3 hours each semester IV Spanish Associate Professors King, Bryant, Campbell Instructors Delgado, Perez 111, 112. Elementary Spanish A course for beginners, covering grammar essentials, pronunciation, dictation, and reading of simple prose. Credit, 3 hours each semester 151, 152. Intermediate Spanish A review of grammar and composition with practice in conversation. Reading of selected texts. Prerequisite, Spanish 111, 112 or its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours each semester 211, 212. Introduction to Hispanic Literature Selected readings in Spanish and Spanish American literature from the beginnings to the contemporary period. Parallel reading and reports. Prerequisite, Spanish 151, 152 or its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours each semester 221. Conversation and Phonetics A course stressing practice in speaking Spanish. Particular attention paid to phonetics, pronunciation, intonation, fluency, correctness of sentence structure, and the vocabulary of everyday situations. Prerequisite: Spanish 152 or its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours 222. Latin American Civilization A survey of present-day Latin American culture in the light of its historical development. Emphasis on the intellectual, artistic, political, social and economic life of Latin America. Lectures, 227 Spanish discussion, and oral and written composition. Course conducted in Spanish. Prerequisite: Spanish 221 or permission of instructor. Credit, 3 hours 223. Advanced Grammar and Composition A thorough and systematic review of the fundamental principles of grammar, with intensive practice in translation, composition and language analysis, aimed at the development of a reasonable com- petence in writing correct Spanish. Prerequisite: Spanish 152 or its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours 224. Spanish Civilization A survey of present-day Spanish culture in the light of its historical development. Emphasis on the intellectual, artistic, political, social and economic life of Spain. Lectures, discussion, and oral and written composition. Course conducted in Spanish. Prerequisite: Spanish 221 or permission of instructor. Credit, 3 hours 225. 226. Survey of Spanish Literature A comprehensive survey of Spanish literature from the beginnings to the present. The first half will include Spanish literature to 1700; the second half will include Spanish literature from 1700 to the present. Prerequisite, Spanish 211, 212; also recommended, Spanish 221. Credit, 3 hours 227 '. Spanish American Literature A general survey of Spanish American literature from the Colonial through the contemporary period, including selections from repre- sentative novels, short stories, essays, and poetry. Parallel reading and reports. Prerequisite, Spanish 151, 152. {Not offered in 1967-68) Credit, 3 hours 234. Spanish Prose Fiction Before Cervantes A historical and critical analysis of the several types of prose fiction which developed in Spain prior to the appearance of the Quixote in 1605. Lectures and readings provide the foundation for class dis- cussion of the sentimental, chivalric, pastoral, Moorish, and picares- que novels as forerunners of the prose masterpiece by Cervantes. Credit, 3 hours 241. Golden Age Drama A study of the drama of the Golden Age with emphasis upon the dramatic works of Lope de Vega, Calder6n de la Barca, Tirso de Molina, and Ruiz de Alarc6n. Lectures, classroom discussions, parallel reading and reports. Prerequisite, Spanish 211, 212 or its equivalent. (Not offered in 1967-68) Credit, 3 hours 228 Spanish 243. Cervantes Intensive study of the life and works of Cervantes, with special emphasis on the Quixote and the exemplary novels. Lectures, parallel reading and reports. Prerequisite, Spanish 211, 212 or its equivalent. MWF5 (Not offered in 1967-68) 261. Nineteenth Century Spanish Novel A study of the novels of Valera, Pereda, Gald6s, Pardo Bazan, Blasco Ibanez and their contemporaries, with consideration of literary and social trends in the last half of the nineteenth century. Lectures, readings, and reports. Credit, 3 hours 262. Spanish Romantic Drama An intensive study of Spanish Romanticism with emphasis on the drama. Lectures, classroom discussions, parallel reading and reports. Prerequisite, Spanish 21 1, 212 or its equivalent. {Not offered in 1967-68.) M W F 5 265. Spanish American Novel A study of the novel in Spanish America from its beginnings to the contemporary period. Lectures, parallel reading and reports. Pre- requisite, Spanish 21 1, 212 or its equivalent. (Not offered in 1967-68) Credit, 3 hours 272. Modern Spanish Drama An intensive study of the principal Spanish dramatic works of the present century, beginning with the "Generation of '98" and con- tinuing up to the contemporary period. Lectures, classroom discus- sions, dramatic criticism, parallel reading and reports. Prerequisite, Spanish 21 1, 212 or its equivalent. " M W F 5 273. The Modern Spanish Novel An extensive study of representative Spanish novels, beginning with the works of the "Generation of '98" and continuing up to the con- temporary period. Lectures, classroom discussions, parallel reading and reports. Prerequisite, Spanish 211, 212 or its equivalent. M W F 5 281. Reading and Research Extensive reading in the field of Spanish literature. Study of bibli- ography and research techniques. Presentation of a major research paper. Open to students by permission of the department. Required of candidates for departmental honors. Credit, 3 hours 229 Sociology Sociology and Anthropology Professors Banks*, Patrick Associate Professor Gulley Assistant Professors Earle, Evans, Tefft Instructors, Krisko, Schwartz Visiting Scholar Htin Aung The requirement for a major in Sociology and An- thropology is 30 hours which must include Sociology 151, 371, 380 and 384 and Anthropology 351 or 352. Students who choose Sociology and Anthropology to meet the basic course requirements in the social sciences will take Sociology 151 and one of the following: Soci- ology 152 or Anthropology 162 (normally taken by freshmen and sophomores only), or any course from Sociology 323 through 359 or from Anthropology 351 through 373. Qualified Sociology and Anthropology majors may be considered by the department for admission to the honors program in Sociology and Anthropology. They must have earned a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in this department, satisfactorily complete a senior research project and pass a comprehensive oral and written examination. They are then graduated with the designation of "Honors in Sociology and Anthropology." Members of the staff may be consulted for additional information. For further information about courses numbered 400 and above consult the Bulletin of the Division of Grad- uate Studies. Sociology 151. Principles of Sociology A general introduction to the field of Sociology: social origins; culture, human nature; collective behavior; communities; social institutions; social change. Credit, 3 hours * Absent on leave, 1966-67. 230 Sociology 152. Social Organization and Social Problems An analysis of modern social organization and disorganization as they relate to various social problems. Particular emphasis will be placed on social problems in contemporary American society. One who takes this course may not receive credit for Sociology 344. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 248. Marriage and the Family A study of the social basis and importance of the family, with especial reference to the influence of social change on family life and the problems growing out of modern conditions. Credit, 3 hours 323. Social Organization An analysis of the structure and function of small and large human groups. Special attention will be given to the bureaucratic structure of selected voluntary associations and administrative organizations. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 325. Industrial Sociology A study stressing the relationship between industry and society, industry and the community, work groups and work relations, the role of the worker in work groups, and the social organization within industries. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 333. The Community A survey of materials relating to the community as a unit of socio- logical investigation. Emphasis is placed on the contemporary urban community with special reference to its structure and function. Although this is one of the basic courses in sociology it would have particular relevance for those interested in some form of social or Community work. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 335. Socio-Cultural Factors in Health and Medicine This course deals primarily with problems of health, and with the ways in which social scientists (especially sociologists and anthro- pologists) contribute to the understanding and solving of such problems in both modern and traditional societies. The impact of western medical practices and theory on non-Western societies is stressed. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 339. Public Opinion and Propaganda The nature and development of public opinion; its relation to atti- tude, biases, stereotypes and controversial issues. The place of com- 231 Sociology munication in formal and informal means of control; role of leaders, pressure groups and minority groups; propaganda and censorship; use of radio, press, motion picture and graphic arts; and measure- ment of public opinion. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 340. Sociology of Child Development A study of the process of socialization in the light of contemporary behavioral science; the primary factors in personality development; the relations between personality and social structure. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 341. Criminology A study of crime from the point of view of its nature, causes, per- sonal and social consequences, and methods of treatment and pre- vention. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 344. Social Deviation and Disorganization A study of the theoretical approaches to some of the principal social and personal problems in contemporary society. Primary emphasis will be given to the relationship between social structure and social problems. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 355. Oriental Social and Cultural Systems This course is designed primarily to develop in the student a knowl- edge and an understanding of the basic social and cultural systems of the Orient. Major emphasis will be given to the study of the process of socialization and social institutions. The influence of current cultural contacts with the West and consequent changes in the traditional social institutions will be discussed. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 356. Modern Asia: the Social Impact of the West A study of the cultural contact between East and West with special emphasis on the current social changes in Asian societies under the impact of western technology and ideology. Credit, 3 hours 359. Race and Culture A study of racial and ethnic groups from a cultural point of view. A number of inter-racial areas of the world are analyzed with especial reference to Hawaii, Brazil, South Africa, and the United States. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 232 Anthropology 371. Contemporary Social Theory A systematic study of the major writings in the development of modern sociological thought. The sociological theories of recent writers will be critically examined with a view to laying the founda- tions for the student's own constructive theory of social life. Pre- requisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 380. Social Statistics This course is designed primarily for the first year of statistics for students in Sociology and related fields. It will deal with research designs, the collection, tabulation, charting, analysis, and sum- marization of data. Emphasis will be upon the application rather than the theory of statistical methods. This course may count as either Sociology or Psychology, but not both. At the time of regis- tration the student must determine in which field credit is desired. One who takes this course may not receive credit in Bus. Adm. 368, Math 357, 358 or Psychology 213. Credit, 3 hours 384. Social Research A survey of the field of sociological research. Practice in the methods of developing studies and analyzing sociological data is emphasized. Prerequisite, Sociology 151, senior standing, and permission of the instructor. Credit, 3 hours 385, 386. Seminar A reading and research seminar for majors in Sociology and Anthro- pology. Credit, 1 hour each semester Anthropology 162. General Anthropology An introduction to the science of man, presenting the basic concepts of human biology and cultural anthropology. Emphasis will be on the origin and development of culture and the relevant processes of innovation, diffusion, acculturation and adaptation. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 342. Contemporary Latin American Culture The course deals with contemporary Latin American culture. Emphasis is placed on the following: (a) Aspects of culture, such as the land, the people, the blending of New and Old World cultural elements, peasant and marginal peoples, social and political orga- 233 Anthropology nizations, religion and the church; and (b) Theoretical problems in anthropology to which the data from Latin America have partic- ularly contributed, such as Active kinship (especially the compadrazgo system), acculturation, nationalism, urbanization, the folk-urban continuum, the nature of folk and peasant society, worldview, and culture change. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 343. Social and Cultural Change The course deals primarily with processes of social and cultural change and with the utilization of anthropological theory and knowl- edge in programs for planned change. The course attempts to relate data about processes of cultural and social change to practical prob- lems of modern life. Emphasis is placed on problems facing the newly- developing countries of the world and the impact of technological change in such fields as public health, community development, education, and agriculture. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 351. Bioanthropology and Archaeology An introduction to the fields of physical anthropology and archae- ology, presenting materials on human biology, fossil man, and pre- historic cultures. Students are given an opportunity to do field and laboratory work. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit .3 hours 352. Cultural Anthropology An introduction to the scientific study of culture, using materials drawn from ethnology and social anthropology. Emphasis will be given to non-literate cultures, and such topics as technology, econom- ics, kinship and political organization, religion, art, and language will be surveyed. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 353. Peoples and Cultures of Africa A survey of the representative races and cultures of Negro Africa south of the Sahara. Their family, political, religious and economic institutions will be analyzed as well as their value and symbol systems. Consequences of tribal confrontation with Euro-American cultures will be considered. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 354. Primitive Religion A study of the world -view and values of various nonliterate cultures as expressed in their myths, rituals, and art. The role of culture in providing a structure for the perception of reality will be explored, and the importance of symbols in human activity will be stressed. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 234 Anthropology 357. Culture and Personality A study of the relations between the individual and his society, including the influence of culture in shaping personalities and the part the individual plays in carrying on or changing his culture. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 358. The American Indian A survey of the ethnology and prehistory of the American Indian. Reading and classroom work will be supplemented by field trips to sites of major importance. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 362. Human Ecology and Geography A survey of the fundamental concepts and essential data concerning the relations between man and his inorganic and organic environ- ment. The place of culture as an ecological factor will be emphasized. Credit, 3 hours 373. Ethnography of Southeast Asia An anthropological study of the cultures of Southeast Asia. At- tention will be concentrated on the nonliterate cultures in Burma, Thailand, Laos, Cambodia, Viet Nam, Malaya, and Indonesia, supplemented by material on the high cultures of the area. Credit, 3 hours 385, 386. Seminar A reading and research seminar for majors in Sociology and Anthro- pology. Credit, 1 hour each semester Courses for Graduate Students* Sociology 411. Development of Sociological Theory 412. Advanced Sociological Theory 421. Quantification in Social Research 426. Seminar: Sociological Research Methods 431. Seminar: An Analysis of Contemporary Society 491, 492 . Thesis Research * For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 235 Speech Anthropology 451, 452. Anthropological Theory 462. Seminar: Research Methods in Social Anthropology 472. Seminar: Research Methods in Archaeology 491,492. Thesis Research Speech Professor Shirley Associate Professor Burroughs Assistant Professor Tedford Instructor Bennison The major in Speech consists of 30 credit hours which must include courses 151, 161, 211, 228, 241, and 271. The Speech adviser will recommend the remaining 12 hours from courses that conform to the individual's needs. Each Speech major is strongly urged to elect courses in the Social Sciences, Psychology, Philosophy, and Literature. Superior speech majors meeting certain specified re- quirements may be invited by the Department to par- ticipate in the honors program in Speech. To fulfill the requirements for honors, a student must earn a QPR of 3.3 on all Speech courses and an overall QPR of 3.0, successfully complete Speech 289, and pass a compre- hensive written and oral examination at the end of the senior year. Upon satisfactory completion of these requirements, the candidate will be graduated with "Honors in Speech." Members of the Speech staff will provide additional information. 151. Speech Fundamentals A study of the nature and fundamentals of Speech (voice, visible action, spoken language, and mental activity). Practice in the prep- aration and delivery of short speeches; foundation work for advanced speech study; use of tape recorder. Credit, 3 hours 236 Speech 152. Public Speaking The preparation and presentation of short speeches to inform, con- vince, actuate, and entertain with special emphasis on organization and language. Experience in selecting, classifying, and recording ma- terials; practice in effective delivery; use of tape recorder. Prerequi- site, Speech 151. Credit, 3 hours 161. Voice and Diction A study of the principles of voice production with consideration to the elimination of throat fatigue, huskiness, nasality, extremes of pitch, indistinctness, monotony, and mispronunciation. Emphasis placed on phonetics as the basis for correct sound formation. Students' voices are recorded. Credit, 3 hours 171. Introduction to the Theatre A survey of all areas of theatre art. The course will acquaint the student with the fundamental principles of theatre aesthetics, the art of the actor, the playwright, the director, and theatre designer. Theatre experience gained in Laboratory and College Theatre productions. Credit, 3 hours 211. Oral Interpretation of Literature The development of adequate mental and emotional responsiveness to literature and the ability to communicate this appreciation to others by oral reading. Various types of literature used for study and practice: the short story, old ballad, narrative poem, lyric, sonnet, and essay. Credit, 3 hours 221. History of the Theater A survey of the development of theater from its earliest beginnings to the present. Emphasis will be placed on Greek, Roman, French, Italian, and English Theater. Open to freshmen and sophomores by permission of instructor. Credit, 3 hours 222. History of the American Theater A survey of theatre in America from colonial to modern times. At- tention will be given to the development of the American theater as a cultural force, with study of plays, playwrights, performers, design, architecture, theory, and philosophy from 1660 to the present. Credit, 3 hours 223. Stagecraft A study of the visual elements of play production: the theory of stage design; color and line; the building and painting of scenery; the mak- 237 Speech ing of stage models; costuming and make-up; stage lighting, prop- erties, and stage effects. Practical experience gained in laboratory and College Theater productions. Open to freshmen and sophomores by permission of instructor. Credit, 3 hours 226. Theories of Acting A study of the acting theories of the important actors and theater theorists from Aristotle through Judith Anderson. Attention will be given to acting techniques, practice in applying the various principles involved in creating a characterization, and director-actor relation- ships. Open to freshmen and sophomores by permission of instructor. Credit, 3 hours 228. Play Directing A study of the theory and practice of play directing in the modern theater with emphasis on the educational theater; training in selecting and analyzing scripts; experience in casting and conducting rehearsals from the point of view of the director; participation in laboratory and College Theater productions. Prerequisite, Junior standing. Credit, 3 hours 241 . Introduction to Broadcasting A study of the development and structure of radio and television broadcasting in the United States with special attention to pro- gramming and current problems in broadcasting. Laboratory work in radio and television announcing. Open to freshmen and sopho- mores by permission of instructor. Credit, 3 hours 242. Radio and Television Production A study of the fundamentals of writing and directing radio and tele- vision programs with laboratory work in producing dramas, docu- mentaries, educational programs, and special events programs. Open to freshmen and sophomores by permission of instructor. Credit, 3 hours 251. Forms of Address The composition and delivery of social, ceremonial, professional, policy forming, and legislative addresses; emphasis placed on struc- ture, support, and style; attention given to effective delivery; study of classical and current speech texts; critical observations of speakers outside the class; use of tape recorder. Prerequisite, Speech 151 of permission of instructor. Credit, 3 hours 238 Speech 253. American Public Address The history and criticism of American public address through the study of speeches of significant statesmen, lawyers, and clergymen from colonial times to the present; emphasis on sources of effective- ness. Credit, 3 hours 261. Speech Correction An introductory study of principles and methods of speech correction. Emphasis upon functional and pathological disorders with some attention to problems of delayed speech, audiology, and sound sub- stitutions. Observations and clinical practice will be provided. Credit, 3 hours 262. Speech Pathology Essentially a detailed treatment of the disorders of speech. The course will be supplemented by training films, outside reading assignments and a research project. Prerequisite, Speech 261. Credit, 3 hours 263. Audiology An introductory survey of the field of hearing and hearing disorders. The course will be supplemented by a research project, outside reading, films, and observation in a local audiology clinic. Prerequi- site, Speech 261. Credit, 3 hours 271. Argumentation and Debate Emphasis upon the essentials of argumentation; research analysis, evidence, reasoning, case construction, and refutation; with applica- tions to public speaking and debate. Open to freshmen and sopho- mores by permission of instructor. Credit, 3 hours 272. Group Discussion and Conference Leadership An introduction to the theory and practice of cooperative group deliberation for the purpose of problem-solving through reflective thinking. Practice in conferences, panels, committee meetings, and forums. Credit, 3 hours 289. Honors Course in Speech A thorough research paper and a project involving intensive work in an area of special interest will be performed on an individual basis under an advisor appointed by the departmental honors com- mittee. Open to seniors who are candidates for graduation with distinction in Speech. Credit, 1 hour 239 Asian Studies 291. Education — The Teaching of Speech A study of speech methods and resources, emphasizing theories and practices in teaching speech in the secondary school. Con- sideration will be given to methods of teaching and directing public speaking, voice and diction, discussion and debate, interpretation, theater, radio and television, and speech correction. Credit, 3 hours The Asian Studies Program As a result of a grant from the Mary Reynolds Bab- cock Foundation, an Asian studies program was inaugu- rated in the fall of 1960 at Wake Forest College, Salem College, and Winston-Salem State College. The di- rector of the program is Professor B. G. Gokhale, and the following courses are available in the Wake Forest College curriculum: History 341, 342. History and Civilization of Southeast Asia History 345, 346. History and Civilization of South Asia. History 347, 348. Modern India Hindi 111, 112. Elementary Hindi Hindi 151, 152. Intermediate Hindi Political Science 239. Government and Politics in East Asia. Political Science 240. Government and Politics in South- east Asia Political Science 245. Government and Politics of South Asio Political Science 266. Asian Political Thought Sociology 355. Oriental Social and Cultural Systems Sociology 356. Modern Asia: The Social Impact of the West Anthropology 373. Ethnography of Southeast Asia. A description of each of these courses may be found in the curriculum of the department concerned. 240 Courses at Salem College Courses at Salem College Wake Forest College and Salem College participate in a plan of exchange credits whereby courses offered at Salem and not offered at Wake Forest are available to full-time students regularly enrolled at Wake Forest. The same privilege is extended by Wake Forest to full-time Salem students. A Wake Forest student interested in taking a course at Salem must make formal application in advance, and the application must be approved by his faculty adviser and by the Dean of the College. No financial payment is necessary except in certain courses in which the student receives private instruction. Grades and quality points earned in courses at Salem are evaluated in the same way as they would be if the work were taken at Wake Forest. More detailed information about this plan is available in the offices of the Registrar and the Dean of the Col- lege. The plan is effective only during the regular academic year and not during any summer session. 16 241 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Faculty* Harold Wayland Tribble, President Gaines M. Rogers, Dean and Professor of Finance Leon P. Cook, Associate Professor of Accounting Ralph C. Heath, Professor of Marketing Hugh K. Himan, Assistant Professor of Economics Delmer P. Hylton, Professor of Accounting Oscar J. Lewis, Associate Professor of Accounting Jeanne Owen, Professor of Business Law Karl Myron Scott, Professor of Management J. Van Wagstaff, Assistant Professor of Economics Aims The School of Business Administration was conceived by the Administration and Trustees of Wake Forest Col- lege to provide a liberal education and at the same time the preparation essential to a career in business. With the constant growth in the industrialization of the region and the increase in the complexity of modern business, it is felt that professional training for men of business be- comes ever more essential. The future business leader, as indeed the present, must be an individual with the professional outlook, an individual of strength, culture, and character. Therefore, it is believed that the School of Business Administration operating in conjunction with a liberal arts college, and with a background of Christianity, represents the ideal combination in the preparation for a career in business. * See Administration and Faoulty Seotions for full information. 242 Business Administration Admission Requirements A student, who has completed 54 semester hours of work and who meets the quality-point ratio indicated below, may be admitted to the School of Business Administration upon application. Minimum Quality-Point Requirements: Hours Attempted Quality-Point Ratio 54 to 64.9 1.65 65 to 74.9 1.70 75 to 84.9 1.80 85 and over 1.85 Minimum Academic Requirements for Continuation See page 101. Enrollment in Courses by Non-Business Students: Students who have not been admitted to the School of Business, may take business courses numbered 300 and above only with permission of the Dean of the School of Business. Those courses which may be counted toward an economics major are excepted. Transfer of Credit from Other Schools Of the 57 hours of work in the School of Business Administration required for the B.B.A. degree, a mini- mum of 36 hours must be taken at Wake Forest College. The following rules apply for transfer of residence credit from other schools: 1. A course passed with the lowest passing grade at another in- stitution does not give hour credit toward graduation, but may be used to satisfy a course requirement upon approval of the Dean of the School of Business Administration. 2. Work passed above the minimum passing grade: (a) Schools which are members of the American Association of Collegiate Schools of Business: All credit is acceptable if the student received a satisfactory 243 Business Administration grade in the course and if a similar course is offered at Wake Forest College. Credit for courses not offered at Wake Forest College may be accepted upon approval of the Dean of the School of Business Administration. (b) Four-year colleges which are accredited by the regional accrediting association: Credit for Principles of Accounting and Principles of Economics will be granted with or without a validating exam at the discretion of the Dean of the School of Business Administration. A validating examination may be required for any course transferred. (c) Accredited junior colleges: Principles of Economics may be accepted without a validat- ing exam at the discretion of the Dean of the School of Business Administration. A validating exam is required for Principles of Accounting. No junior or senior courses will be accepted. (d) Non-accredited schools: All credit transferred must be validated by examination. 3. A student transferring to Wake Forest College must first meet the general admission requirements of the College. If he transfers 54 hours or more, he must then apply for admission to the School of Business Administration should he wish to become a candidate for the B.B.A. degree. One transferring less than 54 hours may be admitted to the School of Arts and Sciences from which he will be promoted to the School of Business Administration upon meeting the entrance requirements for this school. Accreditation The School of Business Administration is a Member of the American Association of Collegiate Schools of Business. Organizations The national honorary fraternity in business admin- istration, Beta Gamma Sigma, is represented at Wake Forest. Two professional fraternities in business admin- istration and commerce have installed chapters at Wake Forest. The Gamma Nu Chapter of Delta Sigma Pi and the Gamma Delta Chapter of Alpha Kappa Psi were granted charters in 1950. A local business Society 244 Business Administration for women students, Delta Kappa Nu, was organized in 1953. Awards For a description of the following awards see pages 88-90: Lura Baker Paden Medal, North Carolina Association of Certified Public Accountants Medal, A. M. Pullen and Company Medal, Wall Street Journal Award, Alpha Kappa Psi Scholarship Key, Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key, Delta Kappa Nu's Business Woman Student Award. Dean's List Certificates are awarded to graduating seniors receiving the B.B.A. degree who have appeared on the Dean's List for two of the four semesters prior to graduation. Degrees The School of Business Administration offers the Bachelor of Business Administration degree and a major in Economics for those taking the Bachelor of Arts degree. A student cannot be considered a candidate for the B.B.A. degree until he has been admitted to the School of Business Administration. The Bachelor of Business Administration degree re- quires one hundred twenty-eight hours of college work. A minimum of fifty-one hours of prescribed work in Business Administration must be taken. A minimum of two quality points must be earned on all hours at- tempted at Wake Forest. In addition, the student must present a minimum of two quality points for each hour attempted elsewhere. Each student seeking the B.B.A. degree must take a minimum of nine hours beyond the principles level in non-required work in one area of concentration. Courses required of all candidates for the B.B.A. degree: 245 Business Administration Basic Requirements English 1 1 1, 1 12, 153, 156, 263 or Business Administration 213-214 264 Science, 8 hours History 111, 112 (Laboratory Science) *Mathematics 105 and 161 Physical Education 111, 112 fReligion, 6 hours Choice of 6 hours: f Sociology or Political Science, J Language through 151, 152; or 6 hours Mathematics 111 or 162 or 255 Philosophy 211 and speech 1 5 1 Business Administration 101-102 Professional Work Business Administration 368 Business Administration 331 Business Administration 321 Business Administration 420 Business Administration 361-362 Business Administration 460 Business Administration 340 Economics Major Students may obtain the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Economics. For a major in Economics forty- two hours are required in Economics and related fields with a minimum of thirty hours in Economics. Princi- ples of Economics, Micro and Macro Theory and Business Statistics must be included. The courses listed below may be counted toward the major requirement in economics: B. A. 101, 102 B. A. 340 B. A. 213, 214 B. A. 346 B. A. 313, 314 B. A. 368 B. A. 311 B. A. 411 B. A. 312 B. A. 412 B. A. 315 B. A. 413 B. A. 316 B. A. 414 B. A. 321 B. A. 434 Fields of Concentration The courses listed below are classified into areas of concentration including both required and elective * Those students who are permitted to enter Mathematics 111 as a result of the Math- ematics Placement Test are not required to take Mathematics 105. t See Page 113. t See Page 112. 246 Business Administration courses. Each student seeking the B.B.A. degree must take a minimum of nine hours beyond the principles level in non-required work in one area of concentration. Accounting The accounting curriculum is designed to give all candidates for degrees in Business Administration or Economics basic knowledge which is essential in under- standing and administering business operations. For those who elect more than the minimum required work, the curriculum makes available opportunity for educa- tion for the more responsible accounting positions in industry and government and also enables the student to prepare himself for the Certified Public Accountant examination. A major in accounting is offered to candidates for the B.B.A. degree. In order to qualify as an accounting major, the student must complete Business Administra- tion 101 and 102, 201 and 202, 203, and 404, and three additional courses in accounting. A point-hour ratio of 2.75 to 1 must be attained in accounting sub- jects. Those who graduate as accounting majors are permitted to take the C.P.A. examination in North Carolina without qualifying experience which is other- wise necessary. (The point-hour ratio does not apply for C.P.A. examination purposes.) The senior accounting major may have the oppor- tunity to obtain practical accounting experience and training through the Accounting Internship Program. It is recommended that the student interested in a career in accounting begin his accounting studies during his freshman year in college. B.A. 101, 102 Principles of Accounting 6 B. A. 201, 202 Intermediate Accounting 6 B.A. 203 Cost Accounting 3 B.A. 204 Advanced Cost Accounting 2 247 Business Administration B.A. 301 Governmental Accounting 3 BA. 302 Accounting Systems 3 BA. 401 Advanced Accounting Problems I 3 B.A. 402 Advanced Accounting Problems II 3 B.A. 403 Income Tax Accounting 5 B.A. 404 Auditing 3 B.A. 405 Accounting Internship 2 B.A. 406 Current Accounting Theory 2 Economics B.A. 213, 214 Principles of Economics 6 B.A. 311 Economic Geography 3 B.A. 312 Economic History of U.S. 3 B.A. 313 Microeconomic Theory 3 B.A. 314 Macroeconomic Theory 3 B.A. 315 International Economics 3 B.A. 316 B.A. 346 Principles of Transportation 3 B.A. 41 1 Public Finance 3 B.A. 412 Comparative Economic Systems 3 B.A. 413 B.A. 414 History of Economic Thought 3 Finance B.A. 321 Money and Banking B.A. 326 Investments B.A. 342 Credits and Collections BA. 364 Insurance B.A. 403 Income Tax Accounting B.A. 41 1 Public Finance B.A. 420 Corporation Finance Management and Industrial Relations B.A. 203 Cost Accounting 3 B.A. 204 Advanced Cost Accounting 2 B.A. 316 Business Cycles 3 B.A. 331 Principles of Management 3 B.A. 332 Production Management 3 B.A. 333 Personnel Management 3 B.A. 431 Labor Legislation 3 B.A. 434 Industrial Relations 3 248 Accounting Marketing B.A. 315 International Economics B.A. 340 Fundamentals of Marketing BA. 341 Marketing Management B.A. 342 Credits and Collections B.A. 344 Retailing B.A. 346 Principles of Transportation B.A. 442 Fundamentals of Selling Public Administration B.A. 270 Public Administration 3 B.A. 301 Governmental Accounting 3 B.A. 331 Principles of Management 3 B.A. 333 Personnel Management 3 B.A. 411 Public Finance 3 Pol.Sci. 151, 152 National, State, and Local Government 3 Pol. Sci. 216 Government and Business 3 Other Courses Not Counted Toward a Concentration B.A. 350 Business Correspondence 3 B.A. 361 Business Law 3 B.A. 362 Business Law 3 B.A. 366 Real Estate 3 B.A. 368 Business Statistics 3 B.A. 460 Quantitative Analysis of Business Data 3 B.A. 470 Administrative Policy 3 Description of Courses I Accounting 101-102. Principles of Accounting The fundamental concepts of accounting, the accounting equation, the accounting cycle. Preparation of statements and working papers. Business Administration 101 is prerequisite to 102. Credit for B.A. 101 is withheld until B.A. 102 has been satisfactorily completed. Credit, 3 hours semester 249 Accounting 201-202. Intermediate Accounting A detailed analysis of problems and the related theory concerning accounts normally found in financial statements. Preparation of supplementary reports and statements designed for special purposes. Prerequisite: Business Administration 102; 201 is prerequisite of 202. Credit, 3 hours each semester 203. Cost Accounting Theory and procedures used in accumulating product costs under job lot and continuous process manufacturing procedures. Major consideration is given to the analysis and interpretation of informa- tion accumulated under historical cost accounting procedures. Prerequisite: Business Administration 102. Credit, 3 hours 204. Advanced Cost Accounting A continuation of BA 203 with emphasis on cost accumulation under predetermined cost procedures. Major attention is concentrated on analysis of variances from budgeted costs. Recent developments in cost accounting theory and practice are investigated. Prerequiste: Business Administration 203. Credit, 2 hours 301. Governmental Accounting The theory and technique in handling accounts for non-profit institutions, and the preparation of reports and statements, with special emphasis on state and local governmental units. Prerequisite: Business Administration 201 Credit, 3 hours 302. Accounting Systems A study of the functions which must be performed by an adequate accounting system. Methods and procedures necessary to accomplish these functions are examined and related to selected typical organiza- tions. Prerequisites: Business Administration 201 and 203. Credit, 3 hours 401. Advanced Accounting Problems — / Advanced problems designed as preparation for the student who intends to work for the C.P.A. certificate and for those who desire a more thorough background in accounting. Prerequisite: Business Administration 201. Credit, 3 hours 402. Advanced Accounting Problems — II Advanced work in theory and practice of accounting designed to help prepare the student for the C.P.A. examination and to enable him to solve complex business problems. Prerequisite, Business Administration 201. Credit, 3 hours 250 Economics 403. Income Tax Accounting Unusual treatment of certain accounts to comply with the Internal Revenue Code. Preparation of individual and corporate returns. Prerequisite: Business Administration 201. Credit, 5 hours 404. Auditing A course designed to familiarize the student with the work of the independent professional accountant, with particular emphasis upon examination and verification of books and records and financial statements taken therefrom. Prerequisite: Business Administration 202. Credit, 3 hours 405. Accounting Internship This course may be taken only in conjunction with B.A. 404. The student observes and participates in actual operations and submits detailed reports thereon of his activity with a selected firm of certified public accountants. Approval of the Dean of the School of Business Administration is necessary for enrollment in the course. No credit is granted until successful completion of B. A. 404. Credit, 2 hours 406. Current Accounting Theory A study of current problems and controversies in accounting theory. Admission to the class is by permission of the instructor only. The class meets in seminar fashion for two hours one day each week. Credit, 2 hours II Economics 213. Principles of Economics An introductory course with emphasis on micro-economic analysis. Basic economic concepts and theories of production, value and price, economics of the firm, and functional distribution are the principal topics considered. Throughout the course application of relevant principles in the analysis of specific economic problems is stressed. Credit, 3 hours 214. Principles of Economics The emphasis in this course is on macro-economic analysis. Principal topics considered are national income concepts, national income analysis, money and banking, and problems of economic growth and 251 Economics economic instability. Throughout the course application of relevant principles in the analysis of specific economic problems is stressed. Prerequisite; Business Administration 213. Credit, 3 hours 312. Economic History of the United States This course may count as Business Administration or History, but not both. At the time of registration the student must determine in which field credit is desired. See History 264. Credit, 3 hours 313. Microeconomic Theory An examination of the basic methods of price and distribution theory, including demand analysis, costs of production and supply re- lationships, and price and output determination under various market structures. Prerequisites: Business Administration 213, 214; Credit, 3 hours 314. Macroeconomic Theory Study of aggregate economic accounts, including the measurement of national income, determinants of levels of income and output, and causes and cures for problems of unemployment, inflation and economic growth. Prerequisites: Business Administration 213, 214. Credit, 3 hours 315. International Economics An introductory study of the main features of the international economy, including international specialization and trade, balances of payments, foreign exchange, international disequilibrium and process of adjustment, trade restrictions and commercial policies, foreign investment, and some of the economic aspects of the develop- ment of under-developed countries. Prerequisite: Business Adminis- tration 213, 214. Credit, 3 hours 316. Economic Development A course concerned with the economics of underdeveloped countries, their growth and development. The course will examine the various theories of economic growth, common problems of developing econ- omies, and alternative means of alleviating such problems. Pre- requisite: Business Administration 213, 214. Credit, 3 hours 411. Public Finance A study of government expenditures, budgeting, the administration of the public debt and the ensuing effects upon the economy, public revenue with an examination of each of the main taxes, and inter- governmental financial relationships. Prerequisite: Business Ad- ministration 213, 214. Credit, 3 hours 252 Finance 412. Comparative Economic Systems An objective examination of the theory, programs, and practices of the principal contemporary economic systems, including capital- ism, socialism, communism, fascism, and co-operation. Prerequisite: Business Administration 213, 214. Credit, 3 hours 413. Contemporary Economic Problems An application of economic principles to basic issues of the day. Major emphasis will be placed upon the economic research and analysis that precedes policy formation. Intended primarily for seniors taking a major or concentration in economics. Admission by permission of the instructor only. Prerequisite: Business Admin- istration 213, 214. Credit, 3 hours 414. History of Economic Thought A historical survey of the main development in economic thought from the biblical period to the twentieth century. Prerequisite: B. A. 213, 214. Credit, 3 hours III Finance 321. Money and Banking A study of monetary systems, the banking structure, banking prob- lems and international finance. Prerequisite: Business Administration 213,214. Credit, 3 hours 326. Investments A study of the principles governing the proper investment of personal and institutional funds; information sources; exchanges and govern- ment regulations. Prerequisite: Business Administration 214, 101, and 102. Credit, 3 hours 364. Insurance A study of the fundamental principles of insurance and their appli- cation to life, property, casualty, and social insurance. Offered in alternate years. Credit, 3 hours 420. Corporation Finance A study of the principles and practices of corporate finance, types of securities and characteristics, problems of promotion and combina- 253 Management tion, security placement, operating policies, receivership and reor- ganization, and government control. Prerequisite: Business Adminis- tration 214, 101, and 102 Credit, 3 hours IV Management and Industrial Relations 331. Principles of Management A survey course designed to acquaint the student with the aspects of modern management. The background of the management move- ment, administrative policies, plant location, plant layout, product development and research, and personnel relations are among the topics covered. Prerequisite: Business Administration 213, and 214. Credit, 3 hours 332. Production Management Selected production problems are considered. Assembly-line tech- niques and quality control of materials will be covered. Prerequisite: Business Administration 213, 214 and 331. Credit, 3 hours 333. Personnel Management A study of the principles and procedures involved in the recruitment and selection of a labor force, the handling of grievances, problems involved in collective bargaining, remuneration policies, merit rating, promotion and transfer, training in industry, and personnel records. Prerequisite: Business Administration 214. Credit, 3 hours 431. Labor Legislation Labor problems are comprehensively treated with particular em- phasis upon their legal aspect; foundation of the labor movement, the social and political program they seek to carry through, the labor contract, social insurance legislation, and child labor laws are among the problems considered. Offered in alternate years. Prerequisite: Business Administration 213, 214. Credit, 3 hours 434. Industrial Relations A course designed to acquaint the student with the trade unions as an institution, management objectives, the bargaining process, the economics of wage determination, the handling of non-wage issues in collective bargaining, and the politico-economic impact of trade unions upon the development of the American economy. Pre- requisite: Business Administration 213, 214. Credit, 3 hours 254 Marketing V Marketing 340. Principles of Marketing An examination of the marketing structure within the framework of the dynamic economic system of the United States. Studies the movement of goods from producer to consumer through the various channels of distribution; the functions of marketing; marketing costs; the choice of policies; social and economic implications. Credit, 3 hours 341. Marketing Management This course is designed to further the student's understanding of business operations through study of the various functions considered to be a part of marketing management; Marketing Research; The Marketing Organization; Planning, Programming, Pricing the Product and Costing Distribution; Sales Management; Industrial Marketing; and International Marketing. Prerequisite: Business Administration 340. Credit, 3 hours 342. Credits and Collections A study of the credit problems of individual business firms. Examines the policies upon which good credit practice is built; sources of credit information; analysis of risk; collection procedures; credit department organization; significance of consumer and mercantile credit to the economy. Credit, 3 hours 344. Retailing An introductory course designed to acquaint the student with the basic problems of retailing. Business location, store layout, mer- chandise display, buying procedures, and inventory control are among the topics covered. Credit, 3 hours 346. Principles of Transportation An analysis of the economic, social, and political aspects of trans- portation, with particular reference to the United States. This course develops the place that transportation holds in commercial logistics, and examines current problems in the field of transporta- tion. Credit, 3 hours 442. Fundamentals of Selling A study of the sales function in the marketing of goods and services. This course is designed to acquaint the student with the fundamentals of both advertising and personal selling as an integral part of the marketing process. Credit, 3 hours 255 Public Administration VI Public Administration 270. Public Administration This course may count as Business Administration or Political Science, but not both. At the time of registration the student must determine in which field credit is desired. See Political Science 213. Credit, 3 hours Other Courses Not Counted Toward a Concentration 350. Business Correspondence A course in the theory and practical application of business writing principles, dealing concretely with salesmanship, collection, credit, et cetera, with particular reference to the types of expression best adapted to the problems of those fields. Prerequisite: typing ability. Credit, 3 hours 361, 362. Business Law A study of the more important legal principles which govern in the daily conduct of business. Discussion of contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, sales, bailments, partnership, corporations, bankruptcy, and other topics. Credit, 3 hours each semester 366. Real Estate A study of the fundamental principles, laws, and practices relating to appraisal, ownership, control, financing, and transfer of resi- dential and other real property. Credit, 3 hours 368. Business Statistics A study of statistical methods with emphasis upon business and economic data, including such techniques as collecting, classifying, tabulating, graphing, and combining data in frequency distributions; index numbers; time series; correlation; and preparation of reports. One taking this course may not receive credit in Math 357, 358, Sociology 280, or Psychology 213. Prerequisite: Sixty semester hours work. Credit, 3 hours 460. Quantitative Analysis of Business Data This course, required of all B.B.A. degree candidates except those majoring in accounting, is designed to help the student use account- ing and related data in solving problems in business administration. The case method is employed to a considerable extent. Prerequisite: Business Administration 214 and 102. Credit, 3 hours 256 Business Administration 470. Administrative Policy A course designed to synchronize learning in the areas of economics, marketing, finance, management, and law through the use of general case studies, problem solving, gaming, and other techniques for extablishing some knowledge of top management decision making. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Credit, 3 hours 17 257 DIVISION OF GRADUATE STUDIES On January 13, 1961, the Trustees of Wake Forest College established the Division of Graduate Studies and announced that beginning in September, 1961, the College would resume course and research work leading to the degree of Master of Arts in the Departments of Biology, Chemistry, English, History, Mathematics, and Physics. In September, 1964, the Department of Psychol- ogy was added to this group. Two years later, graduate study was begun in the Department of Sociology and Anthropology, and in September, 1967, the Department of Physical Education will inaugurate a master's degree program. For information concerning graduate study in the Department of Education, please consult the chairman of the department or the Director of the Division of Graduate Studies. Requirements for admission to the Division of Gradu- ate Studies include graduation with a superior record from an accredited college. In the evaluation of tran- scripts greater significance is attached to the applicant's record on work in his major than in his other courses. Candidates for the degree of Master of Arts are re- quired to complete successfully a minimum of twenty- four hours of course work, write a thesis for which six hours of credit are allotted, and pass a reading examina- tion in one modern foreign language. The Division of Graduate Studies will have twenty full tuition scholarships available to be awarded for the summer of 1967 and a total of fifty-eight assistant- ships, fellowships, and scholarships for the academic year 1967-68. The Bulletin of the Division of Graduate Studies, an application for admission form, and an application for grant form may be obtained by writing The Director of Graduate Studies, Box 7323, Reynolda Station, Wake Forest College, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27106. 258 SCHOOL OF LAW Faculty* Harold Wayland Tribble, President Carroll W. Weathers, Dean and Professor of Law Richard Gordon Bell, Associate Professor of Law Hugh William Divine, Professor of Law Henry Conrad Lauerman, Professor of Law Robert E. Lee, Professor of Law James E. Sizemore, Professor of Law James A. Webster, Jr., Professor of Law Norman A. Wiggins, Professor of Law Mrs. Vivian Lunsford Wilson, Law Librarian General Statement The Law School was established as a department of Wake Forest College in 1894, the first instructor being Professor N. Y. Gulley, who served as dean from 1905 until his retirement from active administration in 1935. From the beginning, the school has steadily grown and developed until it now has a faculty of eight full-time teachers. The selection and treatment of the courses of study offered in the Law School, and the method of instruction employed are designed to afford comprehensive and thorough training in the broad field of legal education and to equip students to practice in any jurisdiction where the Anglo-American law system prevails. The achievement of these purposes necessitates, first, the requirement of adequate and appropriate preliminary education in order to assure an intellectual maturity and cultural background against which legal principles and problems can be understood in their social, economic and moral, as well as in their legal aspects; second, a • See Administration and Faculty sections for full information. 259 Law comprehensive study of the theories and doctrines of the Anglo-American system of law and their statutory modification. The Law School has as its objective, not only to train a student in legal principles and doctrines, but also to stimulate his reasoning powers, to prepare him to present legal propositions logically and analytically, and to develop in the student a profound sense of legal ethics, professional responsibility and the duty of the lawyer to society. The Law School is fully approved by all national and state accrediting agencies. It is a member of the As- sociation of American Law Schools, and is listed as an approved school by the American Bar Association, by the Board of Law Examiners and Council of the North Carolina State Bar, and by the University of the State of New York. The Law School has its separate building, new and modern in all respects and designed to accommodate the continued growth and future development of the School and the expansion of its program in the field of legal education. The law building, which is a handsome four-story structure, contains many attractive and useful features including air-conditioning. In addition to class- room and seminar room facilities, administrative and faculty offices, library, student lounge and faculty conference room, the building contains a combination moot court-assembly room which will seat 250 people and is adapted for the multiple purposes of the moot court program, Student Bar Association activities, and institutes in the field of continuing legal education. The Law Library is of extraordinary beauty and will accom- modate in excess of 100,000 volumes. Alcoves in the reading room and balcony provide individual study space for students. Additional study tables are available 260 Law in the reading room and in the three conference rooms. Typing carrells are located in the third floor stack area. The law building also provides a conference room for members of the Bar who wish to use the facilities of the Library for research. The Law Library contains approximately 35,200 volumes, carefully selected to avoid unnecessary dupli- cation and to insure the greatest possible usefulness. Admission Requirements The academic requirements for admission to the School of Law, as a candidate for the LL.B. degree, may be satisfied by any one of the following methods: (1) An academic degree from an approved college or university. (2) The completion of three years of academic work prescribed in the "Combined Course" in the School of Arts and Sciences at Wake Forest College. (See pages 118-119 for details.) Non-theory courses in military science, hygiene, domestic arts, physical education, vocal or instrumental music, practice teaching, teaching methods and tech- niques and similar courses are not acceptable under the above rule. "Required" non-theory work is acceptable up to ten per cent of the total credit offered for admission. The Law School does not admit applicants without an academic degree, except applicants from Wake Forest College who pursue the "Combined Course" plan of three years of acceptable academic work in the School of Arts and Sciences at Wake Forest College. The academic requirements set forth above are mini- mum requirements, and satisfaction of these require- ments does not necessarily entitle an applicant to ad- mission. The Law School requires for admission a scholastic average appreciably higher than a bare C 261 Law average, and considers not only the scholastic average, but also the nature and subject-matter of the courses taken by the applicant. In addition, an applicant for ad- mission is required to take the Law School Admission Test (hereinafter referred to) and to have his scores on such Test furnished this Law School. There is no rigidly prescribed pre-legal curriculum for admission to the School of Law. Since the law, in its application and as a subject of study, touches so many phases of life, it has been considered unwise to require an inflexible preparatory course. The School of Law merely recommends the inclusion of as many of the following courses as possible in any pre-law program of study: English Composition, History of the United States, History of England, European History, Con- stitutional History, Government of the United States, State and Local Government, Comparative Govern- ment, International Relations, Literature, Foreign Lan- guages, Speech, Psychology, Philosophy, Logic, Natural Sciences, Mathematics, Principles of Economics, Ac- counting, and Investments. The work of a law student is greatly facilitated if he can use a typewriter. Application for admission to the School of Law must be made in writing on a form furnished by the Dean of the School of Law. A small photograph of the applicant must be attached to the application form upon its return. The applicant must request the Registrar of each college or university that he has attended to send a complete transcript of his record direct to the Dean of the School of Law. The applicant must also have his scores on the Law School Admission Test reported to this Law School. When these items have been received by the School of Law, the applicant will be notified concerning his application. 262 Law When an application has been accepted the applicant must make a deposit of $25 with the Treasurer of the College. The deposit is applied on tuition or College charges when the applicant enters the Law School. Beginning students are admitted to the School of Law at the opening of the fall session. In addition, for several years it has been the policy of the Law School to admit beginning students at the opening of the spring session, which enables such students by continuing without inter- ruption to complete the three-year course in two and one- half years consisting of five regular semesters and two summer sessions. The School will admit beginning stu- dents at the opening of the 1968 Spring Semester, and this policy of admitting beginning students at the open- ing of the spring session will continue until terminated by the Faculty. Advanced students may be admitted at the opening of the summer, fall or spring sessions. The Law School each year conducts two semesters of 17 weeks each, and a summer session of nine weeks. Admission to Advanced Standing. A student from a law school which is a member of the Association of American Law Schools, who is otherwise qualified to enter this school, may in the discretion of the faculty be admitted to advanced standing for the LL.B. degree. The student must be eligible for readmission to the law school from which he proposes to transfer. The last year of work on the basis of which the degree is granted must be taken in the Wake Forest College School of Law. Law School Admission Test This Law School requires all applicants for ad- mission to take the Law School Admission Test, a test administered by Educational Testing Service. The applicant's scores on the Test will be considered among 263 Law other factors in passing on his application for admission to this Law School. Applicants should write Law School Admission Test, Educational Testing Service, 20 Nassau Street, Prince- ton, New Jersey, for application forms for taking the Test, and for the Bulletin of Information regarding the Test. The Test will be given at numerous locations throughout the nation, including Wake Forest College. An applicant should request Educational Testing Service to report his scores on the Test to this Law School. Scholarships and Student Aid The Law School has a number of scholarships avail- able for each beginning class. Some of these scholarships are awarded on the basis of character, scholarship and financial need. Additional scholarships in a larger amount and covering full tuition are available for each beginning class and are awarded on the basis of char- acter and exceptional scholastic achievement without regard to financial need. Application forms for scholar- ships may be obtained from the Dean of the School of Law. Applications for scholarships should be filed by March 10th for the school year commencing the follow- ing September. The College has available loan funds for the benefit of students who are in need of financial aid and have satisfactorily completed at least a full semester. In addition, a number of law students are afforded limited employment as Law Library assistants and dormitory counselors but usually after the completion of their first year. Degree of LL.B. The degree of Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.) will be awarded to the student who (1) has fulfilled the re- 264 Law quirements for admission to the Law School as a regular student, (2) thereafter spends the equivalent of three academic years in resident study in the Law School, (3) successfully completes eighty-three semester hours of law, including all prescribed courses, and (4) attains a cumu- lative weighted average of 67 or more on all work required for graduation. A candidate for degree whose cumulative weighted average places him in the upper ten per cent of his graduating class will be graduated with the distinction cum laude and will be classified as a "Scholastic Honors Graduate." Any such person graduating with a cumu- lative weighted average of 85 or above will be graduated with the distinction magna cum laude. The Summer Session The School of Law operates a summer session of nine weeks, the work of which is carefully planned with reference to the curriculum of the regular academic year, and may be used either to supplement the regular curric- ulum or as a substitute for part of it. Courses are offered during the summer session for advanced students only. Further Information Descriptions of the system of grading and examina- tions, general scholastic regulations, student organiza- tions, prizes and awards, and the complete course of study are contained in a special Law School Bulletin, issued annually. Requests for this Bulletin, and other correspondence concerning the Law School, should be addressed to The Dean, School of Law, Wake Forest College, 7206 Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem, N. C. 27106. 265 BOWMAN GRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE Administrative Officers* Harold Wayland Tribble, President Coy C. Carpenter, Vice President for Medical Affairs Manson Meads, Dean Robert L. Tuttle, Associate Dean Clyde T. Hardy, Jr., Associate Dean {Administration) C Nash Herndon, Associate Dean {Research Development) Harry O. Parker, Controller Origin and Development The School of Medicine was established at Wake Forest in 1902. It was renamed the School of Medical Sciences in 1937 and operated as a two-year medical school until 1941, when it was moved to Winston-Salem as a four-year medical school in association with the North Carolina Baptist Hospital. It was renamed The Bowman Gray School of Medicine of Wake Forest College in recognition of the benefactor who made the expansion possible. Facilities The main teaching hospital of the medical school is the North Carolina Baptist Hospital. It has 450 general hospital beds, an 80-bed progressive care unit, a 12-bed intensive care unit, and an outpatient department which serves 95,000 patient visits a year. The medical school and hospital buildings join to form a single unit, resulting in close correlation of clinical and basic medical science teaching programs. Since the medical center was established, construction programs have more than doubled the size of the medical * See Administration and Faculty sections. For the complete faculty roster, see the special bulletin of The Bowman Gray School of Medicine, which may be obtained by request to The Office of Student Affairs, Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Winston- Salem, North Carolina 27103. 266 Medicine school, providing improved educational opportunities for students, additional library space and expanded fa- cilities for research and research training. Standards The school is a member of the Association of Ameri- can Medical Colleges and is approved by the Liaison Committee on Medical Education of the Council on Medical Education of the American Medical Associa- tion and the Association of American Medical Colleges. Academic and professional standards comparable to other leading medical schools in the United States are maintained. Requirements for Admission The requirements for admission to the medical school are based on the premise that the program of training a physician is a continuous one shared by both the undergraduate college and the medical school. The responsibility of the undergraduate training pro- gram is thus not only to provide the prospective student with the technical information and skills which will make it possible for him to complete his course in medical school but also to help him develop a broad background of experience and interest which will make it possible for him later to achieve a full realization of his potentialities as an individual and as a member of society. Although ninety semester hours are the minimum requirement, it is felt that, except in unusual circum- stances, the student should plan to complete a well- rounded four-year college course, comprising certain specific requirements, but with the emphasis on a broad educational program. 267 Medicine In order for the student entering medical school to be prepared for his courses, he must have acquired certain basic scientific information. Such information is ordinarily obtained in the following undergraduate courses: 2 semesters of general biology 1 semester of advanced zoology 2 semesters of general chemistry 2 semesters of organic chemistry 1 semester of quantitative analysis 2 semesters of general physics Biology: Courses should provide a broad survey of the animal kingdom, an awareness of animal types and their classifications and a view of man as a part of the total biological picture. Such information is usually covered in one year of general biology. In addition, one course in advanced zoology is required. This may include such courses as embryology, genetics, comparative anatomy, or cytology. Chemistry: The student should have a working knowledge of chemical principles and of basic quanti- tative physico-chemical concepts; of the properties of chemical elements, ions, and organic compounds; of the relationship of chemical properties to structure; and of the common techniques of organic chemistry and quantitative analysis. It is important that the student's chemistry experience include adequate time in the laboratory and familiarity with quantitative tech- niques. These requirements will normally be met by a minimum of one year of general chemistry, one year of organic chemistry, and one course in quantitative analysis. Most students would also profit by a course in physical chemistry. Physics: Knowledge of the fundamental principles 268 Medicine of electricity, electromagnetic radiations, sound, heat, mechanics and optics is necessary and can usually be obtained in a one-year course in general physics. It should be emphasized that, in listing the above scientific requirements, it is not intended to minimize the importance of other less specific educational re- quirements. In addition to the material listed above, the student should acquire extensive knowledge of man as the product of his social, physical, and emotional en- vironment. The desired training is given in courses in Philosophy, Religion, Economics, Sociology, History, Literature, Mathematics, Language, and Psychology. The student is urged to acquaint himself as widely in these fields of knowledge as time and his inclination will permit. Admission Candidates desiring admission will, upon request to the Committee on Admissions of the Medical School, be furnished application blanks, which should be prop- erly filled out and returned to the Committee on Ad- missions together with an application fee of ten dollars. On receipt of the application and transcripts of the applicant's pre-medical work, the credentials will be reviewed by the Committee on Admissions. Students whose applications are favorably considered will be invited to come to Winston-Salem for personal inter- views. Those applicants who are accepted are required to make a deposit of fifty dollars to reserve a place in the class for which they are accepted. The deposit will be credited on tuition and deducted from the payment due when the student matriculates. Students are selected on the basis of academic per- formance, character, and general fitness for the study of 269 Medicine medicine. No student will be admitted who is ineligible, because of scholastic difficulties or misconduct, to re-enroll in a school previously attended. Students more than thirty years of age are seldom admitted. Graduate Studies Opportunities are provided for qualified students to obtain advanced instruction and research training in the basic medical sciences. Course work leading to the Master of Science degree and Doctor of Philosophy degree with a major in Anatomy, Biochemistry, Micro- biology, Pharmacology, and Physiology is offered. Further Information For detailed information concerning enrollment in The Bowman Gray School of Medicine, course of study in the graduate program, admission to advanced stand- ing, and other matters, address The Committee on Admissions, The Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27103. 270 THE 1967 SUMMER SESSION Two Six-week Terms The first of two six-week terms will begin with registration on Monday, June 12, 1967, and will extend through July 18. The second term will begin with registration on Thursday, July 20, and will extend through August 25. Class work will be confined to the mornings, except for courses in swimming and choir which will meet in the afternoons. Periods will be seventy-five minutes in length, and classes will meet daily, Monday through Friday, and on the first, third, and fifth Saturday of each term. Courses in the sciences carry four semester hours credit each, and those in swimming, choir and golf one semester hour each. All other courses carry three semester hours credit. The normal load for a student is six se- mester hours, and the maximum load is seven hours. Courses will be offered which are designed to meet the needs of regular Wake Forest students, incoming freshmen, visiting students from other colleges, and pub- lic school teachers needing renewal of certificates. There will be courses in Biology, Chemistry, Education, English, History, Mathematics, Modern Languages, Music, Philosophy, Psychology, Physics, Physical Edu- cation, Religion, Sociology and Anthropology, Speech, and Business Administration. In the Summer Session of 1967 graduate courses leading to the Master of Arts degree will be offered in the departments of Biology, English, History, Physical Education, Psychology and Sociology, and Anthropol- ogy. Opportunities for research toward the Master of Arts degree, but not graduate courses, will be provided 271 Summer Session in the departments of Chemistry, Mathematics, and Physics. For information concerning graduate study in the Department of Education see the Summer Session Bulletin, which may be obtained by addressing Dean of the Summer Session, Wake Forest College, Box 7293, Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem 27106. 272 DEGREES CONFERRED 18 COMMENCEMENT EXERCISES AND DEGREES 1966 The Program Sunday, June 5 1 1 :00 a.m. Baccalaureate Sermon Dr. James C. Hughes Pastor, Home Moravian Church Winston-Salem, North Carolina 3:00 p.m. Seminar Orations (for the Ward Medal) James Leslie Blackburn "The Winds of Adversity" Carol Ann Claxon "Truth: Newspaper Style" Robert Kenneth Godwin "The Developing Nation — A Need for an Attitude for Growth and Change" Dona Simpson Westray "The Vision of Greatness" 4:30 to 6:00 p.m. Reception by President and Mrs. Tribble honoring members of the graduating classes and their visitors. 7:30 p.m. Commencement Recital Monday, June 6 10:30 a.m. Graduation Exercises Address Dr. Vittorio Giannini President, North Carolina School of the Arts, Winston- Salem, North Carolina Awards and Honors 1 . From the School of Arts and Sciences Graduating with Distinction in: Mathematics: Everette Lee May, Jr., Rebecca Amorelle Michaels Psychology: Anne Justice Funderburk, Mary Lee Johnson, Jeanne Ellen Puder Romance Languages: Cornelia Frances Holmead Graduating with Honors in Arts and Sciences: Richard Estes Brandey The J. B. Currin Orator's Medal — Thomas Edward Dougherty Adantic Coast Conference Award for Excellence in Scholarship and Athletics: Andrew Taylor 274 Commencement Exercises Phi Beta Kappa Suzanne Griffin Bost Harding Keith McDowell Richard Estes Brantley Gerald Arnold Martin Jean Elizabeth Carr Everette Lee May, Jr. Carol Ann Claxon Rebecca Amorelle Michaels Sharon Laural Cox Grace Lewellyn Lovell Miller Margaret Ann Duncan Sandra Elizabeth Parker Anne Justice Funderburk Jeanne Ellen Puder Jimmy Gilbert Harris Robert Luther Shuman Cornelia Frances Holmead Humbert Giroude Sullivan Mary Lee Johnson Shela Camille Turpin Edmund Wayne King James Gordon Williams Helen Hope Knight Judith Ann Winchester James David Woolley 2. From the School of Business Administration A. M. Pullen and Company Medal — Joyce Marie Moser North Carolina Association of Certified Public Ac- countants Medal — Douglas Allen Hunt Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key — Jacob Kermit Essex, Jr. Alpha Kappa Psi Scholarship Key — Jacob Kermit Essex, Jr. Lura Baker Paden Medal — Joyce Marie Moser Delta Kappa Nu's Business Woman Student Award — Joyce Marie Moser Seniors Elected to Beta Gamma Sigma Robert Alan Dostal Douglas Allen Hunt Jacob Kermit Essex, Jr. Joyce Marie Moser 3. From the School of Law Lawyers Title Insurance Corporation Award — Rhoda Bryan Billings North Carolina National Bank Prize: First Prize— (State Wide) — Fred Stephen Glass; First Prize — (Wake Forest) — Fred Stephen Glass; Second Prize — (Wake Forest) — Robert Alexander Freeman, III Nathan Borkan Memorial Competition — Walter Hun- ter Jones, Jr. The Warren A. Seavey Award — Fred Julius Smith, Jr. 275 Commencement Exercises 4. Graduation Distinctions: Summa Cum Laude Rebecca Amorelle Michaels Magna Cum Laude Suzanne Griffin Bost Richard Estes Brantley Sharon Laural Cox Anne Justice Funderburk Cornelia Frances Holmead Mary Lee Johnson Edmund Wayne King Helen Hope Knight Harding Keith McDowell Everette Lee May, Jr. Grace Lewellyn Lovell Miller Hersey Eugene Miller Joyce Marie Moser Jeanne Ellen Puder James David Woolley Cum Laude Johnny Michael Avery Gladys Anne Ball Carolyn Virginia Beach Rhoda Bryan Billings Donald Lee Black Shirley Jean Blanchard James Lewis Stanton Bowdish Joyce A. Brumbaugh Frances Carolyn Bryant Charles Allen Bullaboy Jean Campbell Jean Elizabeth Carr Carol Ann Claxon Philip Max Clifton Mildred Eleze Coble Kara Sue Delap Margaret Anne Duncan Joyce Lee Emery Jacob Kermit Essex, Jr. Johnny Lynn Fischer Linda Elaine Floyd John David Gillespie Robert Kenneth Godwin Carole Sue Hahn Mary Catherine Hales John Stinson Hancock Jimmy Gilbert Harris Missie Evon Hodges Peter James Hunter, Jr. Kathryn Elizabeth Jones Evelyn Astrid Knight Jaclyn Joyce Lambert Diane Lavada Lane Gerald Arnold Marin Brenda Yvonne Merritt Dorothy Lee Croom Monroe John Bailey Moore Marie Ellistine Moorefield Mary Lou Johnston Moorehead Sandra Elizabeth Parker Gerald Dwain Partney Susan Paige Penley Agnes Kay Perry Jetta Carolyn Powell Mary Margaret Rand Sandra Maitland Richardson Frank Joseph Rief Edward Clifton Russell Marlene Diane Schmidt Judith Ann Shotwell Walter Perry Shoup Robert Luther Shuman Fred Julius Smith, Jr. Richard Franklin Smith Christina Ford Sullivan Humbert Giroude Sullivan Eva Janice Sumner Stephanie Paula Teague 276 Commencement Exercises Shela Camille Turpin James Thomas Williams, Jr. Sally Marty Underwood Judith Ann Winchester James Gordon Williams William J. Witt Betsy Leigh Wood 5. From the Bowman Gray School of Medicine Roche Award — James Leland Self Faculty Award — Darrell Phelps Thorp Best Student Paper Awards: First, Roger Eugene Stevenson; Second, Darrell Phelps Thorpe; Third, David John Goode Pediatric Merit Award — Roger Eugene Stevenson Obstetrics-Gynecology Merit Award — David Nimmons Smith Senior Members of Alpha Omega Alpha Eugene Wesley Adcock, III Fred Leon Picklesimer Elmo Leach Allen Charles Linwood Puckett David John Goode Philip Robert Severy Joseph Carlisle McAlhany, Jr. Darrell Phelps Thorpe 6. From the Department of Military Science Defense Supply Association National Award — Cadet Colonel Everette L. May, Jr. National Defense Transportation Association National Award — Cadet Colonel Everette L. May, Jr. President's Trophy — Cadet Colonel Everette L. May, Jr. ROTC Certificate of Meritorious Leadership — Cadet Colonel Everette L. May, Jr. Superior Cadet Decoration— Cadet Captain Robert A. Dostal Professor of Military Science Award — Cadet First Lieutenant Philip W. Leon American Legion Award — Robert W. Edwards Chicago Tribune Medal — Cadet Lieutenant Colonel Donnie L. Hubbard 277 DEGREES CONFERRED Doctor of Divinity J. Kenneth Pfohl Howard J. Ford Doctor of Laws Vittorio Giannini Doctor of Science Oscar Creech, Jr. Doctor of Philosophy Carmelo G. Nepomuceno Eugene Royce Heise Master of Arts Sharon Hardy Brondos John T. Johnson, Jr. Barbara Sue Ennis Francis Marion Mason Lehoma Bain Goode Linda Rimel May Susan Patton Harbin Eugene Taylor Merryman David Michael Holcombe John Wesley Patterson Master of Science William Gerald Drew Phillip Michael Hutchins Lyno E. Maraspin Bachelor of Arts Beverly Ann Adams Suzanne Griffin Bost Jasper D. Alexander, Jr. James Lewis Stanton Bowdish John McLean Bahner, Jr. Laurel Otis Boyles Pamela Laird Bain Martha Glenn Bradshaw Harry Beam Baldwin, IV Julia Margaret Branham Sally Irene Baner Richard Estes Brantley David Anderson Bantz Robert Julian Braxton Robert Teele Barnhill William Ray Brown, Jr. Myrta Lois Baxter Joyce Adean Brumbaugh Dorothy Melva Bell Sherman Ray Brumley James Leslie Blackburn Frances Carolyn Bryant Shirley Jeanne Blanchard J ean Campbell Leah Ljung Bledsoe Joseph William Carazo 278 Degrees Conferred Jean Elizabeth Carr William Jasper Carr Margaret Susan Carter Barbara Anne Cato Hugh George Cherry, Jr. Elaine Janette Clary Carol Ann Claxon Lester Hamilton Comee, Jr. Robert L. Compton, Jr. Albert Anderson Corbett, Jr. Leland Holcombe Cox, Jr. Mary Catherine Cox Margaret Anne Cushmore Stephen Talmage Daniel, Jr. Bruce Edith Daniels Zanice Virginia Dantzler Donald Bryan Davis Jerome R. Davis William Keith Davis Robert Clark Dillon Thomas Edward Dougherty, Jr. Robert Allen Douglass Margaret Anne Duncan James Ponda Eatman Terry McKee Eddleman Harriet McRae Edwards Robert Scott Eichfield Ruby Jean Elledge William Alphonzo Ellis Joyce Lee Emery Forest Barham Ernst Robert Daniel Espenscheid Ernest L. Evans Suzanne Everhart William David Ezzell Foy Elizabeth Faucette Barry William Feathers Lynda Goode Ferrell Milton Lester Fisher, Jr. Stephen Lynn Fisher Bettina Reese Floyd Linda Elaine Floyd Rachel Doris Floyd Michael Walker Forney Stella Hyatt Forrest Anne Justice Funderburk David Britton Funderburk Warner Earle Fusselle, Jr. Irma Leonore Gabriel Anna White Gaither Natale Angelo Gencarelli, Jr. Paul G. Geyer John David Gillespie Robert Kenneth Godwin Lester Bennett Gram, Jr. Barbara Elizabeth Granade Luana Mary Green Michael Shepherd Greene Janet Katherine Gross Garlene Gunter Grogan Robert Miller Grubenmann Melody Ann Gyles Mary Catherine Hales Diane Louise Hall John Stinson Hancock Ivan C. Harrah Judy Sharon Harrell H. Edward Harrington Ranford Alan Haselden Allan Bruce Head Ronald Frank Hein Judith E. Hesson Lawrence Wilson Hewitt William W. High Missie Evon Hodges Charles F. Hollis, Jr. Cornelia Frances Holmead Susan Aleene Horney Caroline Ann Harkey Horton Donnie Lloyd Hubbard Ann Houston Hunt Dana Gallup Ingalls Susan McKay Irby James William Jackson Richard Wayne James Michael Jan Jett Mary Lee Johnson Ronald Seymour Johnson Carl Candler Jones, III Kathryn Elizabeth Jones George William Joyner, Jr. Joanne Marie Judd 279 Degrees Conferred Charles William Kafer George Adolphus Kahle, Jr. Clyde Aduel Keisler Diane Frances Kimel Edmund Wayne King Michael Richard Kirby Carl William Kissiah, Jr. Evelyn Astrid Knight Jaclyn Joyce Lambert Charles Cadmus Lamm, Jr. Diane Lavada Lane Robert Bradford Leggett, Jr. William John Leibert Philip Wheeler Leon Ann Kate Lewis Clyde Roy Lincoln, III Emmett Stevenson Lupton, Jr. Russell Clemans McCall Robert Clyde McClymonds John Michael McLeod Timothy James McNeely William Louie Marks Joan Russell Martin James Anthony Mayo Elwin Larry Melton Patricia Smith Miles Grace Lewellyn Lovell Miller Leonard Ezekiel Miller, Jr. Marsha Annette Miller Suzanne Dale Modlin William Coles Molloy Dorothy Lee Croom Monroe James Madison Monroe, Jr. Carolyn Zanger Moore Marie Ellistine Moorefield Mary Johnston Moorehead Elizabeth Lanier Morris William Clarence Morse, III Pamela Rae Murray Kenneth Jackson Nelson William Frank Nesbit, Jr. David Walker Nichols Nancy Ann Norbeck Joan Gail Oakley Phil Michael Oakley Linda Marie Owen Rose Marie Owen Richard Spurgeon Owens, III Everett Benton Padgett, Jr. Sallie Margaret Pait Phyllis Anne Parham James Willard Parker Sandra Elizabeth Parker Lawrence Hunter Parsons Gerald Dwain Partney, Jr. Susan Elaine Patton Richard William Pavlis Susan Elizabeth Payne Carolyn Edna Peacock Louis Johns Pegram, III Dessie Kathryn Pennell Robert Montgomery Perry Richard Eugene Phillips Irene Elizabeth Pipines Elizabeth Carol Pirkle Jetta Carolyn Powell James Russell Prevatte, Jr. Rebecca Sherdian Pryor Jeanne Ellen Puder Gail Scott Puzak Judith Ann Ragan James Edward Rainey Mary Marshall Rand Nancy Elizabeth Read Reba LaFaye Rentz Sandra Maitland Richardson Frank Joseph Rief, III Ann Helene Ritchie J. Karen Roberson Erwin Wayne Robinson Judith Elaine Robinson Lawrence Elward Robinson, Jr. Frederick C. Rochte James Cook Rogers Richard Gary Rozier Willa Caroline Royster Carmelo Alberto Rubio Nancy Neal Russell Jeannine Riddle Sapp Ronald Dale Schneider Michael Jay Sepaugh Kathy Jane Shaver 280 Degrees Conferred Marsha Ruth Sheridan Ronald Edward Shillinglaw Judith Anne Shotwell Walter Perry Shoup Howard T. Sitton, Jr. Wyatt Shuford Smith Dewey Lowe Snider Joe Edward Sparks Dinah Gail Sprinkle Frederick Evans Sprock, Jr. Ronny Lloyd Staley Troy Francis Stallard Fred Larry Starnes Robert Thomas Stephens Vivian Ann Strickland Christina Ford Sullivan Eva Janice Sumner Mary Nan Sweeney Andrew DuVal Taylor, Jr. Stephanie Paula Teague Samuel Joseph Thios Sandra Jeanne Thomas Carl Lewis Tilghman Randolph Joseph Tomlinson Winston McNair Tornow Daniel V. Townsend, Jr. Sherman Lee Townsend Mitchell Kent Turbyfill Betty Lou Turnage Charles Howard Greer Turner Harry Alexander Turner, IV Shela Camille Turpin Viola Mae Underhill Melton Ernest Valentine, Jr. Elizabeth Wham Wackerhagen Ronald Bascom Wade David Conrad Wakefield, III Jerryl Jean Walsh Robert Lee Ward Stephen Day Ward, Jr. Sandy Nelson Weeks Dona Simpson Westray Marian Dee White Samuel Latham Whitehurst, Jr. Frank Dixon Whitworth, Jr. Susan Anne Wiley Janice Garnette Willard Roger Bowman Willetts Charles Benton Williams James Gordon Williams Carol Wagster Williamson Gabriella E. Wilson Joseph Robert Wilson Peggy Lynn Wilson Chloe Josephine Guice Wise William J. Witt, Jr. Betsy Leigh Wood James David Woolley Martha Ann Wright Joyce Ann Young Walter Allen Young, Jr. Bachelor of Science Edward Cornwell Armstrong Johnny Michael Avery Gladys Anne Ball Patricia Ann Barrick Carolyn Virginia Beach Donald Lee Black James Young Blankner, Jr. Daniel Barthlemy Bounous, Jr. Barbara Jean Bradley Earl Egbert Bradsher, III Henry Allen Brandon, Jr. Michael David Bridges Terry Louise Brock Charles Allen Bullaboy Jenny Rice Campbell Bruce Thomas Carter Phillip Max Clifton Mildred Eleze Coble Sharon Laural Cox Anna May Danner Philip High Darst John Henry Davis Sammy Howard Decker Kara Sue Delap 281 Degrees Conferred Walter Hollifield Dorman Paul Roberts Downum Sara Scott Dunn Robert Wayne Edwards Charles Thurman Ellithorpe Thomas Martin Futch Joan Mather Garrenton Garrard Walter Asbury Gold John Franklin Grimes, III David McLees Groves Carole Sue Hahn Rebecca Hoover Haney Peggy Loretta Harrill Jimmy Gilbert Harris John Haverkamp James Robert Helsabeck David Stuart Himmelsbach John Homer Hodges Walter Leggett Holton Thomas Eugene Hooper Robert Earl Howell, Jr. Richard Bernard Howington Daniel Davenport Hunt William Dan Irvin Sheila Ann Johns Mary Kathryn Cline Johnson Patricia K. Jones Margaret Karen Killen Thomas L. Klechak Helen Hope Knight Helen Ferikes Kranis Janet McNiel Lemons James Milton McCall, Jr. Diane Frances McDougall Harding Keith McDowell Melvin Edwin McLester William Howard Mangum, Jr. Gerald Arnold Marin Everette Lee May, Jr. Brenda Yvonne Merritt Rebecca Amorelle Michaels Hersey Eugene Miller Thomas Rouse Mooney John Bailey Moore, Jr. Pamela Jane Moore George Lee Morningstar Mary Catherine Morris W. Herbert Morrison, III William John Nelson, Jr. William Kolmer Nelson Eugene Gage Norton Mary Eunice Oakley Joseph Randal Overby, Jr. Charles Fletcher Owen, III Judith Ellen Parker William Harvey Patrick, Jr. James Philip Paxton Susan Paige Penley Agnes Kay Perry Jackson Lee Pittman John Franklin Porter, Jr. William Louis Poteat William Thomas Powers, Jr. Robert James Ramseur Susan Macklen Richmond Edward Clifton Russell Cynthia Ann Safford Neil Leslie Sass Marlene Diane Schmidt Robert Luther Shuman Charles Alexander Singhas Albert Scott Smith Myrna Roy Smith Richard Franklin Smith David Blakely Smythe, Jr. Jerry Joel Standahl Don Kermit Stepp Johnny Ray Stike Stephen Denham Stroupe Humbert Giroude Sullivan Walter Kenneth Swing Ronald Glenn Taylor Alan Miles Thomley Sandra Lynne Thompson Norwood Carlton Tilley, Jr. Susan Elian Tillotson Zachary Rawlings Tribble Richard Barry Trostel Barbara Jean Truitt Sally Marty Underwood Steven Boisen Valand W. Wayne Welborn 282 Degrees Conferred Norma Cobb Williams Paul David Wills, Jr. Judith Ann Winchester Lee Franklin Yancey Sandra Jo Young Carter Griffin Zane Bachelor of Business Administration Clyde Douglas Aycock James Rudolph Boiling, Jr. Gerald Vance Boyles Robert Campbell Brunton W. Douglas Darmstaetter, Jr. William Francis Davis, Jr. Glenn Allen Deigan Robert Alan Dostal Jacob Kermit Essex, Jr. Jack Perry Friedman James Gwyn Gambill, Jr. Emmet Fitzgerald Gill, Jr. Joseph Randolph Gregory Gary Edward Hamrah Mae Walser Hoehl Douglas Allen Hunt Robert Thomas Jones J. S. Robert McFall, Jr. Virgil Randolph McMenamin, Jr. Noland Randolph Mattocks, Jr. Joyce Marie Moser George R. O'Daniel, Jr. Robert Lawrence Pickett, Jr. Howard David Raper Mary Beth Ryan Sam Conrad Safrit Malcolm Garden Smith Peter Nicholas Stathis Fred Albion Stone, Jr. Wallace Henry Tucker Clifford L. Venable Russell Grady Walker, Jr. Wade Hampton Weaver Bachelor of Laws Herman Allen Autry David James Beal George Manley Bell, II Rhoda Bryan Billings Marvin Key Blount, Jr. James Harold Bolin Ralph Bradbury Brown David Arvine Clarke, Jr. John Alton Cox, Jr. William Kearns Davis Kenneth DeAltone Dickinson, Jr. Johnny Lynn Fischer Robert Alexander Freeman, III Thomas Alfred Gardner Thomas Watson Garrard Fred Stephens Glass Thomas Myers Grady Harold Franklin Greeson Lawrence Selby Groff Charles Willis Harden William Alonzo Hoover, Jr. Maurice Westbrook Home Peter James Hunter, Jr. Charles Lawrence James Joseph Edward Johnson Walter Hunter Jones, Jr. Hugh Lloyd Key, Jr. Wilson Marshall Lafar Stephen Erson Lawing Edmund Allen Liles William Filmore Lopp James Radcliffe Melvin Ronald Joseph Midura Joshua Jurant Morton, Jr. George Edward Moseley Joseph William Moss William Moody Mote Lawrence William Paschal, Jr. Robert Chase Raiford James Michael Randleman James Rufus Rogers, III 283 Degrees Conferred Harold Edward Russell, Jr. Eugene Cebron Thompson, III Fred Julius Smith, Jr. Edward Russell White, Jr. Frederick John Sternberg James Thomas William, Jr. Charles Hart Taylor Paul Jonathan Williams John Davis Wright Doctor of Medicine Eugene Wesley Adcock Elmo Leach Allen Alfred Lee Baker Lyall A. Bjornson Kenneth Penn Bullard David Humphrey Buss Leroy Ellis Cohen James Earl Crowe Charles Monroe Davis Nowlan Kelly Dean John William Denham James Timothy Devlin Harold Leon Frazier Amon Lex Funderburk John McHenry Garrison Alfred Sueto Gima David John Goode Ashton Graybiel William Fred Harriss Joseph Rowland Hedgpeth Paul M. Kirkman Geoffrey A. Larsen Thomas Theron Long, I II Jimmy Ray Marshall Joseph Carlisle McAlhany, Jr. Dee Edward McFarland Kay Flowers McFarland Grover Ray Mims John H. Muus H. Bryan Noah Van Batchelor Noah Jack L. Nylund Wayne E. Pennell Fred Leon Picklesimer Eric Williams Pittman Charles Linwood Puckett James William Pugh Philip Robert Severy David Shanks John Edward Siegel Charles Lawson Simpson David Nimmons Smith Karl Williams Stevenson Roger Eugene Stevenson James Alvin Tart Darrell Phelps Thorpe Franklin Carl Wagner, Jr. Robert Edward Williams, Jr. James Dennie Yopp Charles Fred Zernechel 284 DEGREES CONFERRED JANUARY 26, 1966 Bachelor of Arts James Wardley Beaudoin Robert Jay Lipper Otis Elbert Chilton Danny MacArthur Loftin Robert Harrison Coords Gerald Malone Maready Curtis Rich Dixon David John Marshall Robert Stewart Douglas Ertelle Brewer Martin John Samuel Eddinger John Palaschak, III Paul Harold Ellis, Jr. Anne Gail Pecaric John Eibe Gottlieb Richard T. Roake John William Griffis, Jr. Mitchell Carroll Spivey Peter Canby Hunt Edgar Frank Walker, III Brian Ballard Jones Graham Bevan Walters Sharron Hine Jones Robert Carlyle White Spencer Mills Kitchin John Vaughan Williams Ruth Robin Meredith Zehner Bachelor of Science George A. Bickel Kenneth Murrill Hurst Sharon Jean Bozarth Michael Bernard Kelly Richard Northrup Fisher Harold S. Millsaps, Jr. Ronald Arthur Gifford Dwight Lamar Norwood Richard W. Hartley Raymond Clinard Penry, Jr. Larry Michael Thomason Bachelor of Business Administration James Albert Boyd, Jr. Marion Austin Jones Stephen J. Bozarth Dennis Lee Merrifield Carey Jackson Goodwin, Jr. Judges Brenson Mudd, Jr. F. Claire Hughes, Jr. William Bertous Reeder Paul Melvin Tuckmantel, Jr. GRADUATION DISTINCTIONS Cum Laude Danny MacArthur Loftin Ertelle Brewer Martin Anne Gail Pacaric 285 SUMMER DIVISION OF THE CLASS OF 1966 Friday, August 26 DEGREES CONFERRED Master of Arts Jeffrey Lynn Bensing Francis Albert Berces Clarence Newton Blakesley Patricia Ann Christenbury Charles Marvin Dozier John Douglas Fair Sarah Margaret Few Myung-Mi Kim James Thomas Thomas Peter Nauman Sallie Pickard Page George Rudolph Plitnik Douglas Jamison Powell Barry Leon Ritchie Edith V. Sloan Eleanor Conn Smith Nancy Buffaloe Smith Williams Master of Science Fidelia Ellen Tolley Umberger Bachelor of Arts Sandra Louise Allison Howard Leslie Amoss Judith Anne Baines Herbert Marshall Baker, Jr. Bruce Allen Bogie Tommy Neal Brawley Peter Bugel Joseph Edward Cabell Frank Morgan Dawkins Jerry McCoy Felts Michael Walker Forney William Spurgeon Funderburg, Jr. Danny Clay Gabriel Ivey Clenton Gentry, Jr. Albert Freeh Grisard, Jr. William Ray Griffin, III Werner Paul Hauer Burke Elmo Holland Harry Stuart Hutchins, Jr. Harry Peoples Isley Samuel Clement Kelly Gene T. Lawson Robert Keller Leonard Edgar William Long Gary Norman McClure James Christopher McLaney Jerry Eugene McLeese Mary June Merrill Arthur Steven Parsons John Ronald Patton Dewey Chase Price, Jr. Frank Doland Queen William Ernest Ray Michael Gary Rowland Paul Robert Snell John Jefferson Underwood, III William Harvey Ussery Eva Ulrich Van Brero James Pearson Wall, III Thomas Nelson Whitiock 286 Graduation Distinctions Bachelor of Science Edward Granger Ancarrow, Jr. John Kelvin Fritts Cecil Forrest Atwood Robert Gerald Jackson Oscar Charles Blanchard Patricia Shore Lysell Bobby Carroll Carver Edward Clarence McKinney, Jr. Julia Reid Combs Anita Elaine Parris Charles B. Davis, Jr. David Murray Rushing Robert Gray Ferree, III James Ross Simeon Walter Samuel Flory Emily Muriel Stancill Lewis William Sweigart Bachelor oj Business Administration Douglas Dill Cannon Myron Edward Lockwood, Jr. Robert Murray Dick, II Fred Goode Mills Rex Norman Gribble John Charles Moore Ronald Roy Hendrix Vick Catre Moore Kent Benson Kittle Andrew Thomas Sims Hattie Maye Ward Wood GRADUATION DISTINCTIONS Magna Cum Laude Cum Laude Julia Reid Combs Paul Robert Snell William Harvey Ussery 287 ROTC GRADUATES COMMISSIONED IN THE UNITED STATES ARMY RESERVE Stephen J. Bozarth* Robert H. Coords f Richard W. Hardey Floyd C. Hughes, Jr. January 1966 Kenneth M. Hurst Michael B. Kelly Spencer M. Kitchinf Dennis L. Merrifield Larry M. Thomason June 1966 Clyde D. Aycock John M. Bahner, Jr. Harry B. Baldwin, IV James Y. Blankner, Jr. James L. S. Bowdish* Hugh G. Cherry, Jr. Leland H. Cox, Jr. Stephen T. Daniel, Jr.* Glenn A. Deigan* Robert A. Dostal Robert A. Douglass Robert W. Edwards* Thomas M. Futch Emmet F. Gill, Jr. * JohnF. Grimes, III* Robert M. Grubenmann Ronald F. Hein Charles F. Hollis, Jr. David S. Himmelsbach Donnie L. Hubbard* Daniel D. Hunt* William D. Irvin Michael J. Jett Robert T. Jones Walter H. Jones, Jr. * George A. Kahle, Jr. Michael R. Kir by Philip W. Leon* Noland R. Mattocks, Jr. Everette L. May, Jr. * Virgil R. McMenamin, Jr. James M. Monroe, Jr. * Lawrence H. Parsons Robert M. Perry* James R. Prevatte, Jr. Neil L. Sass Frederick E. Sprock, Jr.* Fred L. Starnes Randolph J. Tomlinson Carl L. Tilghman* Winston M. Tornow David C. Wakefield, III Winfred W. Welborn* Joseph R. Wilson* * Distinguished Military Graduates. f Distinguished Military Graduates Commissioned in Regular Army. 288 ROTC Graduates Henry A. Brandon, Jr. Donald B. Davis William K. Davis Sammy H. Decker John Haverkamp Allan B. Head William J. Leibert July 1966 John M. McLeod George R. O'Daniel, Jr. Louis J. Pegram, III Ronny L. Staley Andrew D. Taylor, Jr. John J. Underwood, III Ronald B. Wade John R. Patton August 1966 Edward C. McKinney, Jr. Cecil F. Atwood September 1966 Ivey C. Gentry, Jr. RO TC Graduates Commissioned in the United States Marine Corps August 1966 Samuel C. Kelly, III 19 ZS9 SUMMARY— FALL 1966 Men Women Graduate Students Arts and Sciences: Regular 96 30 Unclassified 12 11 School of Medicine .... 35 11 143 52 Arts and Sciences Seniors 305 152 Juniors 319 150 Sophomores 448 1 86 Freshmen 495 228 Unclassified 11 13 1,578 729 Business Administration Seniors 50 2 Juniors 60 1 110 3 School of Law Third Year 68 1 Second Year 52 3 First Year 71 191 4 School of Medicine Fourth Year 48 2 Third Year 52 1 Second Year 51 3 First Year 49 6 200 12 Grand Total 2,222 800 Totals 126 23 46 195 457 469 634 723 24 2,307 52 61 113 69 55 71 195 195 2,307 113 195 50 53 54 55 212 212 3,022 3,022 290 Summer Session of 1966 First Term: Men Women Totals Graduate Students Regular 48 49 97 Unclassified 20 17 37 Undergraduates Regular 695 333 1,028 Unclassified 23 12 35 Law Students 22 ... 22 Second Term: Graduate Students Regular 33 25 58 Unclassified 7 17 24 Undergraduates Regular 407 210 617 Unclassified 8 1 9 1,263 664 1,927 Duplicates, attended botk terms 335 175 510 928 489 1,417 Duplicates, Summer School and Regular Session . 513 187 700 415 302 717 717 3,739 291 Registration Registration by Schools and Departments Biology 865 Business Administration 844 Chemistry 428 Classical Languages: Greek 79 Latin 422 Education 317 English 1,706 German 363 History 1 ,455 Mathematics 947 Military Science 387 Music 285 Philosophy 502 Physical Education 1 ,085 Physics 285 Political Science 582 Psychology 457 Religion 657 Romance Languages: French 488 Russian 26 Spanish 311 Sociology and Anthropology 493 Speech 205 292 Geographical Distribution Geographical Distribution Counties in North Carolina Alamance 41 Alexander 2 Alleghany 1 Anson 3 Ashe 7 Avery 1 Beaufort 4 Bertie 2 Bladen 3 Buncombe 20 Burke 20 Cabarrus 28 Caldwell 9 Camden 1 Carteret 10 Caswell 1 Catawba 31 Chatham 6 Cherokee 2 Chowan 5 Cleveland 31 Columbus 8 Craven 13 Cumberland 17 Davidson 66 Davie 7 Duplin 11 Durham 22 Edgecombe 9 Forsyth 331 Franklin 3 Gaston 38 Gates 1 Granville 7 Greene 2 Guilford 120 Halifax 7 Harnett 15 Haywood 12 Henderson 12 Hertford 14 Iredell 32 Jackson 2 Johnston 13 Jones 1 Lee 7 Lenoir 15 Lincoln 7 McDowell 3 Macon 2 Madison 3 Martin 4 Mecklenburg 112 Mitchell 1 Montgomery 6 Moore 10 Nash 13 New Hanover 10 Northampton 4 Onslow 5 Orange 5 Pasquotank 4 Pender 1 Person 9 Pitt 23 Randolph 26 Richmond 10 Robeson 16 Rockingham 30 Rowan 36 Rutherford 10 Sampson 17 Scotland 10 Stanly 10 Stokes 9 Surry 39 Transylvania 5 Union 27 Vance 9 Wake 68 Warren 2 Washington 2 Watauga 4 Wayne 10 293 Geographical Distribution Wilkes 29 Yadkin 19 Wilson 8 Yancey 1 States and Foreign Countries Alabama 7 California 12 Colorado 3 Connecticut 23 Delaware 15 District of Columbia 9 Florida 109 Georgia 64 Hawaii 1 Illinois 32 Indiana 4 Iowa 2 Kansas 1 Kentucky 19 Louisiana 2 Maine 2 Maryland 122 Massachusetts 30 Michigan 7 Minnesota 2 Mississippi 3 Missouri 4 Montana 1 Nebraska 1 New Hampshire 7 New Jersey 1 54 New York 68 North Dakota 7 Ohio 49 Oklahoma 3 Pennsylvania 113 Rhode Island 4 South Carolina 74 Tennessee 35 Texas 9 Utah 1 Vermont 3 Virginia 257 Washington 2 West Virginia 41 Wisconsin 5 A.P.O. & F.P.0 7 Canal Zone 2 Argentina 1 Cameroon 1 Canada 5 Colombia 1 Cyprus 1 Ecuador 1 France 1 Germany 4 Hong Kong 2 Japan 2 Korea 2 Malaysia Mexico Nepal Nigeria Sweden Switzerland Taiwan 294 INDEX Absences 98 Academic Requirements, Minimum 101 Accounting 249 Accreditation 7 Administration 9 Admission Requirements 50 Advanced Placement. . . 53 Advanced Standing Admission 53 Advisers 96, 115 Anthropology 233 Application Fee 51, 59, 61 ArmyR.O.T.C 176 Army R.O.T.C. Commissions 177, 288 Art History and Appreci- ation 159 Museum 49 Asian Studies Program . . 240 Athletics Equipment 43 Intercollegiate 93 Attendance Require- ments 98 Auditing 97 Automobiles 93 Awards 88, 274 Basic Course Require- ments 112 Biology 1 30 Board 64 Buildings, Academic. ... 41 Buildings, Residence. ... 44 Buildings and Grounds . . 40 Business Administration. 242 Chapel Service 36 Charges 54 Chemistry 136 Choir Work Grants 83 Class Schedule 126 Classical Languages. ... 140 Classification 96 College Calendar 3 College Union 92 Commencement Exer- cises 274 Committees of the Faculty 28 Course Conditions Removal Procedure. . 105 Seniors 105 Courses of Instruction Arts and Sciences 126 Business Administra- tion 249 Credit Hours Defined. . . 126 Dean's List 106 Debate and Speech 86 Degrees Bachelor of Arts 110 Bachelor of Business Administration 245 Bachelor of Laws 118, 264 Bachelor of Science. . . 110 Doctor of Medicine . . . 266 Master of Arts 258 Degrees Conferred 278 Dentistry 121 Deposits 51, 59, 61, 62 Dormitories 44 Rules 65 Dramatics 237 Economics 143, 251 Education 143 Endowment 38 Engineering 122 English 150 Enrollment Summary. . . 290 Examinations 104 Experiment in Int'l Living 108 Faculty 14 Fees 54 Finance 253 Forensics 86 Forestry 1 24 Fraternities 90 French 223 Geographical Distribu- tion 293 German 1 60 German Exchange Scholarship 82 Grading System 104 Graduate Studies 59, 258 Graduation Distinctions 106, 276 Fee 60, 62 Requirements 110 Greek 140 Hindi 226 Historical Sketch 31 History 163 Honor Societies 91 295 Index Honor System 84 Honors Program Departmental 129 Biology 130 English 151 German 1 60 History 163 Interdisciplinary 127 Mathematics 170 Music 184 Physical Education . . . 200 Physics 202 Political Science 206 Psychology 212 Religion 217 Romance Languages . . 222 Sociology and Anthropology 230 Speech 236 Housing 64 Introductory Statement. 7 Journalism 158 Latin 141 Law 118, 259 Libraries 27, 45 Loan Funds 78 Majors 115 Management 254 Marketing 255 Mathematics 170 Medals 88, 274 Medical Sciences 119 Medical Technology .... 1 20 Medicine 266 Men's Judicial Board .. . 85 Military Science 176 Ministerial Students. ... 77, 81 Music 183 Navy R.O.C. Program. . 109 Phi Beta Kappa 91, 275 Philosophy 195 Physical Education Courses 198 Equipment 43 Physics 202 Placement Office 108 Political Science 206 Probation 104 Psychological Center ... . 108 Psychology 212 Publications 88 Purposes and Objectives . 35 Quality Points 101 Radio Station 88 Readmission 103 Recitations Per Week ... 97 Recreational Activities. . 92 Registration Dates 3 Procedure 96 Regulations 68, 98 Religion 217 Religious Program 35 Reports 106 Requirements, Academic 109 Romance Languages .... 222 Room Regulations 68 Russian 226 Salem College Courses . . 241 Scholarships 71 Senior Orations 86 Senior Testing Program . 117 Sociology and Anthropology 230 Spanish 227 Spanish Exchange Scholarship 82 Speech 236 Speech Institute 87 Student Employment ... 83 Student Government. . . 84 Study Abroad 107 Summer Session Elsewhere 1 07 Summer Term 271 Teacher Certificate Requirements 144 Theater 87 Transcripts 63, 1 07 Trustees 8 Tuition 56 Upper Division 115 Veterans 109 Withdrawal From College 101 From Course 100 296